Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
220.
Quality, Service
and Support
CONNECTORS
ANCHOR SYSTEMS
FASTENERS
LATERAL SYSTEMS
Technically speaking
We have a lot to offer
Our interactions with designers over the years has provided us with a wealth of insight into their needs. As a result, we offer a multi-faceted approach to providing technical information where and when it is needed. Our salespeople and eld engineers maintain regular contact with engineers and architects, updating information and acting as a valuable resource when questions arise. Our in-house engineering department is available to help with everything from simple questions to design assistance and problem resolution. Our regional branch ofces educate industry professionals about our products and discuss pertinent design issues in free, regularlyscheduled seminars. Visit us at www.strongtie.com for a complete list of accredited seminars and on-line training programs. We are happy to offer you the benet of the knowledge we have gained from testing a wide array of structural connections, anchorage designs and structural systems. Please dont hesitate to call.
Same here.
With just a few keystrokes youll nd that our website is a hub of information when it comes to our products, and their application and installation. But even better, we also offer content that makes our customers jobs easier.
Selector software
Our suite of Selector software will save you time when it comes to choosing the right product for your application. Connector Selector Strong-Wall Selector Strong Frame Selector Anchor Selector ATS Selector
Strong-Drive SD Screw
Now there is a new fastening option for Simpson Strong-Tie connectors the new Strong-Drive SD Structural-Connector screw. Featuring an optimized shank specifically designed for use with our connectors, the SD screw has been tested and approved as a replacement for nails in some of our most popular products. See pages 29-30 for more information and the list of approved connectors.
AHEP
The innovative AHEP serves as an installation aid as well as a structural purlin for step-down hip trusses in both wood and cold-formed steel applications. Accurately spacing and laterally restraining the flat section of truss top chords during installation, the AHEP remains in place to serve as a structural purlin, saving time and material cost. See page 148 for more information.
CTS218
Our first strap to handle both compression and tension, the CTS is designed to repair wood members such as top plates, studs and trusses. The unique rolled-edge design allows it to span gaps as wide as 412" while still fitting on the narrow face of 2x lumber. See page 190 for more information.
THJM
Available in four- and five-seat versions, the new THJM provides an innovative method to carry radial-end jack framing without a welded hanger. Now the multi-plane, angled bay roofs over dining nooks and library alcoves can be constructed with added ease and efficiency. See page 142 for more information.
SDW
Simpson Strong-Tie is proud to introduce our first screw specifically designed to join multi-ply wood members: the SDW wood screw. Ideal for fastening multi-ply trusses, engineered-lumber products and solid-sawn lumber, the SDW installs easily with no predrilling and allows efficient single-side fastening. See pages 128-130 for more information.
10
The PAB Pre-Assembled Anchor Bolt offers innovative design enhancements over traditional anchor-bolt designs. The plate washer at the embedded end is sandwiched between two fixed hex nuts to ensure the integrity of the anchor before the pour, and the information on the head stamp simplifies inspection. See page 41 for more information.
HDB
Holdowns
Now there is a bolted holdown that offers the low-deflection performance of our pre-deflected holdowns: the HDB. Suitable for installation on or above the sill plate as well as back-to-back and compression applications, the HDB is ideal for shearwalls, braced wall panels and lateral applications. See page 54 for more information.
THASR/L
The THASR/L hangers provide height adjustability and field skewability, eliminating the need for a special-order truss hanger in many applications. Shipped at a 22 right or left skew, they can be field skewed up to 75. See page 137 for more information.
TSBR
Truss Spacer-Restraint
For wood and cold-formed steel framing, the new TSBR Spacer Restraint reduces time and material cost while satisfying the prescriptive recommendations of the WTCA/TPI BCSI. Featuring an easier minimum nailing option, the TSBR captures the on-center truss spacing and alignment and remains in place to be sheathed over, eliminating the need to remove wood bracing and creating a safer, and more stable work platform for sheathing crews. See page 149 for more information.
ABL
The new ABL Anchor Bolt Locator enables the quick and secure placement of anchor bolts on concrete-deck forms prior to the pour. The steel chair ensures the code-required 1" standoff and also features a structural heavyhex nut attached to the bottom to eliminate the need for a bottom nut on the anchor bolt. See page 44 for more information. 11
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A Angle ...................................................... 181 A34/A35 Anchor ........................................ 180 AB/ABA/ABE/ABU Post Base ..................... 59 ABL Anchor Bolt Locator ......................... 44 ABS Anchor Bolt Stabilizer ......................... 44 AC/ACE Post Cap ......................................... 65 AHEP Adjustable Hip End Purlin ............. 148 AM AnchorMate Bolt Holder .................... 44 APG Architectural Products Group .... 195-199 ACRYLIC-TIE Adhesive .............................. 48 ATS Anchor Tiedown System ................... 71 B Hanger ........................ 81, 84-85, 110, 115, ........................ 117-118, 120-122, 201, 206 BA Hanger ......... 81, 84, 110, 114, 116-118, 201 BC Cap/Base ................................................ 64 BCS Cap/Base ............................................. 64 BP Bearing Plate .................................. 43, 195 BT Brick Tie ................................................ 185 CB Column Base .......................... 63, 196-197 CBQ Column Base ....................................... 62 CBSQ Column Base ..................................... 62 CC Column Cap ........................... 61, 196-197 CCC Column Cap ......................................... 68 CCCQ Column Cap ...................................... 68 CCO Column Cap ......................................... 67 CCOB Column Cap ...................................... 67 CCOS Column Cap ...................................... 64 CCQ/CCOQ Column Cap .............................. 66 CCQM Column Cap ................................... 165 CCT Column Cap ......................................... 68 CCTQ Column Cap ....................................... 68 CCTQM Column Cap ................................ 165 CF-R Form Angle/Shelf Bracket ................ 188 CJT Concealed Tie ..................................... 198 CMST Coiled Strap .................................... 169 CMSTC Coiled Strap .................................. 169 CNW Coupler Nut ........................................ 42 Continuous Load Path ............................ 216 Corrosion Information ......................... 18-19 CPS Composite Standoff .......................... 199 CS Coiled Strap ......................................... 169 CSC Clip ..................................................... 99 CTS Compression Tension Strap .............. 190 DETAL Truss Anchor ......................... 161-162 DJTZ Deck Tie ............................................ 185 DPTZ Deck Tie ............................................ 183 DS Drywall Stop ........................................ 188 DSC Drag Strut Connector ....................... 142 DSP Double Stud Plate ............................. 179 DTC Roof Truss Clip ................................. 152 DTT2 Deck Tension Tie ............................ 183 DTT2Z Deck Tension Tie ............................ 50 ECC, ECCU Column Cap ............................. 67 ECCL Column Cap ....................................... 68 ECCLQ Column Cap .................................... 68 ECCLQM Column Cap ............................... 165 ECCO Column Cap ...................................... 67 ECCQ/ECCOQ Column Cap ......................... 66 EG Hanger ................................... 95, 201, 208 EGQ Hanger ................................ 112, 201, 208 EPB Post Base ........................................... 60 EPB44PHDG Post Base ............................. 60 EPB44T Post Base ..................................... 60 EPC Post Cap ............................................. 65 EPS4Z Column Base ................................... 61 ET Epoxy-Tie .............................................. 48 E-Z Base (FPBB44) ................................ 187 E-Z Mender (FPBM44) ........................... 187 E-Z Spike (FPBS44) ............................... 187 F Hanger ..................................................... 91 FAP Foundation Plate ................................ 31 FB Fence Bracket ...................................... 186 FBR Fence Bracket .................................... 186 FC Framing Clip ........................................ 185 FGTR Girder Tiedown ............................... 164 FJA Anchor ................................................. 31 FPBB44 (E-Z Base) ................................. 187 FPBM44 (E-Z Mender) ........................... 187 FPBS44 (E-Z Spike) ................................ 187 FSA Anchor ................................................. 31 FSC Strap .................................................. 170 FSS Strap .................................................... 99 FTA Floor Tie Anchor ............................... 171 FWAZ Foundation Wall Angle ................... 35 FWANZ Foundation Wall Angle ................ 35 FWH Rigid Tie .......................................... 189 GA Angle ................................................... 182 GB Hanger .......................... 94, 96, 201, 206 GBC Gable Bracing .................................... 154 GH Hanger .................................... 43, 201, 203 GLB Beam Seat ........................................... 45 GLBT Beam Seat ........................................ 45 GLS Hanger .......................... 95-96, 201, 205 GLT Hanger ......... 82, 84-85, 95-96, 201, 205 GLTV Hanger .................. 112, 117-122, 201, 205 H Hurricane Ties ................ 159-160, 173-176 Hanger Options ............................... 202-209 HB Hanger .................. 110, 117-122, 201, 206 HCA Hinge Connector ............................... 97 HCP Hip Corner Plate .......................... 88, 126 HCSTR Strap ............................................ 172 HD Holdown ................................................ 54 HDB Holdown .............................................. 54 HDC Concentric Holdown .......................... 52 HDQ Holdown ............................................. 51 HDU Holdown ............................................. 50 HETA Truss Anchor ............................ 161-162 HETAL Truss Anchor ........................... 161-162 HFN Hanger ................................................ 91 HGA Gusset Angle .................................... 176 HGAM Gusset Angle ......................... 159-160 HGB Hanger ......................... 94, 96, 201, 206 HGLB Beam Seat ........................................ 45 HGLS Hanger ........................ 95-96, 201, 205 HGLT Hanger ....... 82, 84-85, 95-96, 201, 205 HGLTV Hanger ............ 112, 117-122, 201, 205 HGT Girder Tiedown ......................... 163, 178 HGU Girder Hanger .............. 93, 107, 200, 209 HGUM Girder Hanger ................. 157, 200, 209 HGUQ Girder Truss Hanger ................ 135, 200 HGUS Hanger ................................. 74-75, 92, ............... 101, 105-106, 132-133, 200, 204 HH Hanger ................................................ 177 HHB Hanger ....... 81, 84-85, 94, 96, 201, 206 HHDQ Holdown ........................................... 51 HHETA Truss Anchor .......................... 161-162 HHGU Girder Hanger ............ 93, 107, 200, 209 HHUS Hanger .......................... 74-75, 77, 101 ........................ 105-106, 132-133, 200, 204 HIT Hanger ... 108-109, 115-116, 118-119, 201 HL Strap Tie ....................................... 171, 197 HL Heavy Angle .......................... 182, 196, 199 HM Hurricane Tie ............................... 159-160 HPA Purlin Anchor ..................................... 58 HPAHD Holdown ......................................... 57 HRC Connector ................................... 89, 124 HRS Strap Tie ..................................... 166-167 HRSZ Strap Tie ................................... 166-167 HS Hurricane Tie ................................ 159-160 HSA Strap .................................................. 168 HSCNW Coupler Nut ................................... 42 HSS Stud Shoe .......................................... 191 HST Strap .................................... 166-168, 196 HSUR/L Hanger ............. 87, 124-125, 156, 200 HT Strap Tie ....................................... 196-197 HTC Heavy Truss Clip ............................... 152 HTPZ Strap Tie ................................... 166-167 HTS Twist Strap ........................................ 177 HTSM Twist Strap ..................................... 163 HTT Tension Tie .......................................... 53 HTU Hanger ......................... 134-135, 200, 204 HU Hanger ...................................... 72, 74-79, ........................ 92, 101-106, 156, 200, 203 HUC Hanger ... 72, 74-79, 92, 101-106, 156, 200 HUCQ Hanger ............ 72, 92, 101, 105-106, 200 HUITF Hanger ....................... 117-118, 201, 208 HUS Hanger ............. 73-79, 101, 105, 132-133 HUSC Concealed Hanger ................... 132, 200 HUSTF Hanger .......................... 81, 83-85, 207 HUTF Hanger ...... 81, 83-85, 96, 201, 207-208 HW Hanger ... 82, 84-85, 94, 96, 111, 201, 207 HWI Hanger ........................ 116-119, 122, 201 HWU Hanger ............ 82, 94, 111, 117-122, 207 ICFVL Ledger System .............................. 194 ITS Hanger .................. 108-109, 114-118, 201 IUS Hanger ......................... 100, 102-103, 200 IXP Anchor ................................................ 48 J/JP Jack Pier ............................................ 189 JB Hanger .............................................. 81, 83 L Angle ...................................................... 182
12
VALUE ENGINEERED
This icon indicates a product that is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
L Strap Tie ................................................. 171 LB Hanger ............................................ 81, 201 LBP Bearing Plate ...................................... 43 LBV Hangers ............. 110, 114-120, 201, 206 LCB Column Base ........................................ 63 LCC Lally Column Cap ................................ 64 LCE Post Cap ............................................... 65 LEG Hanger ......................... 95, 196, 201, 208 LFTA Floor Tie Anchor .............................. 171 LGT Girder Tiedown ......................... 164, 178 LGU Girder Hanger .............. 93, 107, 200, 209 LGUM Girder Hanger ................ 157, 200, 209 LMA Z Mudsill Anchor ................................. 34 LPCZ Post Cap ........................................... 65 LS Angle ................................................... 182 LSC Light Stair-Stringer Connector ......... 184 LSSU Hanger ..................................... 123, 200 LSSUI Hanger ............................................ 123 LSTA Strap Tie ................................. 166-167 LSTHD Holdown .................................... 55-56 LSTI Strap Tie .................................. 166-167 LSU Hanger ........................................ 123, 200 LTA2 Truss Anchor ............................ 159-160 LTB Bridging ............................................. 192 LTHJA Hanger ................................... 140, 200 LTHMA Hanger .................................. 138, 200 LTP Framing Anchor ................................ 180 LTS Twist Strap ........................................ 177 LTT/LTTI Tension Tie ................................. 53 LU Hanger ............... 72, 74-75, 77-78, 80, 200 LUCZ Hanger .................. 72, 74-75, 77-78, 200 LUS Hanger ...................... 73-79, 132-133, 200 MA Mudsill Anchor .................................... 34 MAB Mudsill Anchor .................................. 34 MASA Mudsill Anchor ........................... 32-33 MASAP Mudsill Anchor ......................... 32-33 MASB Mudsill Anchor ................................ 34 MBHA Masonry Hanger .......... 159, 201, 203 MBHU Masonry Beam Hanger ................. 158 MEG Hanger ......................... 95, 196, 201, 208 META Truss Anchor .......................... 161-162 Metric Conversion .................................... 23 MGT Girder Tiedown ......................... 163, 178 MGU Girder Hanger ............. 93, 107, 200, 209 MIT Hanger ................. 108-109, 114-120, 201 MIU Hanger ......................... 100, 102-104, 200 ML Angles ................................................. 185 MP Mending Plate .................................... 187 MPAI Purlin Anchor .................................. 127 MSC Hanger ....................................... 113, 201 MSCPT Hanger ................................... 147, 201 MST Strap Tie ................................... 166-168 MSTA Strap Tie ................................. 166-168 MSTAM Strap Tie ...................................... 162 MSTC Strap Tie ..........................,...... 166-168 MSTCB Strap Tie ...................................... 170 MSTCM Strap Tie ...................................... 162 MSTI Strap Tie ................................... 166-167 MTHM/MTHM-2 Hanger ................... 141, 200 MTS Twist Strap ........................................ 177 MTSM Twist Strap .................................... 163 Multi-Ply Screws ...................... 128-130, 144 MUS Hanger ............................... 132-133, 200 Nails ....................................................... 24-25 Nail Conversion ........................................ 24 NCA Nailless Bridging ............................... 192 NS, NSP Nail Stopper ............................... 190 O Strap Ties/Angles .................................. 197 OCB, OCC Caps/Bases .............................. 197 OHA Hangers ............................................ 197 OHU Hangers ............................................ 198 OL, OT, OHL, OHT Hangers ...................... 197 OU Hangers ............................................... 197 OS, OHS Hangers ...................................... 197 PA Holdown/ Purlin Anchor .................. 57-58 PAB Anchor Bolt ........................................ 41 PAHD Holdown ........................................... 57 PAI Purlin Anchor ...................................... 127 PAT Powder Actuated Tool .......................... 46 PB, PBS Post Base ...................................... 61 PBV Post Base .......................................... 199 PC Post Cap ............................................... 65 PCT Purlin Cross Tie ................................ 172 PF Hanger .......................................... 89, 201 PGT Pipe Grip Tie ..................................... 186 PGT2E Pipe Grip Tie ................................. 186 PGTIC Pipe Grip Tie ................................. 186 PS Strap ..................................... 166-167, 196 PSPNZ Protective Plate ........................... 190 PSCL/PSCA Sheathing Clip ...................... 188 Quik Drive ..................................... 26-27, 144 RBC Roof Boundary Clip ......................... 181 RC Ripper Clip ........................................... 127 RCWB Wall Bracing .................................. 193 RFB Retrofit Bolt .................................. 42, 46 RP Retro Plate ............................................ 52 RPS Strap Tie ............................................ 191 RR Connector ............................................ 188 RSP Stud Plate Tie ..................................... 179 RTA/RTB/RTC/RTF/RTR/RTT/RTU Rigid Tie .............................................. 189 SA Strap .................................................... 168 SB Anchor Bolts ................................... 36-37 SBV Shelf Bracket .................................... 188 SD Structural Connector Screw .......... 28-30 SDS Screw .................................................. 28 SDW Wood Screw ........................... 128-130 SET Epoxy-Tie ............................................ 48 SM1 Strap Holder ...................................... 44 Software .................................................. 218 SP, SPH Stud Plate Tie ............................. 179 Special Order Plates .............................. 195 SS Stud Shoe ........................................... 191 SSP Single Stud Plate .............................. 179 SSTB Anchor Bolt ................................ 38-40 SSW Steel Strong-Wall Shearwall ............ 70 ST Strap Tie ....................................... 166-167 STC Roof Truss Clip ................................. 152 STCT Roof Truss Clip ............................... 152 STHD Holdown ..................................... 55-56 StrapMate Strap Holder ......................... 44 Strong-Bolt Wedge Anchor ..................... 49 Strong Frame Ordinary Moment Frame ... 69 SUR/SUL Hanger .................. 87, 124-125, 200 SW Wood Strong-Wall Shearwall ........... 70 T Strap Tie ................................................. 171 TA Staircase Angle .................................... 184 TB Tension Bridging ................................. 192 TB Screw ..................................................... 27 TBD Truss Brace ....................................... 149 TBE Truss Enhancer .......................... 150-151 TC Truss Connector ................................. 151 THA Hanger ................................ 90, 131, 201 THAC Hanger .............................. 90, 131, 201 THAI Hanger ...................................... 107, 201 THAR/L Truss Hanger .................. 90, 138, 201 THASR/L Truss Hanger ..................... 137, 201 THD Titen HD Anchor .......................... 46, 49 THGB, THGBH Hanger ............... 146, 200, 205 THGBV, THGBHV Hanger ................... 144-145 THGQ, THGQH Hanger ............... 143, 200, 205 THGW Hanger ........................................... 146 THGWV Hanger .................................. 144-145 THJA Hanger .................................... 140, 200 THJM Hanger ............................................ 142 THJU Hanger ............................. 139, 200, 204 TJC37 Truss Connector ............................ 139 TITEN Screw ............................................. 155 TORQ-CUT Anchor ..................................... 49 TP/TPA Tie Plate ...................................... 187 TS Twist Strap ......................................... 169 TSBR Truss Spacer .................................. 149 TSF Truss Spacer .................................... 148 TSP Stud Plate Tie ...................... 173-175, 179 TSS Truss Seat .................................. 161-162 TWB Wall Bracing .................................... 193 U Hanger .. 72,74-80,101-102,104-105,200,203 UFP Foundation Anchor ............................. 31 VB Knee Brace .......................................... 175 VGT Variable Girder Tiedown ......... 164, 178 VPA Connector ................................... 88, 126 VTCR Valley Truss Clip ............................. 153 W Hanger .............. 82-85, 111, 136, 201, 207 WB/WBC Wall Bracing ............................. 193 WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchor ..................... 49 WI Hanger .......................... 115-116, 201, 207 WM Hanger .................................. 82-85, 94, ......... 111, 114-117, 119-121, 136, 155, 201 WMI Hanger .. 116, 118-119, 121-122, 155, 201 WMU Hanger ......................... 82, 94, 111, 155 WNP Hanger .......................... 82-85, 201, 207 WNPU Hanger ................................... 201, 207 WP Hanger ........................................... 94, 111, .................. 114-117, 119-121, 136, 201, 207 WPI Hanger ........................ 116-122, 201, 207 WPU Hanger ..82, 94, 111, 114, 117-120, 201, 207 WSNTL Screw .............................................. 27 WT Wedge Form Tie .................................. 40 Z Clip ......................................................... 182
13
SUBJECT INDEX
FASTENERS Nails ..................................................... 24-25 Fastener Types ..................................... 24-25 Fastening Identification .............................. 25 Screws ......................... 28-30, 128-130, 144 Quik Drive Systems.....................26-27, 138 Concrete/CMU ......................................... 155 CONCRETE CONNECTORS Anchor Adhesives ..................................... 48 Anchor Bolts ....................................... 36-42 Anchor Bolt Holders................................... 44 Beam Seats ................................................ 45 Bearing Plates .................................... 43, 195 Column Caps ........................................... 165 Coupler Nuts .............................................. 42 Foundation Anchors ................................... 31 Hangers ..................................... 43, 155-159 Holdowns ............................................. 55-57 Hurricane Ties ..................................159-164 ICF .......................................................... 194 Ledger ..................................................... 194 Mudsill Anchors ................................... 31-34 Purlin Anchors ........................................... 58 Truss Anchors ...................................159-162 Truss Seats .......................................161-162 Wedge Form Ties ....................................... 40 HOLDOWNS & TENSION TIES Floor Tie Anchors..............................170-171 Holdowns ............................................. 50-54 CAPS & BASES Post/Column Caps and Bases .............. 59-68 LATERAL SYSTEMS Anchor Tiedown System ............................ 71 Steel Strong-Wall Shearwall .................... 70 Wood Strong-Wall Shearwall ................... 70 Strong Frame Moment Frame .................. 69 SOLID SAWN LUMBER CONNECTORS Adjustable Hangers ........................ 86, 88-90 Concealed Joist Tie ................................. 198 Face Mount Hangers ............. 72-80, 197-198 Rough Lumber Face Mount Hangers ........ 80 Sloped/Skewed Connectors ........... 86-87, 90 Top Flange Hangers ............................. 81-85 ENGINEERED WOOD & STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER CONNECTORS Adjustable Hangers ......... 107, 123-124, 126 Concealed Joist Tie ................................. 198 Face Mount Hangers ........................ 100-106 General Installation Info ........................... 98 Purlin Anchors ........................................ 127 SDW/Multi-Ply Members ................ 128-130 Sloped/Skewed Connectors ............. 123-126 Top Flange Hangers ......................... 108-122 GLULAM BEAM CONNECTORS Concealed Joist Tie ................................. 198 Cross Tie Connectors ............................. 172 Face Mount Hangers ............................ 92-93 Hinge Connectors ..................................... 97 Top Flange Hangers ............................. 94-96 PLATED TRUSS/TRUSS CONNECTORS Adjustable Hangers .................. 131, 137-138 Bridging/Spacers/Braces .................. 148-149 Special Order Plates .............................. 195 Face Mount Hangers ........................ 131-135 Gable End .............................................. 154 Girder Hangers..................................143-146 Girder Tiedowns ...................... 163-164, 178 Multi-Member Hangers ............ 138-142, 147 Multi-Ply Wood Trusses ................... 128-130 SDW/Multi-Ply Members ................. 128-130 Top Flange Hangers ................................ 136 Truss Bearing Enhancers ................. 150-151 Truss Clips ....................................... 151-153 MASONRY CONNECTORS Brick Ties ................................................ 185 Column Caps ........................................... 165 Fastener .................................................. 155 Hangers ........................................... 155-159 Hurricane Connectors ...................... 159-164 Straps ...............................................162-163 Truss Anchors .................................. 159-162 STRAPS & TIES Angles & Clips ................................. 181-182 Hinge Connector Straps ............................ 97 Hurricane Ties .................................. 173-176 Straps ...................................... 166-170, 191 DECKS & FENCES Angles ..................................................... 185 Deck Post Connectors ............................ 183 Fence Products ................................ 186-187 Joist Tie .................................................. 185 Staircase Angle ....................................... 184 MISCELLANEOUS Brick Ties ............................................... 185 Bridging .................................................. 192 Compression Tension Straps .................. 190 Custom Steel Plates ................................ 195 Drywall Stops ......................................... 188 Framing Clips ......................................... 185 Floor Beam Leveler ................................. 189 Hip Connectors .................................... 88-89 Knee Brace ............................................. 175 Mending Plates ....................................... 187 Nail Stoppers .......................................... 190 Panel Sheathing Clips ............................. 188 Retro Plate ................................................ 52 Ridge Rafter Connector ......................... 188 Rigid Ties ................................................ 189 Shelf Brackets ......................................... 188 Stud Shoes ............................................. 191 T & L Strap Ties ....................... 171, 196-197 Tie Plates ................................................ 187 Variable Pitch Connectors ..................88, 126 Wall Bracing............................................ 193 ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCT GROUP (ORNAMENTAL) .................. 195-199 HANGER OPTIONS........................... 200-209
INTRODUCTION
For more than 50 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has focused on creating structural products that help people build safer and stronger homes and buildings. A leader in structural systems research and technology, Simpson Strong-Tie is one of the largest suppliers of structural building products in the world. The Simpson Strong-Tie commitment to product development, engineering, testing and training is evident in the consistent quality and delivery of its products and services. Simpson Strong-Tie product lines include: Structural connectors for wood and Quik Drive auto-feed screw driving systems cold-formed-steel construction Stainless-steel and corrosion-resistant Strong-Wall prefabricated shearwalls fasteners Strong Frame ordinary moment frames Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems ATS Anchor Tiedown systems for anchors and fasteners for concrete and multi-story buildings masonry For more information, visit the companys Web site at www.strongtie.com. The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. No Equal pledge includes:
Quality products value-engineered for the lowest installed cost at the highest rated performance levels Most thoroughly tested and evaluated products in the industry Strategically-located manufacturing and warehouse facilities National code agency listings Largest number of patented connectors in the industry European locations with an international sales team In-house R&D, and tool and die professionals In-house product testing and quality control engineers Member of AITC, ASTM, ASCE, AWPA, ACI, AISC, CSI, ICFA, NBMDA, NLBMDA, SETMA, STAFDA, SREA, NFBA, WTCA and local engineering groups.
Fasteners & Quik Drive Systems Concrete Connectors & Anchors Holdowns & Tension Ties
24-30
31-49
50-58
59-68
Lateral Systems Solid Sawn Lumber Connectors Glulam Beam Connectors Engineered Wood & Structural Composite Lumber Connectors
69-71
72-91
92-97
98-130
131-154
155-165
166-182
183-187
Tom Fitzmyers
Chief Executive Officer
Terry Kingsfather
President
188-194
195-199
200-209
15
DISCONTINUED PRODUCTS
Products that will be discontinued in 2011
Simpson Strong-Tie is dedicated to continuously expanding our line of structural connectors with innovative new products that address the changing needs of our customers. As new connectors are introduced that improve upon older designs, it becomes necessary to discontinue the old versions in the name of efficiency and product-line simplicity. The table below lists products that are no longer included in the Wood Construction Connectors catalog as well as the products recommended to replace them. While technical information for discontinued products will be maintained on our website for a number of months, Simpson Strong-Tie asks that our customers begin to substitute the replacement products shown below in their designs and inventories. While it is hard to say when they will no longer be available from our distribution partners, production of some of these connectors ended in late 2010 and others will be phased out of production in 2011. For the most current information on discontinued products visit www.strongtie.com/discontinued. If you have questions about any of the products shown below, please call (800)999-5099 for assistance. DISCONTINUED PRODUCT REPLACEMENT PRODUCT (C-2011 Page #) HOLDOWNS HD2A HD3B (page 54) DTT2Z (page 50) HDU2 (page 50) HD5B (page 54) HDU5 (page 50) HD5B (page 54) HDU5 (page 50) HD7B (page 54) HDU8 (page 50) HDU11 (page 50) HD9B (page 54) HDU14 (page 50) HD12 (page 54) HD5B (page 54) HDU5 (page 50) HD7B (page 54) HDU8 (page 50) HD9B (page 54) HDU11 (page 50)
HDU5
(HDU8 and HDU11 similar)
HD5A
HD6A
HD2A
(HD5A and HD6A similar)
HD3B
DTT2Z
HD12
HD8A
HD8A
HD10A
HD10A
(HD14A similar)
HD5B
(HD7B and HD9B similar)
HDU14
(HDU2 and HDU11 similar)
HD14A
HD5
HD7
HD5
HD7
HD9
HD9
HDU5
(HDU8 and HDU11 similar)
HD5B
(HD7B and HD9B similar)
HDC5/22-SDS2.5
HDC10/22-SDS2.5
(page 52)
HDC5/4-SDS2.5
HDC5/22-SDS2.5
(HDC5/4-SDS2.5 similar)
HDC10/4-SDS2.5
(page 52)
HDC10/22-SDS2.5
(HDC10/4-SDS2.5 similar)
16
DISCONTINUED PRODUCTS
DISCONTINUED PRODUCT REPLACEMENT PRODUCT (C-2011 Page #) STRAP-TIE HOLDOWNS STHD8 STHD8RJ PAHD42 HPAHD22
HPAHD22 HPAHD22 STHD8
(STHD8RJ similar)
LSTHD8 (page 55) LSTHD8RJ (page 55) LSTHD8 (page 55) STHD10 STHD14 (page 55) STHD14 (page 55) MUDSILL ANCHORS
STHD10
(STHD14 similar)
L STHD8
(L ( STHD8RJ similar)
HPAHD22-2P
HPAHD22-2P
MAS MASP
MAS MASP
MASA (page 32) MASAP (page 32) MASAPZ (page 32) MASAZ (page 32) DRAG STRUT CONNECTORS
MASA MASAP
MASPZ MASZ
DSC4L-SDS3
DSC4R-SDS3
(DSC4L-SDS3 similar)
DSC4R-SDS3
DSC5L-SDS3
(DSC5L-SDS3 similar)
H15
H15
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
(H15-2 similar)
H15-2
H10S
(H16-2 similar)
LGT2
LTA1
LTA1
THASR/L29
(page 137)
THASR/L29-2
(page 137)
THASR/L418
THASR/L418
THASR/L422
(page 137)
THASR/L29
(THASR/L29-2 similar)
THASR/L422
TSB2-24
VALUE ENGINEERED
This icon indicates a product that is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
CHANGES IN RED
Significant changes from last years catalog are indicated in red.
Nails
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) (160) Down (100) Uplift F1 F2 1100 800 800 1500 815 985 985 985 935 1135 1135 1135 2670 3465 3465 3465
Code Ref.
IL8
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. Dimensions W, L, H: This shows the product dimensions (width, length and height in this case) referenced in the product drawing. Throughout this catalog a footnote will typically be provided indicating the required nail diameter and length. All installations should be designed only in accordance with the allowable load values set forth in this catalog.
6" ent m Embed
Product Drawing: Provides a graphic presentation of the product with dimensional information (often cross referenced to the table).
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
CORROSION INFORMATION
Understanding the Issues
Metal connectors, anchors, and fasteners will corrode and may lose loadcarrying capacity when installed in corrosive environments or exposed to corrosive materials. There are many environments and materials which may cause corrosion including ocean salt air, fire retardants, fumes, fertilizers, preservative-treated wood, dissimilar metals, and other corrosive elements. The many variables present in a single building environment make it impossible to accurately predict if, or when, significant corrosion will begin or reach a critical level. This relative uncertainty makes it crucial that specifiers and users be knowledgeable of the potential risks and select a product coating or metal suitable for the intended use. It is also important that regular maintenance and periodic inspections are performed, especially for outdoor applications. It is common to see some corrosion on connectors especially in outdoor applications. Even stainless steel can corrode. The presence of some corrosion does not mean that load capacity has necessarily been affected or that a failure will occur. If significant corrosion is apparent or suspected, then the wood, fasteners and connectors should be inspected by a professional engineer or general contractor and may need to be replaced. Preservative-treated wood formulations have changed significantly and some of the new formulations are more corrosive to steel connectors and fasteners than the traditionally used formulation of CCA-C. Simpson Strong-Tie testing has shown that ACQ-C, ACQ-D (Carbonate) and CA-B treated woods are approximately 2 times more corrosive than CCA-C, while SBX-DOT (Sodium Borate) treated woods were shown to be less corrosive than CCA-C. Refer to technical bulletin T-PTWOOD for more information (see page 215 for details). 18 Due to the many different preservative formulations, fluctuating retention levels, moisture content, and because the formulations may vary regionally, or change without warning, understanding which connectors and fasteners to use with these materials has become a complex task. We have attempted to provide basic knowledge on the subject here, but it is important to fully educate yourself by reviewing our technical bulletins on the topic, and also by viewing information and literature provided by others. This information pertains to Simpson Strong-Tie connectors only. For corrosion information on other product lines, such as fasteners, see the specific Simpson Strong-Tie product line catalogs. Additionally, because the issue is evolving, it is important to get the very latest connector information on the topic by visiting our website at www.strongtie.com/info. Stainless steel is always the most effective solution to corrosion risk. However, it is also more expensive and sometimes more difficult to obtain. To best serve our customers, Simpson Strong-Tie is evaluating the options to identify the safest and most cost-effective solutions. Based on our testing and experience there are some specific applications that are appropriate for ZMAX/HDG or G90 connectors (see chart on page 19). Because increased corrosion from some newer preservative-treated wood is a new issue with little historical data, we have to base our recommendations on the testing and experience we have to date. It is possible that as we learn more, our recommendations may change, but these recommendations are based on the best information we have at this time.
CORROSION INFORMATION
General Simpson Strong-Tie Recommendations
Outdoor environments are generally more corrosive to steel. If you choose to use ZMAX or HDG finish on an outdoor project (i.e. deck, patio cover), you should periodically inspect your connectors and fasteners or have a professional inspection performed. Regular maintenance including waterproofing of the wood used in your outdoor project is also a good practice. For wood with actual retention levels greater than 0.40 pcf for ACQ, 0.34 for MCQ, 0 1 pcf for CA-B, 0.15 pcf for CA-C and MCA or 0.14 pcf for CA-C (Ground Contact), stainless-steel connectors and fasteners are recommended. Verify actual retention level with the wood treater. When using stainless-steel connectors, use stainless-steel fasteners. When using applications require the use of ZMAX/HDG galvanized connectors, use fasteners with a coating that meets the specifications of ASTM A153 or equivalent coating offered on Simpson Strong-Tie fasteners. Testing indicates wood installed dry (moisture content less than 19%) reduces potential corrosion. If dry wood is used, see our website for additional information. Using a barrier membrane can provide additional corrosion protection, see technical bulletin T-PTBARRIER (see page 215 for details). Due to the many variables involved, Simpson Strong-Tie cannot provide estimates on service life of connectors, anchors or fasteners. We suggest that all users and Designers also obtain recommendations for HDG, ZMAX (G185), mechanically galvanized, or other coatings from the treated wood supplier for the type of wood used. However, as long as Simpson Strong-Tie recommendations are followed, we stand behind product performance and our standard warranty (page 23) applies.
Environment
Untreated Wood
Interior Dry
Simpson Strong-Tie testing and experience to select the connector finish or material.
If a preservative-treated wood product is not identified on the chart, Simpson Strong-Tie has not evaluated test results regarding such product and therefore cannot make any recommendation other than the use of stainless steel with that product. Manufacturers may independently provide test results or other product use information; Simpson Strong-Tie expresses no opinion regarding any such information.
1. Wood with actual retention levels greater than 0.40 pcf for ACQ, 0.34 for MCQ, 0.21 pcf for CA-B, 0.15 pcf for CA-C and MCA or 0.14 pcf for CA-C (Ground Contact). 2. Borate treated woods are not appropriate for outdoor use. 3. Test results indicate that ZMAX/HDG and the SDS double-barrier coating will perform adequately, subject to regular maintenance and periodic inspection. However, the nationally-recognized test method used, AWPA E12-94, is an accelerated test, so data over an extended period of time is not available. If uncertain, use stainless steel. 4. Some treated wood may have excess surface chemicals making it potentially more corrosive. If you suspect this or are uncertain, use stainless steel. 5. Type 316 stainless-steel connectors and fasteners are the minimum recommendation for ocean-salt air and other chloride environments.
COATINGS AVAILABLE
Finish/Material Gray Paint Powder Coating Standard G90 Zinc Coating
Not all products are available in all finishes. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for product availability, ordering information and lead times. Description Level of Corrosion Resistance Low Low Low Medium Medium
Water-based paint intended to protect the product while it is warehoused and in transit to the jobsite. Baked on paint finish that is more durable than our standard paint and produces a better looking finished product. Zinc galvanized coating containing 0.90 oz. of zinc per square foot of surface area (total both sides). Galvanized (G185) 1.85 oz. of zinc per square foot of surface area (hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A653 total both sides). These products require hot-dip galvanized fasteners (fasteners which meet the specifications of ASTM A153). Products are hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (14 ga. and thicker). The coating weight increases with material thickness. The minimum specified coating weight is 2.0 oz./ft 2 (per ASTM A123 total both sides). These products require hot-dip galvanized fasteners (fasteners which meet the specifications of ASTM A153). Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD structural-connector screws are manufactured with a mechanically-applied zinc coating in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55 with a supplemental overcoat. These fasteners are compatible with painted and zinc-coated (G90 and ZMAX) connectors. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws are manufactured with two different finishes that together provide a level of corrosion protection that equals that provided by the previous HDG coating. Connectors are manufactured from Type 316L stainless steel, and provide greater durability against corrosion. Stainless-steel nails are required with stainless-steel products, and are available from Simpson Strong-Tie.
See Corrosion Information for more specific performance and application information on these finishes.
19
State of Florida
IAPMO ES ER
Call us for Submitted Status and for Listing Test Data No Code Listing No Load Rating Prescriptive Code Call us for Test Data
20
GENERAL NOTES
These general notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and must be followed fully. a. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. reserves the right to change specifications, split more easily and should be evaluated as required. If wood tends to designs, and models without notice or liability for such changes. split, consider pre-boring holes with diameters not exceeding .75 of the nail diameter (2005 NDS 11.1.5.3) or use a 532" bit for SDS screws. b. Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie product is individually selected based on the products steel specifications, including strength, thickness, k. Wood shrinks and expands as it loses and gains moisture, particularly formability, finish, and weldability. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for steel perpendicular to its grain. Take wood shrinkage into account when information on specific products. designing and installing connections. Simpson Strong-Tie manufactures products to fit common dry lumber dimensions. If you need a connector c. Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in inches, loads are in pounds. with dimensions other than those listed in this catalog, Simpson Strong-Tie d. Unless otherwise noted, welds, screws, bolts and nails may not be combined may be able to vary connector dimensions; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. to achieve highest load value. 8d (0.131"x2 12"), 10d (0.148"x3"), and 16d 1 The effects of wood shrinkage are increased in multiple lumber connections, (0.162"x3 2") specify common nails that meet the requirements of ASTM 1 such as floor-to-floor installations. This may result in the vertical rod nuts F1667. When a shorter nail is specified, it will be noted (for example 8dx1 2). becoming loose, requiring post-installation tightening. (Contact Simpson Refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Nailing Guide, NDS (National Design Specification) Strong-Tie for information on Takeup Devices.) and ASTM F1667 (American Society of Testing and Materials) for more nail info. l. Top flange hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies should e. Do Not Overload. Do not exceed catalog allowable loads, which would be evaluated by a professional and include using a face mount hanger, jeopardize the connection. and routering the beam or cutting the subfloor to accommodate the top f. Unless otherwise noted, allowable loads are for Douglas Fir-Larch under flange thickness. continuously dry conditions. Allowable loads for other species or conditions m. Built-up lumber (multiple members) must be fastened together to act as must be adjusted according to the code. In many cases, Simpson Strong-Tie one unit to resist the applied load (excluding the connector fasteners). code reports will indicate loads derived from Doug Fir header material only. This must be determined by the Designer/Engineer of Record. However under ICC-ES AC13, loads for Douglas Fir are the same as LVL, LSL, PSL, Glulams and Southern Pine, since the specific gravity of these n. Some model configurations may differ from those shown in this catalog. wood species fall within the specific gravity range of the AC13 criteria. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details. The section from the AC13 criteria indicating the range of specific gravity o. Hanger Options (Simpson Strong-Tie Hanger Options Matrix and Hanger reads as follows: 3.2.3 The species of lumber used shall have a specific Option General Notes page 200-202) some combinations of hanger options gravity not greater than 0.55 as determined in accordance with the NDS. are not available. In some cases, combinations of these options may not be This chart shows specific gravity for the different wood species: installable. Horizontal loads induced by sloped joists must be resisted by Species Fc Specific Gravity other members in the structural system. A qualified Designer must always Douglas Fir-Larch (DF) 625 psi 0.50 evaluate each connection, including carried and carrying member limitations, Southern Pine (SP) 565 psi 0.55 before specifying the product. Fill all fastener holes with fastener types Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) 425 psi 0.42 specified in the tables, unless otherwise noted. Hanger configurations, height, Hem Fir (HF) 405 psi 0.43 and fastener schedules may vary from the tables depending on joist size, Glulam 560 psi 0.50 skew and slope. See the allowable table load for the non-modified hanger, and adjust as indicated. Gauge may vary from that specified depending on the LVL (DF/SP) 750 psi 0.50 manufacturing process used. LSL (E=1.3x106) 680 psi 0.50 p. Simpson Strong-Tie will calculate the net height for a sloped seat. The LSL (E1.5x106) 880 psi 0.50 customer must provide the H1 joist height before slope. Parallam PSL 750 psi 0.50 q. Truss plates shown are not manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie. g. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. will manufacture non-catalog products r. Do not weld products listed in this catalog unless this publication specifically provided prior approval is obtained and an engineering drawing is included identifies a product as acceptable for welding, or unless specific approval with the order. Steel specified on the drawings as 18", 316", and 14" will be 11 gauge (0.120"), 7 ga (0.179"), and 3 gauge (0.239"), respectively. The for welding is provided in writing by Simpson Strong-Tie. Some steels have minimum yield and tensile strengths are 33 ksi and 52 ksi, respectively. poor weldability and a tendency to crack when welded. Cracked steel will not carry load and must be replaced. See Simpson Strong-Tie Hanger h. All references to bolts or machine bolts (MBs) are for structural quality Options Matrix and Hanger Option General Notes page 200-202 for through bolts (not lag screws or carriage bolts) equal to or better than hangers that may be welded. ASTM Standard A307, Grade A. s. Unless noted otherwise, all references to standard cut washers refer to i. Unless otherwise noted, bending steel in the field may cause fractures at Type A plain washers (W) conforming to the dimensions shown in ASME the bend line. Fractured steel will not carry load and must be replaced. B18.22.1 for the appropriate rod size. Some products require SAE narrow j. A fastener that splits the wood will not take the design load. Evaluate splits washers (N) to fit in a tight space and are noted accordingly. to determine if the connection will perform as required. Dry wood may
21
22
LIMITED WARRANTY
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. warrants catalog products to be free from defects in material or manufacturing. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products are further warranted for adequacy of design when used in accordance with design limits in this catalog and when properly specified, installed, and maintained. This warranty does not apply to uses not in compliance with specific applications and installations set forth in this catalog, or to non-catalog or modified products, or to deterioration due to environmental conditions. Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are designed to enable structures to resist the movement, stress, and loading that results from impact events such as earthquakes and high velocity winds. Other Simpson Strong-Tie products are designed to the load capacities and uses listed in this catalog. Properly-installed Simpson Strong-Tie products will perform in accordance with the specifications set forth in the applicable Simpson Strong-Tie catalog. Additional performance limitations for specific products may be listed on the applicable catalog pages. Due to the particular characteristics of potential impact events, the specific design and location of the structure, the building materials used, the quality of construction, and the condition of the soils involved, damage may nonetheless result to a structure and its contents even if the loads resulting from the impact event do not exceed Simpson Strong-Tie catalog specifications and Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are properly installed in accordance with applicable building codes. All warranty obligations of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. shall be limited, at the discretion of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc., to repair or replacement of the defective part. These remedies shall constitute Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.s sole obligation and sole remedy of purchaser under this warranty. In no event will Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. be responsible for incidental, consequential, or special loss or damage, however caused. This warranty is expressly in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, all such other warranties being hereby expressly excluded. This warranty may change periodically consult our website www.strongtie.com for current information.
CONVERSION CHARTS
Metric Conversion
Imperial 1 in 1 ft 1 lb 1 Kip 1 psi Metric 25.40 mm 0.3048 m 4.448N 4.448 kN 6895 Pa
Bolt Diameter
in 3 8 1 2 5 8 3 4 7 8 1 mm 9.5 12.7 15.9 19.1 22.2 25.4
Use these Roof Pitch to Hip/Valley Rafter Roof Pitch conversion tables only for hip/valley rafters that are skewed 45 right or left. All other skews will cause the slope to change from that listed.
ZMAX (G185) 0.140 0.125 0.110 0.080 0.065 0.054 0.042 0.035
23
FASTENER TYPES
Fastener Types and Sizes Specified for Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors
Many Simpson Strong-Tie connectors have been designed and tested for use with specific types and sizes of fasteners. The specified quantity, type and size of fastener must be installed in the correct holes on the connector to achieve published loads. Other factors such as fastener material and finish are also important. Incorrect fastener selection or installation can compromise connector performance and could lead to failure. Simpson Strong-Tie does not offer all of these fasteners, see page 25 for more information.
SD Screw SD Screw 16d 16d 10d 8d #10x2" #9x2" Common Sinker Common 16dx2" Common
N54A
SD Screw #10x1"
10dx1"
SD Screw #9x1"
8dx1"
NECTO
0.161"
0.162"
0.131"
0.131"
0.25"
DE
GNED F SI
OR
The Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD structural-connector screw is the only screw approved for use with our connectors. See pages 29-30 for more information.
0.25"
Load Adjustment Factors for Optional Nails Used with Face Mount Hangers and Straight Straps
Allowable Load Adjustment Factor Catalog Nail 16d common (0.162"x3 12") 16d common (0.162"x3 12") 16d common (0.162"x3 12") 16d common (0.162"x3 2") 10d common (0.148"x3") 10d common (0.148"x3") 16d sinker (0.148"x314") 10d common (0.148"x3") 16d sinker (0.148"x314") 10d common (0.148"x3") 12d common (0.148"x3 14") 8d common (0.131"x2 12")
1
Replacement Face Mount Hangers 10dx1 12 (0.148"x1 12") 10d common (0.148"x3") 12d common (0.148"x3 14") 16d sinker (0.148"x314") 16dx2 2 (N16) (0.162"x2 2") 10dx2 2 (0.148"x2 2") 10dx1 2 (0.148"x1 2") 10dx1 14 (0.148"x1 14") 16d sinker (0.148"x314") 8dx1 12 (0.131"x1 12") 8d common (0.131"x2 2")
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Straight Straps 0.847 0.84 0.84 1.00 1.00 1.008 1.008 1.00 1.00 0.83
0.64 0.84 0.84 1.00 0.85 0.77 0.64 1.00 0.85 0.83
24
1. Allowable load adjustment factors shown in the table are based on calculated reduction factors and are applicable for all face mount hangers and straight straps throughout this catalog, except as noted in the footnotes below. 2. Some products have been tested specifically with alternate fasteners and have allowable load adjustment factors or reduced capacities published on the specific product page which may differ from the values calculated using this table. 3. This table does not apply to hangers modified per the Hanger Options described on pages 200-202, or steel thicker than 10 gauge. 4. Unless noted otherwise, 10dx1 12", 10dx2 12" or 16dx2 12" nails may not be substituted for joist nails in double-shear hangers (i.e. LUS, MUS, HUS, HHUS, HGUS). For applications involving pneumatic nails, refer to specific tool manufacturer technical bulletins. 5. Do not substitute 10dx112" nails for face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU. 6. For straps installed over sheathing use a 212" long nail minimum. 7. Where noted, use 0.80 for 10 ga, 11 ga, and 12 ga products when using SPF lumber. 8. Where noted, use 0.92 for 10 ga, 11 ga, and 12 ga products when using SPF lumber.
FASTENING IDENTIFICATION
Round Holes
Purpose: to fasten a connector. Fill Requirements: always fill, unless noted otherwise.
Obround Holes
Purpose: to make fastening a connector in a tight location easier. Fill Requirements: always fill.
Hexagonal Holes
Purpose: to fasten a connector to concrete or masonry. Fill Requirements: always fill when fastening a connector to concrete or masonry.
Triangular Holes
Purpose: to increase a connectors strength or to achieve Max strength. Fill Requirements: when the Designer specifies Max nailing.
Diamond Holes
Purpose: to temporarily fasten a connector to make installing it easier. Fill Requirements: none.
Pilot Holes
Tooling holes for manufacturing purposes. No fasteners required.
Speed Prongs
Used to temporarily position and secure the connector for easier and faster installation.
Dome Nailing
This feature guides the nail into the joist and header at a 45 angle. U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Wire Fasteners9 Finish per CWT Gauge 10 14 10 14 9 9 9 8 8 3 HDG SS SS HDG SS HDG SS Bright HDG SS Bright HDG 15200 15200 9400 11900 12200 6700 6700 6300 4400 4400 2700 2700
Retail Packaging
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Simpson Strong-Tie hot-dip galvanized nails are packed in 1 lb. and 5 lb. plastic retail containers for easy handling.
Display Packages
Display Package N8DHDG MSTR CTN N8D5HDG MSTR CTN N10DHDG MSTR CTN N10D5HDG MSTR CTN 10DHDG MSTR CTN 10D5HDG MSTR CTN 16DHDG MSTR CTN 16D5HDG MSTR CTN 50 lb. Bulk Boxes Description 24 display packs of 150 N8 nails 6 display packs of 750 N8 nails 24 display packs of 120 N10 nails 6 display packs of 600 N10 nails 24 display packs of 50 10d nails 6 display packs of 250 10d nails 24 display packs of 40 16d nails 6 display packs of 200 16d nails Available for N8HDG and N10HDG Model no. N8, N10
1. N16 fasteners may be ordered electro-galvanized; specify EG; for example N16EG. This finish is not acceptable for ZMAX or HDG applications. 2. HDG = hot-dip galvanized; SS = stainless steel; Bright = no finish; GV = green vinyl. 3. Metric equivalents are listed (Diameter x Length). 4. For pneumatic fastener info, request additional technical information. 5. Recommended minimum end distance to prevent splitting with a steel side member is 10 x the nail diameter per 2005 NDS Commentary Table 11.1.5.6. 6. Use HDG nails with ZMAX and HDG products. 7. 16d sinker with GV finish is not acceptable for ZMAX or HDG applications. 8. HDG nails sold by Simpson Strong-Tie meet the specifications of ASTM A153. Stainless-steel nails are type 316 stainless. 9. Fasteners per CWT references the quantity of fasteners per 100 lbs.
25
Simpson Strong-Tie Quik Drive offers labor saving auto-feed systems and specialty fasteners engineered for a wide range of commercial and residential construction applications.
Drywall Fiberglass-Backed Gypsum Sheathing Fiber Cement Backerboard & Composite Underlayment Deck and Dock Subfloor, Sheathing, Wall Plates and Stair Treads
See the Quik Drive Auto-Feed Screw Driving Systems catalog (form C-QD) for more information.
(See page 212 for details)
Allowable Shear (in Pounds per Foot) for Wood Structural Panel Diaphragms with Framing of Douglas Fir-Larch or Southern Pine for Wind or Seismic Loading
Minimum Nominal Panel Thickness (in.) Minimum Nominal Width of Framing Members at Adjoining Panel Edges and Boundaries (in.)4,5 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS Screw spacing (inches) at diaphragm boundaries (all cases), at continuous panel edges parallel to load (Cases 3 and 4), and at all edges (Cases 5 and 6)6 6 4 2127 27 Screw Spacing (inches) at Other Panel Edges 6 6 4 3 270 360 530 600 300 400 600 675 320 425 640 730 360 480 720 820 240 320 480 545 270 360 540 610 255 340 505 575 285 380 570 645 290 385 575 655 325 430 650 735 320 421 640 730 360 480 720 820
UNBLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS Screws spaced 6 inches, maximum, at support edges6 Case 1 (no unblocked edges or continuous joints parallel to load) 240 265 285 320 215 240 230 255 255 290 285 320 All other configurations (Cases 2,3,4,5 and 6) 180 200 215 240 160 180 170 190 190 215 215 240
9. See ESR-1472 for allowable shear loads for high load diaphragms. 10. WSNTL withdrawal and pull-thru values exceed those for a 10d common nail. 11. See ESR-1472 for high load diaphragm design values.
Panel Grade
Structural 1/OSB
15
32 8
Sheathing single floor, and other grades covered in DOC PS1 and PS2
16 32 32
15
19
1. Minimum fastener penetration of 114" into the framing member is required. 2. For wind design, shear capacities may be increased 40% per section 2306.3.2 of the 2006 IBC and 2306.2.1 of the 2009 IBC. 3. For shear loads of normal or permanent load duration as defined by the AF&PA NDS, the values in the table above must be multiplied by 0.63 or 0.56, respectively. 4. The minimum nominal width of framing members not located at boundaries or adjoining panel edges must be 2 inches.
5. Framing at adjoining panel edges must be 3 inches nominal or wider, and screws must be staggered where both of the following conditions are met: (1) screws having penetration into framing of more than 1 inches and (2) screws are spaced 3 inches o.c. or less. 6. Space screws maximum 12 inches o.c. along intermediate framing members (6 inches o.c. where supports are spaced 48 inches o.c.). 7. Framing at adjoining panel edges must be 3-inch nominal or wider, and screws must be staggered where screws are spaced 2 inches or 2 inches on center. 8. See ESR-1472, Table 1 for illustrations showing Cases 1 through 6.
ift Upl
1" Min .
Shear
1" Min.
16"
7
16"
in. 4" M
in. 3" M
ax. " M
Shear
Allowable Loads for Wood Attachment to Steel with Quik Drive TB Screws (Steel Members 16 ga - 516" Thick)
Model No. TB1460S L Wood (mm) Size 2 38" (60) Steel Thickness 16 ga - 14 ga 12 ga - 516" 16 ga - 14 ga 12 ga - 516" DF/SP Allowable Load Uplift Shear (100) (160) (100) (160) 210 210 210 335 245 390 215 345 210 210 210 335 245 390 215 345
4" Min.
WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, use this product in dry, interior, and noncorrosive environments only.
1" Min.
2x
1. For use with structural steel members up to 516" thick or cold-formed steel members 16 gauge (54 mil) or thicker. 2. Standard product available in a black phosphate, yellow zinc dichromate or N2000 finish for additional corrosion protection (TBG1460S or TBG1475S).
3. For use with 2x (112") DF/SP only. 4. For use with QD HSD60 or HSD75 Tool. 5. (160) loads shall only be used when resisting wind or seismic loads.
SDS & SD
Wood Screws
The Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screw (SDS) is a 14" diameter structural wood screw ideal for various connector installations as well as wood-to-wood applications. It installs with no predrilling and has been extensively tested in various applications. The new SDS is improved with a patented easy driving 4CUT tip and a corrosion resistant double-barrier coating. The SD8 #8x114" wafer head screw is ideal for miscellaneous fastening applications. The needle point ensures fast starts and deep #2 Phillips drive reduces cam-out and stripping. SDS FEATURES: The patented 4CUT tip has a square core and serrated threads to reduce installation torque and make driving easier with no predrilling and minimal wood splitting. A double-barrier coating finish provides corrosion resistance equivalent to hot-dip galvanization. Now one screw can handle interior, exterior and certain pressure-treated wood applications (see Corrosion Information on page 18-19 for more information). 38" hex washer head is stamped with the No-Equal sign and fastener length for easy identification after installation. MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel, Type-316 stainless steel FINISH: SDSNew double-barrier coating. SDS screws may also be available yellow zinc dichromate or HDG (Not all sizes are available in all coatings Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for product availability and ordering information); SD8x1.25Electro Galvanized. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the SD8 should be used in dry, interior, and noncorrosive environments only.
SD8x1.25
Identification on all SDS screw heads
(SDS 14"x3" shown) (Not for structural applications see note 8)
The 4CUT tip reduces installation torque and makes driving easier.
SDS 14"x3"
U.S. Patent 6,109,850; 5,897,280; 7,101,133
These products feature additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Size (in.)
Model No.
Size (in.)
Model No.
Shear (100) Shear (100) Thread Fasteners Withdrawal Withdrawal 5 per Length (100) (100) Wood Side Plate Steel Side Plate Wood Side Plate Steel Side Plate Carton 6 (in.) 14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel 14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel 134" 134" 112 " 16 ga 16 ga 112 " 12 ga Greater Side Plates 12 ga Greater Side Plates SCL SCL 1 1500 250 250 250 170 180 180 180 120 114 1300 250 290 290 215 180 210 210 150 112 1100 190 250 390 420 255 135 180 280 300 180 2 950 280 250 420 420 345 200 180 300 300 240 214 900 340 340 250 420 420 385 245 245 180 300 300 270
28
1. Screws may be provided with the 4CUT or Type 17 tip. 2. SDS screws install best with a low speed 12" drill with a 38" hex head driver. 3. All applications are based on full penetration into the main member. 4. Allowable loads are shown at the wood load duration factor of CD =1.00. Loads may be increased for load duration per the building code up to a CD =1.60. 5. Withdrawal loads shown are in pounds (lbs.) and are based on the entire threaded section installed into the main member. If thread penetration into the main member is less than the Thread Length as shown in the table, reduce allowable load by 172 lbs. x inches of thread not in main member. Use 121 lbs./inch for SPF. 6. Fasteners per Carton represent the quantity of screws which are available in bulk packaging. Screws are also available in mini bulk and retail packs. Refer to Simpson Strong-Tie List Price book. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for more information. 7. LSL wood-to-wood applications that require 4 12", 5", 6" or 8" SDS screws are limited to interior-dry use only. 8. SD8x1.25 requires 3/4" minimum penetration. DO NOT USE SD8x1.25 wood screws with structural connectors unless specified and stated in this catalog.
SD8x1.258 SDS25112 SDS25200 SDS25212 SDS25300 SDS25312 SDS25412 SDS25500 SDS25600 SDS25800
Shear (100) Shear (100) Thread Fasteners Withdrawal5 Withdrawal5 Length per (100) (100) Wood Side Plate3 Steel Side Plate Wood Side Plate3 Steel Side Plate Carton6 (in.) 3 3 14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel 14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel 1 4" 1 4" 112 " 16 ga 16 ga 112 " 12 ga Greater Side Plate 12 ga Greater Side Plate SCL SPF LVL 50 50 50 45 45 45 1 1500 250 250 250 170 180 180 180 120 114 1300 250 290 290 215 180 210 210 150 112 1100 190 250 390 420 255 135 180 280 300 180 2 950 280 250 420 420 345 200 180 300 300 240 214 900 340 340 250 420 420 385 245 245 180 300 300 270 234 800 350 340 250 420 420 475 250 245 180 300 300 330 234 500 350 340 250 420 420 475 250 245 180 300 300 330 314 600 350 340 250 420 420 560 250 245 180 300 300 395 314 400 350 340 250 420 420 560 250 245 180 300 300 395
170
SD
Structural-Connector Screw
GNED F SI
OR
DE
SD10
(SD9 similar) U.S. Patent 7,101,113
Simpson Strong-Tie introduces the Strong-Drive SD structural-connector screw for use with our connectors. N NECTO Designed to replace nails in certain products, the load-rated SD screw has been tested and approved for use in many popular Simpson Strong-Tie connectors. In certain applications screws are easier and more convenient to install than nails, and the single-fastener load values achieved by the SD9 and SD10 exceed those of typical 10d common or 16d common nails, respectively. In addition, the galvanized coating makes the SD screw ideal for interior and most exterior conditions. The SD structural-connector screw features an optimized shank which is specifically designed to be compatible with the fastener holes in Simpson Strong-Tie connectors. The hex head virtually eliminates cam-out and helps avoid stripping of the head during installation. The sharp point of the screw enables fast starts, and the patented serrated threads reduce torque for improved drivability. FEATURES: Tested and approved for use in many of our best-selling connectors for both interior and most exterior applications The single-fastener steel-side-plate load capacity of the SD9 exceeds the capacity of a 10d common nail, while the single-fastener load capacity of the SD10 exceeds that of the 16d common nail Ideal for use in tight spaces where using a hammer is inconvenient Optimized heat-treating for ductility and strength Mechanically-galvanized coating meets ASTM B695 Class 55, is recommended for use with certain preservative-treated woods and is compliant with the 2006 International Residential Code (R319.3) and the 2009 International Residential Code (R317.3) 14" hex drive Head identification MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel FINISH: Mechanically galvanized (ASTM Class 55) CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
C
Product Information
Model No. SD9112R100 SD9112R500 SD9112MB SD9212R100 SD9212R500 SD9212MB SD10112R100 SD10112R500 SD10112MB SD10212R100 SD10212R500 SD10212MB #10 (0.161") 212 112 #9 (0.131") 212 112 Shank Size Length (in.)
DF/SP Allowable Loads (lbs) (100) Size (in.) Model No. Thread Length (in.) Shear Steel Side Plate 20 ga - 12 ga 171 200 173 215
SPF/HF Allowable Loads (lbs) (100) Shear Steel Side Plate 20 ga - 12 ga 112 112 138 165 Code Ref.
Withdrawal
Withdrawal
1 1 1 1
144 144
1. Withdrawal loads and steel-side-plate shear loads are based on testing per AC233. 2. Allowable loads are shown at the wood load duration factor of CD = 1.00. Loads may be increased for load duration per the building code up to a CD = 1.60. 3. Withdrawal loads are based on the entire threaded section installed into the main member. 4. Visit www. strongtie.com for wood-to-wood shear values and wood-side-plate details.
29
SD
Structural-Connector Screw
Throughout this catalog this symbol will appear with products that are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD screw.
Model No. MSTC40 MSTC52 MSTC66 MSTC78 MSTI26 MSTI36 MSTI48 MSTI60 MSTI72 MTS12 MTS16 MTS20 NS1* NS2* PBS44A PC44 PC44-16 PSPN58Z* RR RSP4 ST12 ST18 ST2115 ST2122 ST22 ST292 ST2215 ST6215 ST6224 ST6236 ST9 THASR/L29 THASR/L29-2 THASR/L422 TP15* TP311* TP35* TP37* TP39* TP411* TP45* TP47* TP49* TP57* TPA37* TPA39* TPA57* VTCR
SD9
SD10
Since testing of the SD structural-connector screw is ongoing, Simpson Strong-Tie will continue to add newly approved connectors to the list. For the most current list of approved connectors, load values and applications visit www.strongtie.com/sd. Simpson Strong-Tie is in the process of seeking evaluation reports that include SD structural-connector screws. Check with your local building department to determine whether the correct size of SD structural-connector screw may be used as a suitable substitute for nails.
30
10"
6"
" Max.
ax. 2" M
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations apply. 2. Each anchor bolt requires a standard cut washer.
FJA/FSA
FAP
(screws not included)
Add a shim between plate and sill when space is between 316" and 1 12". When space exceeds 1 12" use the UFP. The shim must be fastened to the mudsill by means other than the FAP SDS wood screw.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Fasteners Max Spacing Model to Replace Anchor Stud/Joist/ Bolt No. Anchor Bolts Plate 1 5 2 " 8" Qty. Dia. 3-SDS 14"x 212" FAP 512' 4' 2 12 + shim thickness FJA FSA 2 2
1
Allowable Loads DF/SP (160) Uplift 1205 690 1205 690 F1 950 185 185 F2 365 60 60
A23 Optional
Code Ref.
2 2
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. For redwood mudsills, reduce F1 on FAP to 840 lbs. 3. Spacing to be specified by the Designer. 4. FAP shall use a minimum SDS wood screw length of 2 12" plus the shim thickness. 5. The shim must be fastened to the mudsill by means other than the FAP SDS wood screw. 6. FAP may be installed with 14" HDG lag bolts. Follow code requirements for predrilling. 7. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
F2 F1
31
MASA/MASAP
Mudsill Anchors
Emb (Top edment lin of co ncret e e)
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
Mudsill anchors have always been a time-saving alternative to anchor bolts, and the new MASA anchors provide even greater load-carrying capacity than our original MAS. As a result, the MASA provides an alternative for 58" and 12" mudsill anchor bolts on 2x, double-2x and 3x mudsills. It also eliminates the need for 3" square plate washers for seismic design and, in some cases, has load capacities that meet or exceed the parallel and perpendicular to plate shear capacity of other cast-in-place anchors. Two versions of the MASA are available the standard MASA for installation on standard forms and the MASAP for panelized forms. The MASA and MASAP are code listed by ICC-ES under the 2006 and 2009 IBC and IRC and have been tested to meet the requirements of ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC-398 for cracked and uncracked concrete. New test data is reflected in the table below. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized, all available in ZMAX coating. See Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. MASA/MASAP - Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2500 psi. - SpallingContact Simpson Strong-Tie for load reductions. Any exposed portion of the mudsill anchor must be protected against possible corrosion. - For prescriptive anchor spacing refer to page 33. - Testing shows that these mudsill anchors can be used in lieu of code required anchor bolts and square washer in high seismic zones. Refer to flier F-MASA for additional information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
4 "
3 " 4"
MASAP
MASA
6" Min
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No.
Sill Size
MASA or MASAP
2x4, 2x6 3x4, 3x6 2x4, 2x6 3x4, 3x6 2x4, 2x6
765 640 810 550 785 660 550 695 475 675
MASA or MASAP
MASA or MASAP
9-10dx112
810
1150
900
740
965
755
665
1150
DOUBLE 2x INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate 2-10dx112 875 1075 785 735 900 785 660 1075 STANDARD INSTALLATION Attached to Hem Fir Sill Plate 2x4, 2x6 3-10dx112 6-10dx112 790 1305 940 640 1060 900 675 1305 3x4, 2x6 5-10dx112 4-10dx112 560 1045 625 475 875 625 425 1045 ONE LEG UP INSTALLATION Attached to Hem Fir Sill Plate 865 855 565 725 855 510 865 2x4, 2x6 6-10dx112 3-10dx112 675 3x4, 2x6 7-10dx112 2-10dx112 700 590 700 BOTH LEGS OVER MAX. 12 " PLYWOOD OR OSB INSTALLATION Hem Fir Sill Plate 2x4, 2x6 9-10dx112 700 990 775 635 830 650 570 990 DOUBLE 2x INSTALLATION Attached to Hem Fir Sill Plate Dbl 2x4, Dbl 2x6 5-10dx112 2-10dx112 750 925 675 630 775 675 660 925
32
1. Loads are based on allowable stress design (ASD) and include the load duration factor CD (with CD = 1.6) for wind/earthquake loading. No further increase is allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Minimum concrete compression strength, f'c is 2500 psi. 3. Allowable loads are based on a minimum stemwall width of 6". 4. For simultaneous loads in more than one direction, the connector must be evaluated using the Unity Equation. 5. Per Section 1613 of the 2006 IBC, detached one- and two-family dwellings in SDC C may use the Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads. 6. For designs under the 2006 IBC in SDC D-F, a 3x sill plate is required
when the allowable design shearwall shear load is equal to or greater than 600 plf. If the allowable design shear load is greater than 350 plf but less than 600 plf, it is acceptable to use a 2x sill plate provided that the sill is anchored using double the number of MASA mudsill anchors required by design. 7. For designs under the 2009 IBC, sill plate size shall comply with the shearwall requirements of the 2008 Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic. MASA spacing shall be as required for design load. 8. MASA/MASAP may be installed using 7-nails (triangle holes not filled) when being used to replace a 12" diameter sill bolt for use on a 2x mudsill. 9. NAILS: 10dx1 12" = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Allowable Loads (lbs) Non Cracked Cracked Sides Top Wind and SDC A&B 5,6 SDC C-F 6 Wind and SDC A&B 5,6 SDC C-F 6 Uplift F1 F2 Uplift F1 F2 Uplift F1 F2 Uplift F1 STANDARD INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate 3-10dx112 6-10dx112 920 1515 1095 745 1235 1045 785 1515 910 660 1235 5-10dx112 4-10dx112 650 1215 725 550 1020 725 495 1215 725 415 1020 ONE LEG UP INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate 660 845 995 595 1005 965 500 845 6-10dx112 3-10dx112 785 1005 995 7-10dx112 2-10dx112 815 685 815 685 BOTH LEGS OVER MAX. 12 " PLYWOOD OR OSB INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate
Fasteners
Code Ref. F2
MASA/MASAP
Mudsill Anchors
DF 2x4 Sill Plate Wind & SDC A&B 6'-0" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4'-0" SDC C - E 6'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 3'-4"
HF 2x4 Sill Plate Wind & SDC A&B 6'-0" 4'-0" 5'-8" 3'-9" SDC C - E 6'-0" 4'-0" 4'-7" 3'-1"
1. Prescriptive denotes designs per the IRC or conventional provisions of the IBC. 2. Detached one- and two-family dwellings in SDC C may use the Wind & SDC A&B spacing. 3. Spacing is based on the parallel to plate load direction only. 4. 58" diameter AB required in SDC E. 5. When replacing 12" sill bolts use 7-10dx1 12" nails (minimum nailing) and when replacing 58" sill bolts use 9-10dx1 12" nails (maximum nailing). 6. Per Section 1613 of the 2006 IBC, detached one- and two-family dwellings in SDC C may use the Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
1
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
STEP 1: Attach MASA 312" from inside of form. After concrete cures, remove nails and bend straps up 90
Blocking required attached to sill with A35Z (not shown) or per Designer
MASA/MASAP Rim Joist or Blocking Installation in Concrete over Max. 12" Sheathing
33
LMAZ/MA/MAB/MASB
Mudsill Anchors
Mudsill anchors provide an alternative to anchor bolts. They easily mount on forms and make finishing easier. The unique design pro-vides installation flexibility, eliminating problems with misplaced anchor bolts. Suitable for stem wall or slab foundations, mudsill anchors are one piece so there are no more nuts and washers to lose. LMAZan economical replacement for 12" sill plate anchor bolts MAfor slab or stem wall construction MABanchors mudsill to concrete block, poured walls or slab foundations MATERIAL: LMAZ, MAB18 gauge; MA/MASB16 gauge FINISH: MA, MAB, MASBGalvanized (some available in ZMAX coating); LMAZZMAX only. See Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. LMAZ/MA/MAB: - CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi and concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. - Not for use where a horizontal cold joint exists between the slab and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless provisions are made to transfer the load. - Not for use in slabs poured over foundation walls formed of concrete block or with brick and 4" masonry block stemwalls. MASB: - Fill CMU cell with concrete grout first, then place MASB into the grouted cell and adjust into position. Attach mudsill to anchor only after the concrete grout cures. - CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi. - The MASB Mudsill Anchors were tested in standard 8" CMU. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
4 (LM" A6 4")Z -
LMA4Z
(LMA6Z similar)
MASB
MAB
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No. MASB (Standard) MASB (One Leg Up) LMA4Z LMA6Z MA4 MA6 MAB15 MAB23
Sill Size 2x4,6 2x4,6 2x4 3x4 2x6 3x6 2x4 3x4 2x6 3x6 2x4,6 2x4,6
Fasteners Sides 2-10dx112 3-10dx112 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Top 6-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112
Allowable Loads1 DF/SP (160) Uplift2 130 905 905 905 1110 830 915 915 915 565 565 Parallel to Plate (F1) 930 960 675 675 825 825 575 680 680 680 500 500 Perp. to Plate (F2) 410 360 520 520 650 650 430 430 430 430 500 500
6" n. Mi
170
IL16
IL8
1. Loads have been increased for short-term loading. 2. For uplift loads, provide attachment from mudsill to buildings structural components to prevent cross-grain bending. 3. MA installed attached to the stud has no load reduction for parallel loads, has a perpendicular load of 670 lbs. and an uplift of 835 lbs. 4. LMAZ installed attached to the stud has no load reduction for parallel and perpendicular loads and an uplift of 600 lbs. for LMA4 and 835 lbs. for LMA6. 5. For stemwall applications, allowable loads are based on a minimum stemwall width of 6". 6. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical MAB15 Installation in Concrete (MAB23 similar, with 15" minimum embedment) Not applicable for concrete block installation
34
1. Place anchors not more than 12" from the end of each sill per code. 2. Spacing is based on parallel to plate load direction only. 3. CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi and concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. 4. Spacing applies to DF, SP, and HF 2x sill plates.
Typical MAB23 Installation in Concrete Block (MAB15 similar) MAB23 provides a two block embedment, if required by the local code jurisdiction
MAB Misinstallation (MAB straps must be separated before the concrete is poured)
FWAZ/FWANZ
FWA foundation anchors connect the foundation or basement walls to the floor system to resist out-of-plane forces imposed by soil pressure. The FWAZ attaches through the mudsill into the foundation using the Simpson Strong-Tie Titen HD heavyduty screw anchor, eliminating the need for separate anchor bolts into the rim joist. The FWANZ fastens to the mudsill with nails, relying on other anchorage (by Designer) to anchor the rim joist to the foundation. The spacing of the FWA anchors is independent of the joist spacing, allowing for a multitude of options based on soil pressures. Special Features: Compatible with solid sawn joists, I-joists and floor trusses. Testing performed on most common rim materials and types. Addresses design needs set forth in Section 1610.1 in the IBC and Section R404 in the IRC. Eliminates the need of costly cantilevered foundation designs. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: ZMAX coating. See Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Connectors must be fastened directly to the outside face of the rim board with 5-10dx1 12 (0.148" dia. x 1 12") long nails. Connectors must be located within 4" of adjacent joist/blocking for floor joist spacing up to 48" o.c. and may be centered between joists/blocking for 16" o.c. floor joist spacing. When floor joists are parallel to the rim board, full depth blocking shall be used in the first two bays of the floor per 2006 IRC Section R404.1. Splice joint not permitted on rim board in same bay unless blocking is placed on both sides of the splice. The maximum sill plate thickness to be used for the FWAZ only shall be 1 12". FWAZ onlymust be anchored to the foundation wall with 58"x6" mechanically galvanized Titen HD anchor (included). Cast-in-place anchor bolts may not be used as a substitute. When I-joist rim material is used, backer blocks must be used. Installed per manufacturers recommendations. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. Refer to IBC 1610.1.
4"
4"
2 "
FWANZ
Rimboard
FWAZ
F2
Rimboard
F1 F2
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Rim Board Material 1" OSB Rim 134" I-joist Rim 118" OSB Rim 2x Rim 114" LSL Rim 134" LVL Rim 1" OSB Rim 134" I-joist Rim 118" OSB Rim 2x Rim 114" LSL Rim 134" LVL Rim Rim Board Material
Allowable Lateral F2 Loads Concrete Concrete Concrete CMU f'c=2500 f'c=3000 f'c=4000 f'm=1500 psi psi psi psi 705 705 705 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 880 705 705 705 880 1000 1000 880 1050 1050 615 880 1055 1170 880 1055 1280 880 1055 1280 Allowable F2 Load (DF/SP Sill Plate) (90)7 895 945 945 945 945 945 895 1110 1135 1220 1300 1300 (100) 895 970 1050 1050 1050 1050 895 1110 1135 1220 1440 1440 (160) 895 970 1275 1315 1410 1485 895 1110 1135 1220 1445 1645 Allowable F2 Load (HF Sill Plate) (90)7 815 815 815 815 815 815 895 1110 1120 1120 1120 1120 (100) 895 905 905 905 905 905 895 1110 1135 1220 1245 1245 (160) 895 970 1275 1315 1345 1345 895 1110 1135 1220 1445 1645
Code Ref.
170
1. Lateral (F2) loads are based on load duration factor CD = 0.90 with no further increase allowed. 2. FWAZ spacing shall be per Designer. Refer to flier F-FWA (see page 212 for details) for prescriptive spacing options and additional information. 3. FWAZ must be located within 4" of adjacent joist/blocking for floor joist spacing up to 48" o.c. and may be centered between joists/blocking for 16" o.c. floor joist spacing. 4. Maximum sill plate thickness shall be 1 12". 5. The Titen HD anchor used in the FWAZ to resist the out-of-plane (F2) forces may also be used to resist in-plane shear forces provided the Designer determines the Titen HD anchor allowable loads (refer to C-SAS catalog, see page 212 for details) and evaluates the combined loading condition with the published F2 loads. 6. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. 1. FWANZ may be used to transfer F1 loads up to 310 lbs. No further increase in load permitted. 2. For simultaneous F1 and F2 loads, the connector must be evaluated using the unity equation (see page 22). 3. Designer shall evaluate rim board and sill plate design based on demand load. 4. FWANZ spacing and sill plate anchorage to be specified by the Designer. 5. FWANZ must be located within 4" of adjacent joist/blocking for floor joist spacing up to 48" o.c. and may be centered between joists/blocking for 16" o.c. floor joist spacing. 6. When floor joists are parallel to the rimboard, Designer must ensure proper load transfer from rimboard into diaphragm. 7. Values based on a load duration factor CD = 0.90. 8. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Code Ref.
2x4, 2-2x4, (8) 3x4, 10dx112 4x4 FWANZ 2x6, 2-2x6, (11) 3x6, 10dx112 4x6
(5) 10dx112
(5) 10dx112
1" OSB Rim 118" OSB Rim 134" I-Joist Rim 114" LSL Rim 2x Rim 134" LVL Rim 1" OSB Rim 118" OSB Rim 134" I-Joist Rim 114" LSL Rim 2x Rim 134" LVL Rim
170
2 "
" 4
" 4
35
SB
Anchor Bolt
6" (standard on all models)
The new SB58x24 anchor bolt offers a load-tested anchorage solution that exceeds the capacity of all of our holdowns that call for a 58" dia. anchor. Similarly, the SB1x30 covers holdowns utilizing a 1" diameter anchor that exceed the capacity of our SSTB bolts. The SB78x24 is designed to maximize performance with minimum embedment for holdowns utilizing a 78" dia. anchor. SB anchor bolts are now code listed by ICC-ES under the 2006 and 2009 IBC and IRC to meet the requirements of ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC 399. ICC-ES ESR-2611 is the industrys first code report issued for proprietary anchor bolts evaluated to the criteria of AC 399. Special Features: Indentification on the bolt head showing embedment angle and model Sweep geometry to optimize position in form Rolled thread for higher tensile capacity Hex nuts and plate washer fixed in position Available in HDG for additional corrosion resistance MATERIAL: ASTM F-1554, Grade 36 FINISH: None. May be ordered HDG. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: SB is only for concrete applications poured monolithically. Top nuts and washers for holdown attachment are not supplied with the SB; install standard nuts, couplers and/or washers as required. On HDG SB anchors, chase the threads to use standard nuts or couplers or use overtapped products in accordance with ASTM A563, for example Simpson Strong-Tie NUT5/8-OST, NUT7/8-OST and NUT1-OST. Install SB before the concrete pour using AnchorMates. Install the SB per the plan view detail. Minimum concrete compressive strength is 2500 psi. When rebar is required it does not need to be tied to the SB. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
30
Embedment Line (Top of Concrete)
Length le
SB1x30
(Other models similar)
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
3" to 5"
SB Bolts at Stemwall
Dimensions (in.) Model No. SB58 x24 SB78 x24 SB1x30 Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) SDC C-F Corner 5730 7855 8315 End Wall 5730 5730 6065 I23, F30, L20
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Min. Wind & SDC A&B Length Stemwall Embed. Dia. Width Midwall Corner End Wall Midwall (le) 6 8 8
5
Code Ref.
Footing W
24 24 30
18 18 24
Typical SB Installation
#4 Rebar 2 x le 1 " Min. Locate approx. 45 to 90 from wall Min. rebar length
Corner
Midwall
Endwall
2 x le
Midwall
End Wall
Perspective View
Corner Installation
(Install with arrow on top of the bolt oriented as shown)
Non-Corner Installation
(Bolt may be installed @ 45 to 135 as shown)
Corner Installation
(Install with arrow on top of the bolt oriented as shown)
24
24
24
36
SB
Anchor Bolt
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) Min. Embed. (le) 18 24 Wind & SDC A&B Step-Down End 7225 11750 Corner 7660 9635 SDC C-F Step-Down End 6070 9870 Corner 6435 8030 160 Code Ref.
Stemwall Width 8 8
Dia.
7
Length 24 30
Length
8" le
11" max
4" min (SB ) 3" min (SB1) 4" min (SB ) 3" min (SB1) 8" 16" min (SB ) 12" min (SB1)
Perspective View
Plan View
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) Min. Embed. (le) 18 18 24 Wind & SDC A&B Midwall 6675 13080 17080
Midwall
Footing Width 12 12 12
SDC C-F Midwall 6675 12320 16300 Corner 5730 10190 13090
Slab not shown for clarity
Dia.
5
Length 24 24 30
Code Ref.
160
Length
le
11" max.
12"
1"
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
12"
Slab Edge
Perspective View
Plan View
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) Min. Embed. (le) 18 24 Wind & SDC A&B Step-down End 9175 15580
Step-down end
Curb Width 6 6
Dia.
7
Length 24 30
Code Ref.
160
Length
le
11" max.
6"
Plan View
4" min (SB ) 3" min (SB1) 4" min (SB ) 3" min (SB1)
1"
12"
Perspective View
37
SSTB16L
(other models similar)
SSTB16
(other models similar)
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Wind & SDC A&B Midwall 3610 4315 5025 9900 9900 9900 Corner 3610 4040 4470 8710 8710 8710 End Wall2 3610 4040 4470 7615 7615 7615 Midwall 2550 3145 3740 8315 8315 8315
SDC C - F Corner 2550 2960 3325 7315 7315 7315 End Wall2 2550 2960 3325 6395 6395 6395
Code Ref.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
8 8 8
7 7 7
8 8 8
1. See page 39 for notes to the Designer. 2. SSTB28, SSTB34 and SSTB36 with 3 78" end distance allowable loads are 6605 lbs. (Wind and SDC A&B) and 5550 lbs (SDC C-F).
#4 Rebar 2 x le 1 " Min. Locate approx. 45 to 90 from wall Min. rebar length
Corner
Midwall
Endwall
2 x le
Midwall
End Wall
Perspective View
38
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) Min. Embed. (le) 24 78 Wind & SDC A&B Step-Down End 7,015 Corner 7,045 SDC C-F Step-Down End 5,895 Corner 5,920 160 Code Ref.
Stemwall Width 8
Dia.
7
Length 29 78
Length
8" le
11" max
8"
Perspective View
4" min
16" min
4" min
Plan View
Footing Width 12 12 12 12 12 12
Wind & SDC A&B Midwall 5,355 6,550 6,675 13,080 13,080 13,080
Midwall
SDC C-F Midwall 3,780 4,785 5,790 11,060 11,060 11,060 Corner 3,780 4,785 5,790 11,675 11,675 11,675
Dia.
5 5
Length 17 8 25 58 25 58 29 78 34 78 36 78
5
Code Ref.
8 8 5 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
160
Length
le
11" max.
12"
1"
12"
Slab Edge
Perspective View
4" min
Plan View
Length 29 8
7
1"
Corner
Length
le
11" max.
6"
1"
12"
Perspective View
4" min
16" min
4" min
Plan View
39
Allowable Tension Load (lbs.) Midwall 4780 4780 4780 6385 6385 6385 Corner/ End Wall 1850 1850 1850 4815 4815 4815
Code Ref.
8 8 8
7 7 7
8 8 8
170
1. Loads are based on a minimum CMU compressive strength, f'm, of 1500 psi. 2. Minimum end distance required to achieve midwall table loads is 1.5 le. 3. Minimum end distance for corner/end wall loads is 4 14". 1" Min. Edge 4. Loads may not be increased for duration of load.
Distance
4"
Slab #4 Rebar
Effective Embedment
Cold Joint
Typical SSTB Installation in Concrete Foundation Maintain minimum rebar cover, per ACI-318 concrete code requirements
Footing
Two Pour Installation (SSTB20, 24, 34 and 36) For two-pour (4" slab) installation loads: When using the SSTB20, use the equivalent loads of the SSTB16. When using the SSTB24, use the equivalent loads of the SSTB20. When using the SSTB34 or 36, use the equivalent loads of the SSTB28.
Corner Installation
(Install with arrow on top of the bolt oriented as shown)
Non-Corner Installation
(Bolt may be installed @ 45 to 135 as shown)
Corner Installation
(Install with arrow on top of the bolt oriented as shown)
WT6
WT6/125
1 4" Composite
40
5 L
HS
The diameter code on the head is the same as that used for rebar: 4 = ", 5 = ", 6 = ", etc. Length High Strength designation (blank on standard-steel models)
How to specify and order: When calling out PAB anchor bolts, substitute the desired length for the XX in the Root Model Number. For a 58"x18" anchor bolt, the model number would be PAB5-18 (or PAB5H-18 for high strength).
Hex nut Plate washer
4 x 114 x 114 8 x 112 x 112 3 8 x 2 x 2 3 8 x 214 x 214 3 8 x 212 x 212 3 8 x 234 x 234 1 2 x 3 x3
3
l1
Hex nut
PAB5H-12
Diameter* and Grade Length (12", 18", 24", 30" or 36")
* Units in
(Ex: 9 =
de
3000 psi Concrete Dimensions (in.) Tension Load (lbs.) de F ASD LRFD 4 4 2760 4420 4 6 4600 7360 5 712 6140 9830 5 712 6430 10290 6430 10290 5 712 10650 17040 7 1012 10 15 18190 29100 13 26 25970 41560 10650 17040 7 1012 15530 24840 9 1312 11 1612 20860 33380 34070 54520 15 2212 6 9 8450 13520 9 1312 15530 24840 10 15 18190 29100 11 1612 20860 33380 5 712 4320 6180 6 9 6870 9830 8 12 10170 14550 10 15 14050 20090 29060 41560 15 2212 12 18 18430 26350 18 27 38120 54520 13 1912 23220 33200 16 24 29480 42160
8 4
8 PAB7H
PAB9 PAB10 PAB4 PAB5 PAB6 PAB7 PAB7H PAB8 PAB8H PAB9 PAB10
Seismic
1 118 114
2500 psi Concrete Dimensions (in.) Tension Load (lbs.) de F ASD LRFD 4 4 2520 4030 4 6 4200 6720 5870 9390 5 712 5 712 5870 9390 6 9 7720 12350 8 12 11880 19010 10 15 16600 26560 14 28 25970 41560 8 12 11880 19010 10 15 16470 26350 19040 30470 11 1612 16 24 34070 54520 6 9 7720 12350 9 1312 14180 22680 19040 30470 11 1612 12 24 22010 35220 5 712 4320 6180 7 1012 6870 9830 9 1312 10170 14550 11 1612 14050 20090 16 24 29060 41560 12 18 18430 26350 38120 54520 19 2812 14 21 23220 33200 16 24 29480 42160
2F Min.
Design loads are calculated using a full shear cone. Coverage on each side of the bolt shall be a minimum of F or reductions must be taken.
1. Anchorage designs conform to ACI 318 Appendix D and assume cracked concrete with no supplementary reinforcement. 2. Seismic indicates Seismic Design Category C through F. Detached one- and two-family dwellings in SDC C may use wind anchorage solutions. Seismic anchorage designs conform to ACI 318-05 Section D3.3.4. 3. Wind includes Sesmic Design Category A and B. 4. Foundation dimensions are for anchorage only. Foundation design (size and reinforcement) by Designer. The registered design professional may specify alternate embedment, footing size, and anchor bolt. 5. Allowable Stress Design (ASD) values are obtained by dividing Load Factor Resistance Design (LRFD) capacities by 1.43 for Seismic and 1.6 for Wind.
41
Model No. RFB#4X4 RFB#4X5 RFB#4X6 RFB#4X7 RFB#4X10 RFB#4x8HDG-R RFB#5X5 RFB#5X8 RFB#5X10 RFB#5X12HDG-R RFB#5X16 RFB#6X10.5
Bolt Diameter
1 1
RFB
2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4
1. RFB#4X8HDG-R and RFB#5X12HDG-R are only available with a hot-dip galvanized coating. They are retail packaged and are sold 10 per carton. 2. Washer provided on all RFB (except RFB#5x8SS).
CNW
Allows fast visual check for correct all thread rod installation
Model No. CNW 2 CNW58 CNW34 CNW78 CNW1 CNW114 HSCNW34 HSCNW1 CNW58 -12 CNW34 - 58 CNW78 - 58 CNW1- 78
1
Rod Diameter 0.500 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.250 0.750 1.000 0.625 to 0.500 0.750 to 0.625 0.875 to 0.625 1.000 to 0.875
Allowable Tension Capacity (lbs.) (100) 4265 6675 9610 13080 17080 26690 19880 35345 4265 6675 6675 13080
Code Ref.
170
170
1. Allowable loads shown are based on AISC 13th Edition A36 and A449 (HS) threaded rod capacities.
42
BPS
(LBPS similar)
BP
(LBP similar) The BP58SKT is used when 58" diameter sill bolt holes are overdrilled
BP
Model No. LBP12 LBP58 LBPS12 LBPS58 BPS12 -3 BPS58 -3 BP38 -2 BP12 BP12 -3 BP58 -2 BP58 SKT BP58 BP58 -3 BP34 BP34 -3 BPS34 -3 BP78 -2 BP78 BP1
Thickness 64 9 64 9 64 9 64 3 ga 3 ga 3 16 3 16 3 ga 3 16 3 ga 1 4 3 ga 5 16 3 ga 3 ga 3 8 5 16 3 8
9
Bolt Dia. 1 2 5 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 5 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 7 8 7 8 1
Code Ref.
BP
7" Minimum Embedment
180
2. Standard cut washer required with BPS12-3, BPS58-3, and BPS34-3 (not provided) per the 2006 IRC and IBC.
GH Girder Hangers
A girder-to-foundation wall connection. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Painted. May be ordered HDG, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. See Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Insert four 16d commons into girder. H = girder height mudsill thickness. 1 12" clearance hole accommodates rebar or anchor. This is not required. OPTIONS: For skewed and saddle hangers, see Hanger Options on pages 200-202. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for other sizes available. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. GH46-6 GH46-8 GH48-6 GH48-8 GH66-6 GH66-8 GH68-6 GH68-8 Dimensions Girder 4x6 4x6 4x8 4x8 6x6 6x6 6x8 6x8 W 3916 3916 3916 3916 512 512 512 512 L 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 H 2x Plate 4 4 6 6 4 4 6 6 H 3x Plate 3 3 5 5 3 3 5 5 S 6116 8116 6116 8116 6116 8116 6116 8116 Fasteners 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d Allowable Loads Floor (100) 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 Roof (125) 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 Code Ref.
GH
170
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. A mudsill on top of the GH is required to achieve the table loads. 3. Models listed are for a 2x plate, specify H dimension when ordering for use with a 3x plate. 4. Uplift loads do not apply for this hanger. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical GH Installation
43
AnchorMate
Anchor Bolt Holder
Dia.
5
2x6 Framing
ABL
U.S. Patent Pending
44
GLB/HGLB/GLBT
Beam Seats
The GLB Series provides a connection between beam and concrete or CMU pilaster. FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of 132" to a maximum of 116" larger than the bolt diameter (per the 2005 NDS, section 11.1.2). Check the rebar spacing requirements on all installations. OPTIONS: Sawn timber and other sizes may be ordered by specifying special dimensions; use the letter designations shown on the illustrations. Specify if two-bolt GLB model is desired; see illustration. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
#6 Rebar (Typ.)
Allowable Bearing Loads (lbs)1,2 Masonry @ 375 psi 13125 15750 18375 21000 16875 20250 23625 27000 Wood f'c -perp 14350 17220 20090 22960 14350 17220 20090 22960 I20, L10, L16, F19 Code Ref.
HGLB
GLBT
GLB5A 514 GLB5B 5 4 GLB5C 514 GLB5D 5 4 GLB7A 678 GLB7B 6 8 GLB7C 678 GLB7D 678
7 1 1
Glulam
8 8 8 8 8 8
1 - 12 1 - 12 1 - 12 1 - 34 1 - 34 1 - 34
3 ga 1 - 34
3 3 3
Concrete Pilaster
1. Allowable bearing stress for masonry is based on an f'm of 1500 psi using the IBC (ACI 530 2.1.9.3) Allowable Stress Design. Wood bearing is based on f'c-perp of 560 psi. 2. When installed on masonry, use the lesser of the masonry or the wood allowable load values. When installed on concrete, a minimum f'c = 2000 psi shall be used and use the wood values as the limiting allowable bearing load values.
GLB
Dimensions
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Model No. HGLBA HGLBB HGLBC HGLBD GLBT512 GLBT612 GLBT516 GLBT616 GLBT520 GLBT620
1
PW 10 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
Bolts
Masonry @ 375 psi 18750 22500 26250 30000 23625 29250 31500 39000 39375 48750
318
8750 10500 12250 14000 9190 11375 9190 11375 9190 11375
518
14350 17220 20090 22960 15070 18655 15070 18655 15070 18655
6 34
18900 22680 26460 30240 19845 24570 19845 24570 19845 24570
8 34
24500 29400 34300 39200 25725 31850 25725 31850 25725 31850
10 34
31605 39130 31605 39130 31605 39130
Allowable Horizontal Bolt Loads3,4 (lbs.) 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260
Code Ref.
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
2 - 4 2 - 34 2 - 34 2 - 34 2 - 34 2 - 34 2 - 34 2 - 34 2 - 34 2 - 34
16 16 16
3 5
3 5
1. Allowable bearing stress for masonry is based on an f'm of 1500 psi using the IBC (ACI 530 2.1.9.3) Allowable Stress Design. Wood bearing is based on f'c-perp of 560 psi. 2. When installed on masonry, use the lesser of the masonry or the wood allowable load values. When installed on concrete, a minimum f'c = 2000 psi shall be used and use the wood values as the limiting allowable bearing load values. 3. Allowable horizontal loads are bolt values and include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading. Loads must be reduced if stresses in masonry or concrete are limiting. 4. Beams must fully bear on base plate. 5. The GLBT5 has a WT4x9 structural tee; the GLBT6 has a WT4x12 structural tee. 6. Specify W dimension when ordering. 7. Uplift loads do not apply for this connector.
45
Titen HD
RFB
3 3 2 8 278
7
16 16 16 16
12 12 18 18
24 24 36 36
PHN
PDPW
1. Spacings are based upon the attachment of 2-inch (nominal thickness) wood sill plates, with specific gravity of 0.50 or greater, to concrete floor slabs or footings. For species of wood with specific gravity of 0.42 to 0.49, multiply required spacing of fasteners for shear walls by 0.81. For species of wood with specific gravity of 0.31 to 0.41, multiply the required spacing of fasteners for shear walls by 0.65. 2. All walls shall have fasteners placed at 6 inches from ends of sill plates, with maximum spacing as shown in the table. 3. Fasteners indicated shall have two pins placed 6 inches and 10 inches, respectively, from each end of sill plates, with maximum spacing as shown in the table. 4. All fasteners must be installed with a minimum 3/4-inch-diameter, No. 16 gauge (0.0598 inch) steel washer. 5. Fasteners shall not be driven until the concrete has reached a compressive strength of 2,000 psi. Minimum edge distance is 1 34 inches. 6. The fasteners shall not be used for the attachment of shear walls having a unit shear in excess of 100 pounds per foot. Spacings shown are independent of the number of building stories.
PHNW
PDPWL
46
For complete information on these products visit www.simpsonanchors.com or see the Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog
Catalog Number
ANCHORING SYSTEMS
Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems has, for years, been at the forefront of developing and testing anchors for use in both cracked and uncracked concrete. In fact, one of our test labs was the rst lab in the U.S. to be accredited in testing for cracked concrete. With our technical expertise and support you can rely on us to be the trusted source for concrete anchors.
47
ANCHORING SYSTEMS
SET-XP
Cracked & Uncracked
CONCRETE
ICC-ES
IBC
2009
ESR-2508
SET SET-XP is a 1:1 two component, high solids epoxy-based anchoring adhesive formulated for optimum performance in both cracked and uncracked concrete. SET-XP has been rigorously tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC308 as well as 2006 and 2009 IBC requirements and has proven to offer increased reliability in the most adverse conditions, including performance in cracked concrete under static and seismic loading. SET-XP is teal in color in order to be identied as a high performance adhesive for adverse conditions. Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. SET-XP exceeds the ASTM C881 specication for Type I and Type IV, Grade 3, Class C epoxy. USES: When SET-XP adhesive is used with the IXP anchor, all thread rod, or rebar, the system can be used in tension and seismic zones where there is a risk of cracks occurring that pass through the anchor location. It is also suitable for uncracked concrete conditions. CODES: ICC-ES ESR-2508; City of L.A. RR25744; Florida FL 11506.5 NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (216 in2 /1000 gal)
IXP ANCHOR
The Simpson Strong-Tie IXP anchor is a torque-controlled adhesive anchor that, when used with Simpson Strong-Tie SET-XP epoxy, provides optimum performance in both cracked and uncracked concrete under a variety of adverse service conditions. The IXP anchor was rigorously tested according to ICC-ES AC308 and 2006 and 2009 IBC requirements. The unique conical shape of the helix conguration enables the IXP anchor to mimic the follow-up expansion behavior of a torque-controlled expansion anchor when tension-zone cracks in the base material intersect the anchor location. CODES: ICC-ES pending
Patent Pending
SET EPOXY-TIE
SET Epoxy-Tie epoxy is a two-component, 1:1 ratio, high solids epoxy-based adhesive for use as a high strength, non-shrink anchor grouting material. Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. SET meets or exceeds the ASTM C-881 specication for Type I, II, IV and V, Grade 3, Class B and C. CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1772 (CMU & URM); City of L.A. RR25279; Florida FL 11506.4; Caltrans approved; multiple DOT listings; NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (216 in2 /1000 gal), except SET1.7KTA. SET-PAC-EZ covered by ICC-ES, City of L.A. and NSF/ANSI listings only
ET EPOXY-TIE
ET Epoxy-Tie is a two-component, high solids epoxy-based system for use as a high strength, non-shrink anchor grouting material. Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. ET meets the ASTM C-881 specications for Type I, II, IV and V, Grade 3, Classes B and C, except gel time. CODES: ICC-ES ER-4945 (URM); City of L.A. RR25185, RR25120; Multiple DOT Listings
AT ACRYLIC-TIE
Acrylic-Tie is a two component, high solids, 10:1 ratio acrylic based adhesive for use as a high strength, anchor grouting material. Formulated for use in all types of weather, AT is designed to dispense easily and cure at temperatures down to 0F. Resin and initiator are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. AT meets the physical requirements of ASTM C881, Type I & IV, Grade 3, Classes A, B & C, except Acrylic-Tie is a non-epoxy product formulated for fast cure time. CODES: ICC-ES ER-5791* (CMU & URM); City of L.A. RR25459*; NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (11 in2/5000 gal); Multiple DOT listings
*Applies to all AT products except AT10
48
For complete information on these products visit www.simpsonanchors.com or see the Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog
ANCHORING SYSTEMS
TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor
Cracked & Uncracked
CONCRETE
ICC-ES
IBC
2009
ESR-2713
The Titen HD anchor is a patented, high-strength screw anchor for concrete and masonry. It is designed for optimum performance in both cracked and uncracked concrete; a requirement that the 2006 IBC places on post-installed anchors. The high strength, easy-to-install Titen HD anchor has been tested and shown to provide outstanding performance in cracked and uncracked concrete under both static and seismic-loading conditions. The self-undercutting, non-expansion characteristics of the Titen HD anchor make it ideal for structural applications, even at reduced edge distances and spacings. Recommended for permanent dry, interior non-corrosive environments or temporary outdoor applications. CODES: ICC-ES ESR-2713 (concrete); ICC-ES ESR-1056 (CMU); City of L.A. RR25741 (Concrete) and RR25560 (CMU); Florida FL 11506.7; Factory Mutual 3017082
U.S. Patent 5,674,035 & 6,623,228
IBC
2009
ESR-1771
This innovative, new wedge anchor features a redesigned, tri-segmented clip made of a special high-strength alloy that enables it to outperform many other cracked-concrete wedge anchors, including the original Strong-Bolt. Strong-Bolt 2 has also received classication as a Category 1 anchor, which is the highest reliability rating as outlined by the ICC-ES AC193 acceptance criteria. It has been tested and code listed under the 2009 IBC requirements for installation in the most adverse conditions, including performance in cracked concrete under static and seismic loading. CODES: ICC-ES ESR-3037; City of L.A. Pending; Florida FL 11506.6
The Torq-Cut self-undercutting anchor is a heavy-duty, high-capacity anchor designed and tested for use in cracked and uncracked concrete under static and seismic loading conditions. It is designed to meet the requirements that the 2006 and 2009 IBC places on post-installed anchors. The built in ring with hardened cutters expands with installation torque forming undercut grooves in the concrete. This interlocking connection between the anchor and the concrete provides superior load carrying capacity. CODES: ICC-ES pending
For complete information on these products visit www.simpsonanchors.com or see the Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog
49
HDU/DTT2Z Holdowns
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
3"
HDU Holdowns are pre-deflected during the manufacturing process, virtually eliminating deflection under load due to material stretch. for Pilot Holes g They use Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws which install rin Manufactu Purposes easily and provide reduced fastener slip. Using SDS screws results in a (Fastener d) greater net section, when compared to bolts, as no material is removed. not require The HDU series of holdowns are designed to replace previous versions of the product such as PHDs as well as bolted holdowns. The HDU2, 4 and 5 are direct replacements for the PHD2, 5 and 6, respectively. The DTT2Z tension tie is suitable for lighter-duty holdown applications on single or double 2x posts, and installs easily with Strong-Drive SDS screws (included). The DTT2Z has been tested in accordance with the ICC-ES acceptance criteria for Holdowns Attached to Wood Members (AC155) and meets the minimum requirements for many alternate braced wall panels per section R602.10.3.2 of the 2009 IRC (see table R602.10.6, item 1). Vertical For more information on holdown options, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. Wood Member HDU SPECIAL FEATURES: Thickness Pre-deflected body virtually eliminates deflection due to material stretch. Uses SDS screws which install easily, reduce fastener slip, and provide a greater net section area of the post compared to bolts. Threaded Rod SDS screws are supplied with the holdowns to ensure proper fasteners are used. No stud bolts to countersink at openings. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: HDU Galvanized; DTT2Z ZMAX coatings INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. For use in vertical and horizontal applications. The HDU requires no additional washer, the DTT requires a standard cut washer (included) be installed between the nut and the seat. To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join the members without splitting the wood. For holdowns, per ASTM test See page 28 for SDS values. standards, anchor bolt nut should See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts on be finger-tight plus 13 to 12 turn with pages 36-40 for anchorage options. a hand wrench, with consideration SDS screws install best with a given to possible future wood low speed high torque drill with shrinkage. Care should be taken to a 38" hex head driver. not over-torque the nut. Impact CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference wrenches should not be used. Key Chart.
HDU
U.S. Patent 6,112,495
6 "
DTT2Z
1 " 1 "
SO
Post size by Designer Minimum wood member thickness
Studs/Post
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No.
Dimensions (in.) Ga W H B C L SO
SDS Screws 8-SDS 14"x112" 8-SDS 14"x112" 8-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212" 10-SDS 14"x212" 14-SDS 14"x212" 20-SDS 14"x212" 30-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212"
Minimum Wood Member Thickness 4 (in.) 112 3 3 3 3 3 3 312 412 512 714 714 5128
14 14 14 14 10 10 7
3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3
15
13
16
16
5 5
8 8 5 8
7
1 1
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) (160)1 Deflection at DF/SP SPF/HF Allowable Load5,6 (in.) 1825 1800 0.105 2145 1835 0.128 2145 2105 0.128 3075 2215 0.088 4565 3285 0.114 5645 4065 0.115 5980 4305 0.084 6970 5020 0.116 7870 5665 0.113 9535 6865 0.137 11175 8045 0.137 143759 104359 0.177 144458,9 103509 0.177
I6, L8, F5
50
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts (pages 36-40). 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 4. Post design by Specifier. Tabulated loads are based on a minimum 3 12" wide post (in a 3 12" wall). Post may consist of multiple members provided they are connected independently of the holdown fasteners. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads.
5. Tension values are valid for holdowns flush or raised off of sill plate. 6. Deflection at Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown deformation and anchor rod elongation for holdowns installed up to 6" above top of concrete. Holdowns may be installed raised up to 18" above top of concrete with no load reduction provided that additional elongation of the anchor rod is accounted for. 7. Tabulated loads may be doubled when the HDU is installed on opposite sides of the wood member provided either the post is large enough to prevent opposing holdown screw interference or the holdowns are offset to eliminate screw interferences. 8. Noted HDU14 allowable loads are based on a 5 12" wide post (6x6 min.). 9. Requires heavy hex anchor nut to achieve tabulated loads (supplied with holdown).
HDQ8/HHDQ Holdowns
The HHDQ series of holdowns combines low deflection and high loads with ease of installation. The unique seat design of the HDQ8 greatly minimizes deflection under load. Both styles of holdown employ the Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws which install easily, reduce fastener slip and provide a greater net section area of the post when compared to bolts. They may be installed either flush or raised off the mudsill without a reduction in load value. SPECIAL FEATURES: Uses SDS screws which install easily, reduce fastener slip, and provide a greater net section area of the post compared to bolts. SDS screws are supplied with the holdowns to ensure proper fasteners are used. No stud bolts to countersink at openings. MATERIAL: HDQ87 gauge; HHDQBody: 7 gauge, washer: 12" plate FINISH: HDQ8Galvanized; HHDQ Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. For use in vertical and horizontal applications. No additional washer is required. To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members without splitting the wood. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts on pages 36-40 for anchorage options. SDS screws install best with a low speed high torque drill with a 38" hex head driver. HDQ8: 58" of adjustability perpendicular to the wall. See SSTB Anchor Bolts, page 38-40, for anchorage options. For 2-2x and 3x sill plates use SSTBL models. The Designer may specify any alternate anchorage calculated to resist the tension load for a specific job. Anchorage length should take the bearing plate/washer height into account, to ensure adequate length of threads to engage the nut. HHDQ11/14: No additional washer is required. HHDQ14 requires a heavy hex anchor nut (supplied with holdown) See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts, pages 36-40, for anchorage options. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
SO
HDQ8
U.S. Patents 6,006,487 and 6,327,831
SO
HHDQ11
(HHDQ14 similar)
Hanger not shown for clarity
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No.
Dimensions (in.) Ga W H B C L SO
SDS Screws 20-SDS 14"x3" 20-SDS 14"x3" 20-SDS 14"x3" 24-SDS 14"x212" 30-SDS 14"x212"
Minimum Wood Member Thickness 4 (in.) 3 312 412 512 714 5128
7 7 7
2 8 3 3
14 1518 1834
2 2 312 312
1 4 112 112
2 8
7
8 8
1 1
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) (160) Deflection at DF/SP SPF/HF Allowable Load 6 (in.) 5715 4115 0.064 7630 5495 0.094 9230 6645 0.095 11810 8505 0.131 130159 93709 0.107 137108,9 107459 0.107
Code Ref.
I6, L8, F5
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts (pages 36-40). 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 4. Post design by Specifier. Tabulated loads are based on a minimum 3 12" wide post (in a 3 12" wall). Post may consist of multiple members provided they are connected independently of the holdown fasteners. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 5. Tension values are valid for holdowns flush or raised off of sill plate.
6. Deflection at Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown deformation and anchor rod elongation for holdowns installed up to 6" above top of concrete. Holdowns may be installed raised up to 18" above top of concrete with no load reduction provided that additional elongation of the anchor rod is accounted for. 7. Tabulated loads may be doubled when holdowns are installed on opposite sides of the wood member provided either the post is large enough to prevent opposing holdown screw interference or the holdowns are offset to eliminate screw interferences. 8. Noted HHDQ14 allowable loads are based on a 5 12" wide post (6x6 min.). All other loads are based on 3 12" wide post minimum. 9. Requires heavy hex anchor nut to achieve tabulated loads (supplied with holdown). 10. HDQ and HHDQ holdowns installed horizontally can achieve compression loads with the addition of a standard nut on the underside of the load transfer plate. Refer to ESR 2330 for design values. Design of anchorage rods for the compression force shall be per the Designer.
51
HDC
Holdowns & Tension Ties
Concentric Holdown
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The unique design of the HDC holdowns eliminate eccentricity. They install with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws (included) to reduce slip and provide a greater net section area of the post compared to bolts. MATERIAL: 10 gauge strap FINISH: Galvanized strap, aluminum base INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install on concrete. For use in vertical and horizontal applications. Sized for 2-2x, and 4x. Center 2-2x posts on holdown. Uses SDS screws supplied with the holdowns to ensure proper fasteners are used. Slot in the seat allows for 38" of adjustment perpendicular to plate. Cut washer required between base and anchor nut. HDC10 models use narrow cut washer with outside diameter of 1 34". Witness slot in the base to inspect the nut . Maximum anchor bolt height above concrete is 2 18". To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members without splitting the wood. Aluminum standoff cannot be in contact with preservativetreated wood. SDS screws install best with a low speed high torque drill with a 38" hex head driver. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HDC10
Patents: U.S. 6,513,290 Can. 2,364,585
Typical HDC Installation with 2-2x4 Studs (Similar with 2-2x6 studs)
For holdowns, per ASTM test standards, anchor bolt nut should be finger-tight plus 13 to 12 turn with a hand wrench, with consideration given to possible future wood shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact wrenches should not be used.
Post Size
C L
Anchor Bolt
Code Ref.
Discontinued See HDC10/22-SDS2.5 Discontinued See HDC10/4-SDS2.5 2-2x4 4x4 318 3916 1438 1418 3 3 1916 11316
7 7
24
9665
8425
9060
0.058
1. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts (pages 36-40). 2. Loads are based on static tests on wood studs, limited by the lowest of 0.125" deflection, tested lowest ultimate divided by 3, or the wood screw value. 3. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown elongation, and anchor bolt elongation. 4. The HDCs will be limited by wood compression capacity if installed on a sill plate. HDC10/22 will achieve an allowable load of 4005 lbs.
on a DFL plate. HDC10/4 will achieve an allowable load of 4940 lbs. on a DFL plate, which does not take deflection into account. Full tension values apply when installed on a sill, deflections may be higher. 5. Higher values may be obtained when HDC is not placed at an edge or with f'c concrete strength > 2500 psi. 6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 7. Post design by Designer. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads.
RP6
52
24
9665
8425
7460
0.050
IL10
LTT/HTT
Tension Ties
Tension ties offer a solution for resisting tension loads that is fastened with nails. The entire line of tension ties has been tested and evaluated to the requirements of AC155. The HTT4 and HTT5 are the latest generation of tension ties. They feature an optimized nailing pattern which results in better performance with less deflection. Designed to meet new code standards, the HTT4 and HTT5 offer higher loads than their predecessors. The LTT19 Light Tension Tie is designed for 2x joists or purlins and the LTT20B is for nail- or bolt-on applications. The 3" nail spacing makes the LTT20B suitable for wood I-joists with 10dx1 12. The LTTI31 is designed for wood chord open web truss attachments to concrete or masonry walls and may also be installed vertically on a minimum 2x6 stud. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. May be ordered HDG; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. For use in vertical and horizontal applications. To tie multiple 2x members together, the For tension ties, per ASTM test standards, Designer must determine the fasteners anchor bolt nut should be finger-tight plus required to join members without splitting 1 3 to 12 turn with a hand wrench, with the wood. consideration given to possible future The Designer shall specify anchor bolt wood shrinkage. Care should be taken type, length and embedment. See SB and to not over-torque the nut. Impact SSTB anchor bolts on pages 36-40. wrenches should not be used. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
HTT5
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
11 11
212 212
16 16
138 138
HTT5KT 7
Seat Fasteners ThickFasteners ness Anchor Bolts 8-10dx112 5 1 5 3 16 2, 8 or 4 8-10d 10-10dx112 5 1 10-10d 16 2, 58 or 34 2-12" Bolt 1 5 4 8 18-10dx112 18-10dx112 7 5 16 8 18-16dx212 18-SD #10x1129 26-10dx112 7 5 16 8 26-10d 26-16dx212 7 5 16 8 26-SD #10x212
Allowable Tension Loads (160) DF/SP 1310 1340 1355 1500 1625 1350 3610 4235 4455 4350 4670 50906 5445 SPF/HF 1125 1150 1165 1290 1400 1160 3105 3640 3830 3740 4015 4375 5360
Deflection at Highest Allowable Load 0.180 0.157 0.195 0.185 0.183 0.193 0.086 0.123 0.112 0.120 0.116 0.135 0.103
Code Ref.
L19, IP2, F4
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Post design by Specifier. Tabulated loads are based on minimum 3"x3 12" post (in 3 12" wall). Post may consist of multiple members provided they are connected independently of the holdown fasteners. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 3. A standard cut washer is required under anchor nut for LTT19 and LTT20B when using 12" or 5 8" anchor bolts. No additional washer is required when using a 34" anchor bolt. 4. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip holdown deformation, and anchor bolt elongation for holdowns installed up to 4 12" above top of concrete. HTT4 and HTT5 may be installed raised up to 18" above top of concrete with no load reduction provided that additional elongation of the anchor rod is accounted for. 5. If the base of the LTTI31 is installed flush with a concrete or masonry wall, the allowable load is 2285 lbs. 6. Allowable tension load for HTT5 with a 3" bearing plate washer BP5/8-2 (sold separately) Min. installed in the seat of the holdown is 5295 Preservativefor DF/SP and 4555 for SPF/HF. treated 7. HTT5KT is sold as a kit with the holdown, BP 58-2 barrier may bearing plate washer and 26-SD #10x2 12 screws. be required 8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 9. HTT4 with SD #10x1 12 screws achieves full load on a single 2x6 stud or joist. 10. FASTENERS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148 dia. x 1 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, SD #10x2 12 = 0.161" dia. x 2 12", Vertical HTT4 Horizontal LTTI31 SD #10x1 = 0.161" dia. x 1 12". Installation Installation
2"
53
HDB/HD Holdowns
Simpson Strong-Tie offers a wide range of bolted holdowns offering lowAvailable deflection performance for a range of load requirements. All of these holdowns have been tested in accordance with ICC-ESs AC 155 acceptance criteria and are April 2011 approved for use in vertical and horizontal applications. The NEW HD3B is light-duty holdown designed for use in shearwalls and braced-wall panels, as well as other lateral applications. SB The NEW HD5B, HD7B and HD9B bolted holdowns incorporate the proven SB design of our HDQ8 SDS-style holdown and feature a unique seat design which H greatly minimizes deflection under load. HDB holdowns are self jigging, ensuring SB that the code-required minimum of seven bolt diameters from the end of the post is met. They can be installed directly on the sill plate or raised above it and are H suitable for back-to-back applications where eccentricity is a concern. HDBs are designed to provide loads for intermediate-load-range shearwalls, braced-wall HB panels and lateral applications and will be available April 2011. HB HD holdowns offer the highest allowable loads, providing high capacity for both vertical and horizontal applications. The HD12 and HD19 are self jigging, ensuring that the code-required minimum of seven bolt diameters from the end of SO the post is met. They can be installed back-to-back when eccentricity is an issue. SO MATERIAL: See table W FINISH: HD3B/HD5B/HD7B/HD9B Galvanized; W Minimum HD Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint wood HD19 INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. member HD5B (HD12 thickness 1 1 Bolt holes shall be a minimum of 32" to a maximum of 16" (HD7B and similar) larger than the bolt diameter (per NDS, section 11.1.2). Washers must HD9B similar) be installed Stud bolts should be snugly tightened with standard cut between bolt washers between the wood and nut (BPs are required in nuts and wood the City and County of Los Angeles). For holdowns, per ASTM test standards, The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length, and anchor bolt nut should be finger-tight plus 13 to 1 embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor bolts (pages 36-40). 2 turn with a hand wrench, with consideration To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must given to possible future wood shrinkage. determine the fasteners required to join members without Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. splitting the wood. Impact wrenches should not be used. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. Stand off provides
B
CL
H HB
C L
C L
HD3B
See foonote 9
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Dimensions (in) SB W H SO C L
HD3B
12
434
138
160
HD7B
16
10
514
212 1238
114
HD9B
618
312 278
14
238 114
Minimum wood member thickness Washers must be installed between bolt nuts and wood
HD129
HD199
54
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed: reduce where other loads govern. 2. Post design by Specifier. Tabulated loads are based on 3 12" wide member minimum, unless noted otherwise. Post may consist of multiple members provided they are connected independently of the holdown fasteners. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 4. HD and HDB holdowns are self-jigging and will ensure minumum bolt end distance, HB, when installed flush with the sill plate.
5. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip holdown deformation, and anchor bolt elongation for holdowns installed up to 6" above top of concrete. Holdowns may be installed raised up to 18" above top of concrete with no load reduction provided that additional elongation of the anchor rod is accounted for. 6. To achieve published loads, machine bolts shall be installed with the nut on the opposite side of the holdown. If reversed, the Designer shall reduce the allowable loads shown per NDS requirements when bolt threads are in the shear plane. 7. Lag bolts will not develop the listed loads. 8. Tabulated values may be doubled when the HD holdown is installed on opposite sides of the wood member. The Designer must evaluate the capacity of the wood member and the anchorage. 9. Standard cut washer is required under anchor nut for HD12 and HD19 with 1" and 1 18" anchors respectively.
HD5B
16
10
514
212 938
114
Minimum Wood Anchor Stud Member Dia. Bolts Thickness2 112 212 5 5 8 2 - 8 3 312 212 5 8 2 - 34 3 312 3 7 312 8 3 - 34 412 312 412 7 7 8 3 - 8 512 714 312 412 1 4-1 512 x512 312 412 118 4-1 714 1 5 2 x512 714 118 5-1 1 5 2 x512 714 114 5-1 1 5 2 x512 Fasteners
Allowable Tension Loads (160) DF/SP 1895 2525 3130 3130 3750 4505 4935 6645 7310 7345 7740 9920 9920 10035 11350 12665 14220 11775 13335 15435 15510 16735 16775 19360 19070 SPF/HF 1610 2145 3050 3050 3190 3785 4195 5650 6215 6245 6580 8435 8430 8530 9215 10765 12085 9215 11055 13120 12690 14225 12690 15270 16210
Deflection at Highest Allowable Load 0.156 0.169 0.120 0.120 0.129 0.156 0.150 0.142 0.154 0.155 0.159 0.178 0.178 0.179 0.171 0.171 0.162 0.171 0.177 0.194 0.162 0.191 0.200 0.180 0.137
Code Ref.
LSTHD/STHD
Strap-Tie Holdown
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The STHD is an embedded strap-tie holdown offering high load capacity and a staggered nail pattern to help minimize splitting. The STHD incorporates many features that aid correct installation and improve performance. When installed on the forms with the StrapMate strap holder the unique design of the STHD delivers enhanced stability before and during the pour to help prevent both parallel and perpendicular movement (relative to the form). This results in accurate positioning of the strap and reduced possibility of spalling. The Simpson Strong-Tie STHD strap-tie holdowns are now code listed by ICC-ES under the 2006 and 2009 IBC and IRC to meet the requirements of ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC 399. See ICC-ES ESR-2920 for more information. FEATURES The nailing pattern allows for nailing to the edges of double 2xs Strap nail slots are countersunk to provide a lower nail head profile The slots below the embedment line enable increased front-to-back concrete bond and help to reduce spalling Rim joist models accommodate up to a 17" clear span without any loss of strap nailing MATERIAL: LSTHD8, LSTHD8RJ14 gauge, all others12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Use table below for both standard concrete and post-tension slab installations. Install before concrete pour with a StrapMate, or other holding device. Nail strap from the bottom up. Strap may be bent one full cycle (bent horizontal 90 then bent vertical) to aid wall placement, but may cause spalling behind the strap. If the spall is 1" or less, measured from the embedment line to the bottom of the spall, full loads apply. Any portion of the strap left exposed should be protected against corrosion. Unless otherwise noted, do NOT install where: (a) a horizontal cold joint exists within the embedment depth between the slab and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless provisions are made to transfer the load, or the slab is designed to resist the load imposed by the anchor; or (b) slabs are poured over concrete block foundation walls. Additional studs attached to the shearwall studs or post may be required by the Designer for wall sheathing nailing.
Nailed Portion
STHD
U.S. Patent 5,813,182
Wood shrinkage after strap installation across horizontal members may cause strap to buckle outward. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. Standard LSDTHD8 STHD10 STHD14 LSDTHD8 STHD10 STHD14 Rim Joist LSTHD8RJ STHD10RJ STHD14RJ LSTHD8RJ STHD10RJ STHD14RJ
Strap Length (L) Standard Rim Joist (in) (in) 1858 2458 2618 1858 2458 2618 3218 3818 3958 3218 3818 3958
le (in) 8 10 14 8 10 14
Reqd Nails 20 -16d Sinkers 24 -16d Sinkers 30 -16d Sinkers 20 -16d Sinkers 28 -16d Sinkers 30 -16d Sinkers Midwall 3115 3820 5150 3115 4755 5345
Non Cracked Corner 2860 3820 5150 2860 4120 5345 Endwall 1690 2050 3200 2230 3145 4165 Midwall 2675 3140 5150 2675 4195 5345
Cracked Corner 2355 3140 5150 2355 3500 5345 Endwall 1455 1705 3200 1915 2585 4165
Code Ref.
I25
SDC C-F ALLOWABLE TENSION LOADS FOR DF/SP/SPF/HF (160) Min. Stem Wall (in) 6 Model No. Standard LSDTHD8 STHD10 STHD14 LSDTHD8 STHD10 STHD14 Rim Joist LSTHD8RJ STHD10RJ STHD14RJ LSTHD8RJ STHD10RJ STHD14RJ Strap Length (L) Standard Rim Joist (in) (in) 1858 2458 2618 1858 2458 2618 3218 3818 3958 3218 3818 3958 le (in) 8 10 14 8 10 14 Reqd Nails 16 -16d Sinkers 18 -16d Sinkers 22 -16d Sinkers 16 -16d Sinkers 20 -16d Sinkers 24 -16d Sinkers Midwall 2270 2750 3695 2615 3400 3815 Non Cracked Corner 2185 2750 3695 2185 2940 3815 Endwall 1220 1615 2685 1635 2295 3500 Midwall 2250 2640 3695 2250 3400 3815 Cracked Corner 1975 2640 3695 1975 2940 3815 Endwall 1220 1435 2685 1610 2175 3500 Code Ref.
I25
1. Allowable loads are for wind or seismic loading. Nail quantities reflect an increase for duration of load with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Concrete shall have a minimum concrete strength, f'c of 2500 psi. 3. 10d common (3" long x 0.148" diameter) nails may be used with no load reduction. 10dx2 12 (2 12" long x 0.148" diameter) nails may be used with no load reduction when installed directly over framing. For installation over structural sheathing, use 10d common or 16d sinkers. 4. Use the specified number of nails listed in table or as specified. In many cases, not all nail holes will be filled. Nail strap from the bottom up. 5. The Designer may specify a reduced quantity of nails for some applications. See T-NAILOPT for details.
6. Deflection at highest allowable loads for install over wood double studs are as follows: Installed on framing: LSTHD8 = 0.089", STHD8 = 0.085", STHD10 = 0.117"" and STHD14 = 0.118" Installed over structural sheathing: LSTHD8 = 0.114", STHD8 = 0.123", STHD10 = 0.146" and STHD14 = 0.164". 7. Multiply Seismic and Wind ASD load values by 1.4 or 1.6 respectively to obtain LRFD capacities. 8. Per 2006 and 2009 IBC Section 1613.1, detached one- and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Category (SDC) C may use Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads. 9. Minimum center-to-center spacing is 3 times the required embedment (Smin = 3 x le) for STHDs acting in tension simultaneously. Midwall install is based on 1.5 x le end distance. 10. See T-SCLCOLUMN for installation on structural composite lumber posts or columns (see page 215 for details). 11. NAILS: 16d sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
55
LSTHD/STHD
Holdowns & Tension Ties
Strap-Tie Holdown
Single Pour Rebar Installation *Maintain minimum rebar cover, per ACI-318 concrete code requirements.
3" to 5" le
Stemwall
Structural sheathing
Shearwall diaphragm
STHD
SM1
U.S. Patent 6,796,099
BENEFITS
Built-in Tab: Reduces spalling and costly retrofits. No additional labor to install. Holds STHD away from form board. StrapMate Locator Line: Easy inspection to ensure proper location. Allows adjustment without removing STHD. Additional Diamond Hole: One more fastener to help prevent the STHD RJ models from bowing out at the rim joist section.
Sill plate bolt Required rebar not shown for clarity (typ.)
56
PAHD/HPAHD
Strap-Tie Holdowns
The PAHD42, HPAHD22, and HPAHD22-2P strap tie holdowns are being discontinued in 2011. Simpson Strong-Tie recommends substituting a LSTHD or STHD strap tie holdown for these applications. See pages 55-56 for details on the LSTHD and STHD. For additional HDU, HTT or HDB holdown substitution, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
2"
Pilot holes for manufacturing purposes and should not be used to attach to framing members unless approved by the Engineer of Record or specified in Simpson Strong-Tie literature
Length
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
1" Typ.
L 51 70
1. Loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. 16d sinkers (9 ga x 314") or 10d commons may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.84 of the table loads. 3. Optional fastener holes provided. Calculate loads according to the code to a maximum of 3685 lbs. Minimum embedment is 4"; 5" to the nearest edge. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
PA51
(PA68 similar)
Minimum Side Cover
Typical PA connecting Stud to Foundation (use PAHD42 or HPAHD22 for edge applications)
57
PA/HPA
Holdowns & Tension Ties
Purlin Anchors ASCE7-05 12.11.2.2.5 states: ... Diaphragm to structural wall anchorage using embedded straps shall have the straps attached to or hooked around the reinforcing steel, or otherwise terminated to effectively transfer forces to the reinforcing steel.
PA/HPA purlin anchors offer solutions for wood to concrete and concrete block connections which satisfy code requirements. The PAs dual embedment line allows installation in concrete or concrete block. MATERIAL: PA12 gauge; HPA10 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. PAs available HDG or ZMAX coating INSTALLATION: Minimum concrete strength is 2000 psi. Use all specified fasteners; some models have extra fastener holes. See General Notes. Purlin Anchor must hook around rebar. Wood splitting may occur when anchor is nailed to wood less than 3 12" wide. For widths less than 3 12", see PAHD Holdowns for alternate nailing configurations, or PAI. EDGE DISTANCEMinimum concrete edge distance is 5". Minimum concrete block left-to-right edge distance is 20". CONCRETE BLOCK WALLThe minimum wall specifications are: A One #4 vertical rebar, 32" long, 16" each side of anchor; B Two courses of grout filled block above and below the anchor (no cold joints allowed); C A horizontal bond beam with two #4 rebars, 40" long, a maximum of two courses above or below the anchor. D Minimum masonry compressive strength, f'm = 1500 psi. OPTIONS: See LTT and HTT Tension Ties for alternate retrofit solutions. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1 "
2 "
2"
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Allowable Tension Loads (160) Masonry 2815 2815 2815 2815 2370 2815 2815 2815 1895 2815 2815 2815 Concrete 2845 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420 2845 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420 2605 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420 IL8
Pressure-treated barrier may be required
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Code Ref.
2x Ledger PA18 PA23 PA28 PA35 HPA28 HPA35 PA18 PA23 PA28 PA35 HPA28 HPA35 PA18 PA23 PA28 PA35 HPA28 HPA35 1812 2334 29 35 3212 3812 1812 2334 29 35 3212 3812 1812 2334 29 35 32 2 3812
1
12-16d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d 10-16d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d
12-16d 18-16d 18-16d 18-16d 24-16d 27-16d 12-16d 18-16d 18-16d 18-16d 24-16d 27-16d 4x Ledger 11-16d 17-16d 18-16d 18-16d 27-16d 27-16d
IL8
#4 Rebar Min.
IL8
#4 Rebar min.
1. Allowable loads are for a horizontal installation into the side of a concrete or masonry wall. 2. Minimum penetration for 16d commons is 1 1516". 3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) or 10d commons may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.85 of the table loads. 16dx2 12 (0.162 x 2 12" long) may be used with no reduction. 4. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 5. Strap may be bent one full cycle. (Bent horizontal 90 then bent vertical.) 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
PA/HPA Purlin to Concrete Wall For I-Joist applications see page 127.
Hanger not shown for clarity
3" min.
58
Washer Supplied
ABU44
(other sizes similar)
ABE44
ABE46,46R,66 and 66R supplied with washer.
Washer Required Not Supplied
AB
ABA44
(other sizes similar)
ABU88
Model No.
Allowable Anchor Fasteners Download Dia. (100) 1 2 8-10d 4065 1 2 8-10d 4065 1 2 8-10d 4165 1 2 8-10d 4165 1 2 8-10d 5335 1 2 8-10d 5335
Code Ref.
I3, L18, F1
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Typical AB Installation
Fasteners Post Machine Bolts Nails Qty. Dia. 6-10d 6-10d 1 12-16d 2 2 6-10d 6-10d 8-16d 8-16d 1 12-16d 2 2 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 1 12-16d 2 2 8-16d 8-16d 18-16d 18-16d
Material Model No. ABA44 ABE44 ABU44 ABA44R ABE44RZ ABE46 ABA46 ABU46 ABE46R ABA46R ABA66Z ABE66 ABU66 ABA66R ABE66RZ ABU884 ABU88R4 Nominal Post Size 4x4 4x4 4x4 RGH 4x4 RGH 4x4 4x6 4x6 4x6 RGH 4x6 RGH 4x6 6x6 6x6 6x6 RGH 6x6 RGH 6x6 8x8 RGH 8x8 Base Strap (Ga) (Ga) 16 16 16 16 16 12 14 12 12 14 14 12 12 14 12 14 14 16 16 12 16 16 16 14 12 16 14 14 14 10 14 14 12 12 W 3916 3916 3916 4116 4 3916 3916 3916 4116 4116 512 512 512 6 6116 712 8
Dimensions L 318 312 3 318 312 5716 5316 5 5716 5316 514 5716 5 5316 5716 7 7 H 3116 234 512 21316 2916 4116 318 7 3916 278 318 318 6116 278 278 7 7 HB6 134 258 134 Anchor Dia. 2 2 5 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 2 - 58 2 - 58
1 1
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Uplift (160) Down (100) Nails Bolts 555 520 2200 555 400 810 700 2300 810 700 720 900 2300 720 900 2320 2320 2160 2300 2300 6000 6665 6665 8000 6665 7335 9435 10335 7335 12000 10665 12000 12000 12665 12000 24335 24335
Code Ref. I3, F1 I3, L2, F1 I3, L2, F1 I3, F1 170 I3, F1 I3, F1 I3, L2, F1 170 I3, F1 I3, F1 I3, L2, F1 I3, F1 170 I3, F1 170
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Downloads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. Specifier to design concrete for shear capacity. 4. ABU products may be installed with either bolts OR nails (not both) to achieve table loads. ABU88 and ABU88R may be installed with 8-SDS 14"x3" wood screws (sold separately) for the same table load.
5. For AB bases, higher download can be achieved by solidly packing grout under 1" standoff plate before installation. Base download on column, grout, or concrete according to the code. 6. HB dimension is the distance from the bottom of the post up to the first bolt hole. 7. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. For SCL columns, the fasteners for these products should always be installed in the wide face. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
59
EPB44T/EPB44PHDG
EPB44PHDG can be used both for pier block and cast-in-place installation for 4x4 posts. MATERIAL: 12 gauge base. EPB44TThreaded rod support 58"x 5" (shipped assembled). EPB44PHDGThreaded rod support 34"x 6", nut and washer are shipped assembled FINISH: EPB44T: BaseGalvanized, Threaded RodZinc Plate EPB44PHDG: HDG; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Secured with Epoxy: EPB44TDrill a 34" hole 3" deep minimum into the concrete. Clean the hole and fill half full with epoxy (per installation instructions). Insert the EPB44T and adjust to the desired height. The threaded rod shall be embedded a minimum of 2 12". To adjust after the epoxy cures, drill a hole in the center of the post and rotate the post base up or down to the desired height. EPB44PHDGDrill a 78" diameter hole 4" deep minimum and fill the hole halfway with SET epoxy or drill a 1316" diameter hole 4" deep minimum and fill the hole halfway with AT adhesive. Insert the EPB44PHDG and adjust to the desired height. The threaded rod shall be embedded a minimum of 312". Minimum sidecover is 3" from the center of the threaded rod for both products. Supported by a Nut: EPB44TDrill a 34" hole 212" deep minimum into concrete. Install a 58 -11 NC nut and cut washer on the threaded rod. (Nut and washer not supplied). Insert EPB44T into the hole and adjust to the desired height. EPB44PHDGDrill a 1" diameter hole 312" deep minimum. Insert the EPB44PHDG and adjust to the desired height. Embedded in Wet Concrete: Embed 58" rod minimum 4" embedment. Minimum sidecover is 3" from the center of the threaded rod. Fully engage at least three threads in the base. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Nut and washer for adjustability no uplift Washer shall directly bear on concrete
2" Max.
2" Max.
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Uplift (160) SET AT 1130 1140 1265 985
8 4
3275 3670
Center
1. Loads may not be increased for short term loading. 4. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by the capacity of the post. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 2. Uplift loads require the threaded rod to be set in 5. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide wet concrete or attached to cured concrete with face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. For SCL columns, the SET epoxy or AT adhesive. Uplift loads do not fasteners for these products should always be installed in the wide face. apply when installed to a pier block. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. 3. Specifier to design concrete for shear capacity.
EPB66
(EPB44 and EPB46 similar)
EPB44A
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
W 3 916 3 916 5 12 5 12
L 3 3 14 3 516 5 12
H 2 38 2 516 3 3
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) (160) Down (100) Uplift F1 F2 1100 800 800 1500 815 985 985 985 935 1135 1135 1135 2670 3465 3465 3465
Code Ref.
IL8
60
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. EPB44 and EPB46 have extra nail holes; only eight must be filled to achieve table loads. 3. Specifier to design concrete for shear capacity. 4. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by the capacity of the post. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 5. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. For SCL columns, the fasteners for these products should always be installed in the wide face. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
PB/PBS
The PBS features a 1" standoff height. It reduces the potential for decay at post and column ends. MATERIAL: PB12 gauge; PBSsee table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX or HDG coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install either nails or bolts (see page 21, note d). Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). PB: Holes are provided for installation with either 16d commons or 1 2" bolts for PB66 and PB66R; all other models use 16d commons only. A 2" minimum sidecover is required to obtain the full load. PBS: Embed into wet concrete up to the bottom of the 1" standoff base plate. A 2" minimum side cover is required to obtain the full load. Holes in the bottom of the straps allow for free concrete flow. OPTIONS: PBS available in rough sizes, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Typical PB Installation
PB
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) 12-16d Nails (160) Uplift 1365 1365 1365 1640 1640 F1 765 765 765 765 765 F2 1325 1325 1325 1325 1325 2- 12 MB Uplift (160) 1640 1640 Code Ref.
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Download capacity is based on either the post design or concrete design calculated per code. 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. For SCL columns, the fasteners for these products should always be installed in the wide face. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
in. 2" Mover c Side
. bed " Em 46) 3 44A, . BS bed (P Em ) 5" BS66 (P
IL16
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Structural-Connector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Material Model No. Nominal Post Base Strap Size (Ga) (Ga) 4x4 4x6 6x6 12 12 12 14 14 12
Dimensions
Fasteners Post Anch. Machine HB Dia. Nails Bolts Qty. Dia. 1 3716 14-16d 2 2 1 3 38 14-16d 2 2 1 31116 14-16d 2 2 Uplift (160) Nails 2400 2400 3160 Bolts 2400 2400 4000
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) F1 (160) Nails 1165 1165 1865 Bolts 230 360 570 F2 (160) Nails 885 885 1700 Bolts 885 885 1700 Down (100) 6665 9335 9335 Code Ref.
W 3 916 3 916 5 12
L 3 12 5 716 5 38
H 6 14 6 916 6 12
IL9
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. PBSDownloads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. PBSDesigner to design concrete for shear capacity. 4. PBSFor higher downloads, solidly pack grout under 1" standoff plate before installing into concrete. Base download on column or concrete, according to the code.
5. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by the capacity of the post. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. For SCL columns, the fasteners for these products should always be installed in the wide face. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
1 "
Uplift
7 " Embedment line (top of concrete)
F2
F1
2" Min. Sidecover
1
3 "
"
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Fasteners 8-10dx112 Uplift (160) 1250 F1 (160) 575 F2 (160) 680
EPS4Z
in. 4" M
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Download capacity is based on either the post design or concrete design calculated per code. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads.
3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either Typical EPS4Z the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veners. Values in the Installation table reflect installation into the wide face. 5. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
61
CBSQ
Column Bases
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The CBSQ uses Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws, which allow for fast installation, reduced reveal and high capacity, provides a greater net section area of the column compared to bolts. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, available in HDG with HDG screws INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x2" wood screws, which are provided with the column base. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) For full loads, a minimum of 3" side cover shall be provided. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). ORDERING: To order with screws, specify CBSQ-SDS2. To order without screws, specify CBSQ. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
W1 W2
CBSQ-SDS2
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Material Base (Ga) 12 12 12 12 12 Strap (Ga x Width) 10 ga x 214 10 ga x 3 10 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 W1 3 916 3 16 512 712 7 2
1 9
H 8 38 8 16 8 34 81116 8 16
11 11
Number of Simpson Strong-Tie SDS Screws 14-SDS 14"x2" 14-SDS 14"x2" 14-SDS 14"x2" 12-SDS 14"x2" 12-SDS 14"x2"
Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 5335 5335 6855 4580 4580 Down (100) 10975 14420 14420 20915 22225
Code Ref.
IL11
170
1. For higher downloads, solidly pack grout under 1" standoff plate before installing CBSQ into concrete. Base download on column or concrete, according to the code. 2. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 3. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by the capacity of the column. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 4. Designer is responsible for concrete design.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
62
LCB/CB
Column Bases
1" for " Bolts 1" for " Bolts
For " Bo For lts " Bo lts
MATERIAL: See table FINISH: LCB, CB44, CB46, CB48, CB66, CB68, CB610, CB86galvanized; all other CBSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint or HDG. Some models available in HDG or stainless steel INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. For full loads, minimum side cover required is 3" for CB, 2" for LCB. Install all models with bottom of base plate flush with concrete. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). OPTIONS: LCB and CB are available in rough size. Other sizes available for CB specify W1 and W2 dimensions. Consult Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt sizes and allowable loads. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
CB44 (CB46, CB48, CB64, CB66, CB68, CB86, CB88, CB610 similar)
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No. LCB44 CB44 LCB46 CB46 CB48 CB5-4.5 CB5-6 LCB66 CB64 CB66 CB6-7
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Material Dimensions Nominal Column Strap Base D Size (Ga x Width) (Ga) W1 W2 4x4 4x4 4x6 4x6 4x8 GLULAM GLULAM 6x6 6x4 6x6 6x PSL PSL PSL 6x8 6x8 GLULAM GLULAM GLULAM 8x6 8x8 GLULAM GLULAM GLULAM 10x10 10x12 12x12 12 ga x 2 7 ga x 2 12 ga x 2 7 ga x 2 7 ga x 2 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 12 ga x 2 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 16 7 16 7 7 7 7 16 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 3 3 916 3 916 3 16 3 916 412 6 512 512 512 512 718 718 718 512 512 6 712 9116 712 712 6 712 9 9 2
1 9
Column Fasteners Allowable Uplift Loads Nails Machine Bolts Qty. Dia. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1
Bolts (160) 4250 4200 4240 4200 4200 4200 4200 4230 4200 4200 4200 6650 6650 6650 4200 4200 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650
Code Ref.
312 512 5 2 712 518 518 512 3 916 512 7 312 512 7 712 912 634 634 634 512 712 834 834 8 4 9 2
1 3 1
2 2
3 916 3 916
5 1
8 8 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 1
IL8
512 12-16d
5 5 5
170 IL8
CB7 18 -4 CB7 18 -6 CB7 18 -7 CB68 CB610 CB7-6 CB7-7.5 CB7-9 CB86 CB88 CB9-6 CB9-7.5 CB9-9 CB1010 CB1012 CB1212
3 3 3 5 5
LCB
170
For " B o For lts " B olts
8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
IL8
CB7-10.5 GLULAM
10 916 634
170
3" Min. Side Cover 3" Min. Side Cover
CB9-10.5 GLULAM
IL8
CB9
(CB5, CB7 similar) for Glulam Column
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. PSL is parallel strand lumber. 3. LCB products may be installed with either bolts OR nails (not both) to achieve table loads. 4. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). LCB bases installed with nails must be installed into the wide face. 5. Designer is responsible for concrete design. 6. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
63
Pilot holes for manufacturing purposes (Do not install bolts) (Typ.) Beam Flanges
BC4 Cap/Base
Post Flanges
(BC6 similar)
Pilot holes for manufacturing purposes (Do not install bolts) (Typ.)
Base Bottom
Model No.
Dimensions W1 3 916 3 916 4 512 6 712 318 458 3 916 4 512 512 6 712 8 W2 3 916 512 4 512 6 712 3 916 5 916 L1 278 478 4 438 6 712 278 438 314 4 338 512 6 712 8 L2 278 278 4 438 6 712 278 278 H1 3 312 3 338 3 4 15 2 16 3516 214 3 3 3 3 4 4
BC4 BC46 BC4R BC6 BC6R BC8 BCS2-2/4 BCS2-3/6 BC40 BC40R BC460 BC60 BC60R BC80 BC80R
Allowable Loads (160)1 Code Ref. Beam Post Base H2 Uplift Lateral Flange Flange Bottom CAPS 3 6-16d 6-16d 980 1000 212 12-16d 6-16d 980 1000 3 12-16d 12-16d 980 1000 I12, 338 12-16d 12-16d 1050 2000 L4, 3 12-16d 12-16d 1050 2000 F11 4 12-16d 12-16d 1800 2000 21516 8-10d 6-10d 780 1025 21516 12-16d 6-16d 800 1495 BASES 6-16d 4-16d 510 735 6-16d 4-16d 510 735 6-16d 4-16d 450 735 6-16d 4-16d 450 735 170 6-16d 4-16d 450 735 6-16d 4-16d 450 735 6-16d 4-16d 450 735 Fasteners
Post Flanges
BCS2-2/4
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Lateral
Lally column caps and steel column caps provide adequate bearing length for larger girder reactions. MATERIAL: LCC12 gauge; CCOS7 gauge FINISH: LCCSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint; CCOSG90 Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. LCCFit the lally column cap over the lally column and attach to the girder. CCOSAttach steel column cap to column end plate with (4) Simpson Strong-Tie Quik Drive XQ112S1224 self-tapping screws (provided) and attach to girder. Install with 516" hex driver. See flier F-CCOS for additional CCOS applications. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. LCC4.5-3.5 CCOS3.12 LCC3.5-3.5 LCC3.5-4 CCOS3.62 LCC4.5-4 CCOS4.62 LCC5.25-3.5 LCC5.25-4 CCOS5.50 LCC6-3.5 LCC6-4 LCC7-3.5 LCC7-4 CCOS7.25 W 458 318 358 358 358 458 458 538 538 512 618 618 718 718 714 Girder Triple 2x10/12 Double 2x10/12 3.5 LVL/PSL/LSL 3.5 LVL/PSL/LSL 3.5 LVL/PSL/LSL Triple 2x10/12 Triple 2x10/12 5.25 LVL/PSL/LSL 5.25 LVL/PSL/LSL 5.25 LVL/PSL/LSL Quad 2x10/12 Quad 2x10/12 7 LVL/PSL/LSL 7 LVL/PSL/LSL 7 LVL/PSL/LSL Nails 7 8-16d 10-10d 8-16d 8-16d 10-10d 8-16d 10-10d 8-16d 8-16d 10-10d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 10-10d Allowable Loads Lally Column Download 1,2,3,4 Uplift Outside Diameter DF/SP/SPF LVL/PSL/LSL (160) 312 15820 10200 1020 312 15820 4 20670 16665 1020 4 20670 15300 1020 312 15820 4 20670 22100 1020 312 15820 4 20670 312 15820 4 20670 27525 1020 F15 (160) 1615 2200 1615 1615 2200 1615 2200 1615 1615 2200 1615 1615 1615 1615 2200 Code Ref.
" 11 4"
Typical LCC5.25-3.5 Installation connecting a 3-ply LVL and a 3 12" diameter (O.D.) steel column
170
8"
6"
64
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Allowable loads are determined using the lowest of the bearing loads using Fc-perp equal to 425 psi for SPF, 625 psi for DF and 700 psi for LVL/PSL/LSL. 3. Loads are for a continuous beam. 4. Spliced conditions for the LCC must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the lally column. The splice condition load is 6750 lbs per beam side for LCC must be evenly loaded. 5. To achieve lateral loads, the LCC pipe must be welded to the
column with an 18" fillet weld around the entire pipe. 6. The CCOS must be attached to the column cap plate with (4) Quik Drive XQ112S1224 self-tapping screws through the end plate and into the bottom of the CCOS. Max column cap plate thickness = 12". 7. All pipe columns need to be designed by a qualified Designer. CCOS minimum column diameter is 3". 8. CCOS caps can resist out-of-plane (F2) forces up to 2200 lbs. provided the beam is braced to resist torsional rotation. 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
AC/ACE/LPCZ/LCE
Post Caps
The LCE4s universal design provides high capacity while eliminating the need for rights and lefts. For use with 4x or 6x lumber. LPCZAdjustable design allows greater connection versatility. MATERIAL: LCE420 gauge; AC, ACE, LPC4Z18 gauge; LPC6Z16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating and stainless steel; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install all models in pairs. LPCZ2 12" beams may be used if 10dx1 12" nails are substituted for 10d commons. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
LPCZ
Model No. AC4 (Min) AC4 (Max) AC4R (Min) AC4R (Max) ACE4 (Min) ACE4 (Max) LCE4 AC6 (Min) AC6 (Max) AC6R (Min) AC6R (Max) ACE6 (Min) ACE6 (Max) LPC4Z LPC6Z
Dimensions W 3 916 3 916 4 4 512 512 6 6 3 916 5 916 L 612 612 7 7 412 412 538 812 812 9 9 612 612 312 512
Total No. Fasteners Beam 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-16d 10-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-16d 10-16d 8-10d 8-10d Post 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-16d 10-16d 10-16d 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-16d 10-16d 8-10d 8-10d
Allowable Loads (160)1 Uplift 1430 2500 1430 2500 1070 1785 19057 1430 2500 1430 2500 1070 1785 760 915 Lateral 715 1070 715 1070 715 1070 1425 715 1070 715 1070 715 1070 325 490
Code Ref.
AC
I12, L4, F11 I12, F11 I12, L4, F11 IP1, L18, F25, 160 I12, L4, F11 I12, F11
t Righ Left ral Late
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Loads apply only when used in pairs. 3. LPCZ lateral load is in the direction parallel to the beam.
7. LCE4 uplift load for mitered corner conditions is 985 lbs. (DF/SP) or 845 lbs. (SPF). 8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/ MAX nailing quantities and load valuesfill round and triangle holes. veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the 5. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values 6. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). transfer tension loads between spliced members by means 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. other than the post cap.
ral Late
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
PC
Dimensions Model No. PC44-16 PC44 PC46-16 PC46 PC48-16 PC48 PC64-16 PC64 PC66-16 PC66 PC68 PC84 PC86 PC88 Min. Post Size W1 4x4 4x4 4x6 4x6 4x8 4x8 4x6 4x6 6x6 6x6 6x8 4x8 6x8 8x8 3 916 3 916 3 916 3 916 3 916 3 916 512 512 512 512 512 712 712 712 W2 3 916 3 916 512 512 712 712 3 916 3 916 512 512 712 3 916 512 712 L1 258 258 258 258 258 258 4 916 4 916 4 916 4 916 4 916 6 916 6 916 6 916 L2 11 11 13 13 15 15 11 11 13 13 15 11 13 15 L3 7516 7516 914 914 1114 1114 738 738 914 914 1114 738 914 1114
Fasteners Each Side Allowable Loads Surfaces Uplift PC/EPC Lateral 2 Code Beam Beam PC EPC Ref. Post (160) Flange Flange (160) (160) Flange EPC PC 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 1000 925 1000 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 1700 925 1070 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 1000 925 1000 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 1700 925 1070 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 1000 1475 1285 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 1700 2075 1610 I12, 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 1000 925 1000 L4, 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 1700 925 1070 F11 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 1000 925 1285 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 1700 925 1610 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 1700 2075 1610 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 1700 925 1610 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 1700 925 1610 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 1700 2075 1610
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Lateral loads are in the direction parallel to the beam. 3. Allowable loads are for nails only. 4. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. 5. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the post cap. 6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/ veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
65
Column caps provide a high capacity connection for column-beam combinations. This design uses Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws to provide faster installation and provides a greater net section area of the column compared to bolts. The SDS screws provide for a lower profile compared to standard through bolts. MATERIAL: CCQ3, ECCQ3, CCQ4, CCQ4.62, ECCQ4, ECCQ4.62, CCQ6, ECCQ67 gauge; all others3 gauge FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint, available in HDG; CCOQ and ECCOQno coating INSTALLATION: Install Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x2 12" wood screws, which are provided with the column cap. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) CCOQ and ECCOQ column cap only (no straps) may be ordered for field-welding to pipe or other columns. Dimensions are same as CCQ and ECCQ. For rough cut lumber sizes, provide dimensions. An optional W2 dimension may be specified with any column size given. (Note that the W2 dimension on straps rotated 90 is limited by the W1 dimension.) OPTIONS: For end conditions, specify ECCQ. Straps may be rotated 90 where W1 W2. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
ECCQ46SDS2.5
CCQ46SDS2.5
Dimensions Model No. CCQ3-4SDS2.5 CCQ3-6SDS2.5 CCQ44SDS2.5 CCQ46SDS2.5 CCQ48SDS2.5 CCQ4.62-3.62SDS2.5 CCQ4.62-4.62SDS2.5 CCQ4.62-5.5SDS2.5 CCQ5-4SDS2.5 CCQ5-6SDS2.5 CCQ5-8SDS2.5 CCQ64SDS2.5 CCQ66SDS2.5 CCQ68SDS2.5 CCQ6-7.13SDS2.5 CCQ74SDS2.5 CCQ76SDS2.5 CCQ77SDS2.5 CCQ78SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-4SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-6SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-7.1SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-8SDS2.5 CCQ86SDS2.5 CCQ88SDS2.5 CCQ96SDS2.5 CCQ98SDS2.5 CCQ106SDS2.5 Beam Width W1 318 318 4x 4x 4x 412 412 412 518 518 518 6x 6x 6x 6x 634 634 634 634 7 7 7 7 8x 8x 834 834 10x 314 314 358 358 358 4 58 4 58 4 58 514 514 514 512 512 512 512 678 678 678 678 718 718 718 718 712 712 878 878 912 W2 358 512 358 512 712 3 58 4 58 512 358 512 712 358 512 712 718 358 512 678 712 358 512 718 712 512 712 512 712 512
Allowable Loads No. of 8 CCOQ SDS 14"x212 " CCQ ECCQ Code Model No. L Screws H Uplift Down Uplift Down Ref. (No Legs) CCQ ECCQ Beam Post (160) (100) (160) (100) 11 812 7 16 14 5680 16980 3695 6125 CCOQ3-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 5680 19250 3695 9625 I12, 1 L4, 11 8 2 7 16 14 5680 19020 4040 7655 11 812 7 16 14 7145 24065 4040 12030 F11 CCOQ4-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 7145 24065 4040 16405 11 812 7 16 14 5680 19020 4040 7655 11 812 7 16 14 5680 24450 4040 9845 170 CCOQ4.5-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 7145 28585 4040 12030 11 812 7 16 14 5680 26635 4040 10045 CCOQ5-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 7245 28190 5535 15785 11 812 7 16 14 7245 31570 5535 21525 I12, L4, 11 812 7 16 14 5680 28585 4040 12030 F11 1 11 8 2 7 16 14 7145 30250 4040 18905 CCOQ6-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 7145 37815 4040 25780 1 11 8 2 7 16 14 7145 37815 4040 24490 160 11 812 7 16 14 5680 33490 4040 13230 11 812 7 16 14 7245 37125 5535 20790 I12, L4, CCOQ7-SDS2.5 1 11 8 2 7 16 14 7245 41580 5535 25515 F11 11 812 7 16 14 7245 41580 5535 28350 11 812 7 16 14 5680 34730 4040 18375 11 812 7 16 14 7245 38500 5535 28875 CCOQ7.1-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 7245 57750 5535 36750 1 11 8 2 7 16 14 7245 52500 5535 39375 11 812 7 16 14 7245 41250 5535 25780 160 CCOQ8-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 7245 51565 5535 35155 1 11 8 2 7 16 14 7245 48125 5535 26950 CCOQ9-SDS2.5 11 812 7 16 14 7245 53900 5535 36750 1 11 8 2 7 16 14 7245 52250 5535 32655 CCOQ10-SDS2.5
CCOQ4-SDS2.5
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
7" Min .
66
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Down loads may not be increased for short-term loading and shall not exceed the post capacity. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 3. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. 4. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the column cap. 5. Column sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. CCQ4.62 models assume a minimum 312" wide post. 6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 7. ECCQ uses 14-SDS screws into the beam and 14-SDS screws into the post. 8. Beam depth must be a minimum 7". 9. For 514" engineered lumber, use CCQ 6X or ECCQ 6X models. 10. CCOQ welded to steel column will achieve same load as CCQ. Steel column width shall not be less than beam width. Weld by Designer.
7" Min .
CC/ECC/ECCU
Column Caps
Column caps provide a high capacity connection for column-beam combinations. MATERIAL: CC3 14, CC44, CC46, CC48, CC4.62, CC64, CC66, CC68, CC6-7 18, ECC3 14, ECC44, ECC46, ECC48, ECC4.62, ECC64, ECC66, ECC68, ECC6-7 187 gauge; all others3 gauge FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; may be ordered HDG; CCO, ECCOno coating INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of 132" to a maximum of 116" larger than the bolt diameter (per 2005 NDS, section 11.1.2). Contact engineered wood manufacturers for connections that are not through the wide face. OPTIONS: Straps may be rotated 90 where W1 W2 (see illustration). For special, custom, or rough cut lumber sizes, provide dimensions. An optional W2 dimension may be specified with any column size given (note that the W2 dimension on straps rotated 90 is limited by the W1 dimension). CCO/ECCOColumn cap only (no straps) may be ordered for field-welding to pipe or other columns. CCO/ECCO dimensions are the same as CC/ECC. CCOBAny two CCOs may be specified for back-to-back welding to create a cross beam connector. Use the table loads; the load is no greater than the lesser element employed. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
CC
ECCU
(ECCU44 has only 2 bolts to beam)
1"
H1
E = 1"
Unless otherwise specified
2"
W2
CCO
ECCO
CCOB
ECC44
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No. (CC shown ECC/ECCU similar) CC314-4 CC314-6 CC44 CC46 CC48 CC4.62-3.62 CC4.62-4.62 CC4.62-5.5 CC514-4 CC514-6 CC514-8 CC64 CC66 CC68 CC6-718 CC74 CC76 CC77 CC78 CC718 -4 CC718 -6 CC718 -718 CC718 -8 CC86 CC88 CC96 CC98 CC106
Beam Width W1 W2 318 318 4x 4x 4x 412 412 412 518 518 518 6x 6x 6x 6x 634 634 634 634 7 7 7 7 8x 8x 834 834 10x 314 314 358 358 358 4 58 4 58 4 58 514 514 514 512 512 512 512 678 678 678 678 718 718 718 718 712 712 878 878 912 358 512 358 512 712 3 58 4 58 512 358 512 712 358 512 712 718 358 512 678 712 358 512 718 712 512 712 512 712 512
Dimensions L CC ECC ECCU 11 11 7 11 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 712 712 512 812 812 812 812 812 912 912 912 712 712 912 912 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 912 912 612 912 912 912 912 912 1012 1012 1012 912 912 912 912 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 H1 612 612 4 612 612 612 612 612 8 8 8 612 612 612 612 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Size
5 5
8 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Allowable Loads Down Uplift CC ECCU ECC/ CC ECCU (160) (160) 16980 6125 3640 1010 19250 9625 3640 1010 15310 7655 1465 205 24060 12030 2800 740 24060 16405 2800 740 19020 7655 2800 740 24450 9845 2800 740 28585 12030 2800 740 26635 10045 7530 2735 28190 15785 7530 2735 37310 21525 7530 2735 28586 12030 4040 1165 30250 18905 4040 1165 37810 25780 4040 1165 37810 24060 4040 1165 33490 13230 7525 3605 37125 20790 7525 3605 49140 25515 7525 3605 49140 28350 7525 3605 34736 18375 7510 4855 58500 28875 7585 4855 57750 36750 7585 4855 52500 36750 7585 4855 41250 23100 7440 2625 54600 31500 7440 2625 48125 26950 7515 4670 63700 36750 7515 4670 52250 29260 7515 3325
Code Ref.
ECCO CCO Model No. Model No. (No Legs) (No Legs) CCO314 CCO4 CCO4/6 CCO4.62 ECCO314 ECCO4 ECCO4/6 ECCO4.62
CCO514
ECCO514 ECCO6
CCO7
ECCO7
160
CCO718
ECCO718
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Down loads may not be increased for short-term loading and shall not exceed the post capacity. See pages 210-211 for common post allowable loads. 3. CC uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. 4. Splice conditions with CCs must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the column cap. 5. Column sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. CC4.62 models assume a minimum 312" wide post.
6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details). 7. Beam depth must be at least as tall as H1. 8. For 514" engineered lumber, use CC 6X or ECC 6X models. 9. CCO welded to steel column will achieve same load as CC. Steel column width shall not be less than beam width. Weld by Designer.
67
Column to beam connections often have multiple beams framing on top of a column. L, T, and Cross column caps provide design solutions for this application. Many combinations of beam and post sizes can be manufactured (refer to worksheet T-CCLTC-WS for details) with the following criteria applied: The download capacity shall be determined from the capacity for the unmodied product W1 (see page 67). The side beam can take a maximum of 40% of the download and shall not exceed 10,665 lbs. The sum of the loads for the side beam(s) and main beam can not exceed the table load. Uplift loads do not apply for ECCL caps. 7 Gauge Stirrup For CCC and CCT, uplift loads from table 6" Min. H2 6" Min. H2 7 Gauge apply for main beam only. (3" for ECCL44) Stirrup (3" for CCT44) 7 Gauge 6" Min. H2 and H3 The column width in the direction of the Stirrup (3" for CCC44) 7 Gauge Stirrup main beam width must be the same as the main beam width (W1). ECCLL Specify the stirrup height from the top of (Left direction shown) CCT CCC the cap. The minimum side stirrup heights Order ECCLR for right direction (H or H ) is 612" (312" for 44s).
2 3
The L dimension may vary depending on the width of the side stirrup (W3 or W4). Column caps may be ordered without the column straps for eld welding to a column. No loads apply. Specify CCOC/CCOT/ECCOL. Ordering Examples: A CCC66 with W3 = 512", H2 and H3 = 612" is a CC66 column cap with 512" beams on each side with all beam seats ush. An ECCLR66 with W3 = 358", H2 = 712" is an ECC66 end column cap with a 4x beam on the right side (specify direction left (which is shown) or right for stirrup) and stirrup seat 1" below the cap seat. 68
There are cost-effective alternatives for replacing column caps by using a combination of connectors. Here is an example. Designer must specify the options required.
CC and HWD
CC and GLT
Lateral Systems
Lateral Systems
NOW
The New Strong Frame Ordinary Moment Frame Catalog
All of the information you need to specify and install the Strong Frame moment frame is contained in this updated 68-page guide. And in order to make it a more effective design tool, we have re-formatted the layout to better reect the design process. All of the design concepts and details are summarized on two pages and are color coded to match the section in the catalog where those items are explained in detail. Visit www.strongtie.com/strongframe to download or request a copy by mail by calling (800) 999-5099.
Approved to the 2006 and 2009 I-Codes, and listed under IAPMO-ES ER-164
69
Lateral Systems
STRONG-WALL SHEARWALLS
As the industry leader in Lateral Systems innovation and testing, Simpson Strong-Tie is in a unique position to gain insight from Designers and builders as to what they need in a pre-fabricated shearwall. This insight continues to drive innovation in our Steel and Wood Strong-Wall product lines resulting in new products and expanded code-listed solutions. Both the Steel Strong-Wall (ICC-ES ESR-1679) and Wood Strong-Wall (ICC-ES ESR-1267) are code listed under the 2006 and 2009 I-codes.
on
3"
3"
Face Strong-Wall sheathing towards garage interior for easy electrical installation.
12"
1"
7
/8"
1"
14"
/8"
14"
CL CL
CL= Center Line
CL CL
SW-GPHOLOC
Lateral Systems
70
The Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Wall Selector software suggests a Strong-Wall solution based upon information the Designer inputs regarding required loads as well as framing and foundation requirements for their project. This time-saving tool incorporates all the latest information from our code listings, new solutions for garage portal and cold-formed steel applications, and our latest anchorage solutions. Download a free copy at www/strongtie.com/strongwall.
Lateral Systems
Lateral Systems
For more information on specication options please see our Anchor Tiedown Systems Options for Specication brochure (F-ATSD10) or visit www.strongtie.com/ats.
71
"
(" for
U24 )
LUC210Z
(LUC26Z Similar)
2 "r LU fo "
U210
HUC412
Concealed Flanges
LU28
(except LU Roughs)
HU214
Projection seat on most models for maximum bearing and section economy.
Model configurations may differ from those shown. Some HU models do not have triangle holes. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie. Typical LUCZ Installation
HU Min. Nailing Fill round holes HU Max. Nailing Fill round and triangle holes
HU68
Typical HU Installation
The HUCQ series are heavy duty joist hangers that incorporate Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive wood screws (SDS). Designed and tested for installation at the end of a beam or on a post, they provide a strong connection with fewer fasteners than nailed hangers. See page 107 for structural composite lumber hangers. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x2 12" wood screws, which are provided, in all round holes. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) For use on solid sawn wood members. OPTIONS: These hangers cannot be modified. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HUCQ410
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Fasteners DF/SP Face 8-SDS 14"x212" 12-SDS 14"x212" 12-SDS 14"x212" 14-SDS 4"x2 2" 12-SDS 14"x212" 12-SDS 14"x212" 14-SDS 4"x2 2"
1 1 1 1
Allowable Loads SPF/HF Roof (125) 3900 4955 4955 5560 4955 5715 5315 Uplift (160) 985 1805 1805 1805 1805 1815 1815 Floor (100) 2245 3370 3370 3930 3370 3370 3825 Snow (115) 2585 3570 3570 4005 3570 3875 3825 Roof (125) 2810 3570 3570 4005 3570 4115 3825 F23 Joist Uplift (160) 1370 2510 2510 2510 2510 2520 2520 Floor (100) 3120 4680 4680 5460 4680 4680 5315 Snow (115) 3590 4955 4955 5560 4955 5380 5315 Code Ref.
H 9 9 9 11 9 9 11
B 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212"
72
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading. Reduce where other loads govern. 2 See page 107 for additional engineered wood products sizes.
3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge) (see page 215 for details).
LUS/HUS
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
See Hanger tables on pages 74-79. See Hanger Options on pages 200-202 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This innovation distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of standard nails for all connections. (Do not bend or remove tabs.) MATERIAL: See tables, pages 74-79. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. Not designed for welded or nailer applications. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) may be used where 10d commons are specified with no reduction in load. Where 16d commons are specified, 10d commons or 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) may be used at 0.85 of the table load. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx2 12" nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With 2x carrying members, use 10dx1 12" nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. Use stainless-steel (SS) nails with stainless-steel (SS) hangers. OPTIONS: LUS hangers cannot be modified. HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2-2x (3 18") and 4x only, with no load reduction. See the HUSC Concealed Flange illustration. See Hanger Options, pages 200-202. Double Shear Nailing Top View Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab
HUS210
(HUS26, HUS28, and HHUS similar)
LUS28
HUS412
Typical LUS28 Installation use .148x3" (10d common) or .148x3 14" (16d sinker) nail
HUSC
Dome Double Shear Nailing Side View (available on some models)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
This icon identifies products approved for installation with the Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD structural-connector screw. See pages 29-30 for more information. Model No.: Joist Size: This is the This shows Simpson the size Strong-Tie of joist member. product name.
Min/Max: Refers to min. or max. nailing for products with round and triangle holes. Min. nailing uses round holes, and max. nailing uses round and triangle holes to achieve maximum load. Nails: This shows the fastener quantity and type required to achieve the table loads.
Fasteners Header Joist 10d 16d 4-16d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d Min 8-16d 4-10d Max 12-16d 6-10d
Load Duration: Assumed duration factor used to determine the allowable load.
Allowable Design Loads: The maximum load that a connection is designed to provide. There may be multiple design loads acting in different directions (up, down, lateral, perpendicular, etc.) imposed on a connection. Installed Cost Index: Floor, Snow, Roof Uplift This indicates the products relative installed cost (combined cost and installation cost).
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 1030 1180 975 1150 1100 1305 1065 1210 1190 1345 1785 2015 Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest +65% +172% +233% +254%
Code Ref.: See page 20 for the Code Reference Key Chart, to determine which code reports include this product.
Joist Size
Ga
H 4 78 5 5 316 5 38 5 38
B 2 2 2 212 212
Min/ Max
DBL 2x6
18 16 14 14 HU26-2/HUC26-2 14
Roof (125) 10d 16d 1280 1185 1410 1305 1445 2145
Code Ref.
I7, L17, F6
This icon identifies products that are available with additional corrosion protection. See pages 18-19 for additional information.
Dimensions W, H, B: This shows the product dimensions (width, height and base in this case.) referenced in the product drawing.
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. Throughout this catalog a footnote will typically be provided indicating the required nail diameter and length. All installations should be designed only in accordance with the allowable load values set forth in this catalog.
W
CATALOG DEFINITION: Deflection: The distance a point moves when a load is applied.
Product Drawing: Provides a graphic presentation of the product H with dimensional information (often cross referenced to the table).
B
73
Joist Size
Min/ Max
2x4
DBL 2x4
2x6
DBL 2x6
LU24 LUS24 U24 HU26 LUS24-2 U24-2 HU24-2/HUC24-2 LUS26 LU26 U26 LUC26Z HU26 HUS26 LUS26-2 U26-2 HUS26-2 HU26-2/HUC26-2 LUS26-3 U26-3 HU26-3/HUC26-3 LUS26 LU26 LUS28 LU28 U26 LUC26Z HU28 HUS26 HUS28 LUS26-2 LUS28-2 U26-2 HUS28-2 HU28-2/HUC28-2 LUS28-3 U26-3 HU26-3/HUC26-3
TPL 2x6
2x8
DBL 2x8
HU28-4/HUC28-4 LUS28 LU28 LUS210 LU210 U210 LUC210Z HU210 HUS210 LUS28-2 LUS210-2 U210-2 HUS210-2 HU210-2/ HUC210-2 HHUS210-2 LUS28-3 LUS210-3 U210-3 HU210-3/ HUC210-3 HHUS210-3 HGUS210-3
2x10
DBL 2x10
TPL 2x10
20 18 16 14 18 16 14 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 12
1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 318 318 318 318 318 458 458 41116 41116 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 158 318 318 318 318 318 318 458 458 41116 41116 618 618 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 318 318 318 318 318 318 3516 458 458 458 41116 41116 41116 41516
318 318 318 3116 318 3 3116 434 434 434 434 3116 538 478 5 5316 538 538 418 414 512 512 434 434 658 638 434 434 514 538 7 478 7 5 7316 7 7 614 414 512 512 658 658 658 638 71316 71316 71316 734 718 9 7 9 812 9316 81316 81316 878 614 8316 734 8 916 8 916 9 918
112 134 112 214 2 2 212 134 112 2 134 214 3 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 134 112 134 112 2 134 214 3 3 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 212 212 134 112 134 112 2 134 214 3 2 2 2 2 212 212 3 2 2 2 212 212 3 4
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (160) SAWN LUMBER SIZES 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 4-10d 2-10d 490 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 4-16d 2-10dx112 335 4-16d 2-16d 440 4-10d 4-16d 2-10d 370 4-16d 2-10d 380 4-10d 4-10d 1165 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 565 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 585 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 730 4-16d 2-10dx112 335 14-16d 6-16d 1550 4-16d 4-16d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 4-16d 4-16d 1235 8-16d 4-10d 760 12-16d 6-10d 1135 4-16d 4-16d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 8-16d 4-10d 760 12-16d 6-10d 1135 4-10d 4-10d 1165 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 565 6-10d 4-10d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 6-10dx112 850 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 585 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 730 6-16d 4-10dx112 610 14-16d 6-16d 1550 22-16d 8-16d 2000 4-16d 4-16d 1165 6-16d 4-16d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 6-16d 6-16d 1550 10-16d 4-10d 760 14-16d 6-10d 1135 6-16d 4-16d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 8-16d 4-10d 760 12-16d 6-10d 1135 10-16d 4-16d 900 14-16d 6-16d 1345 6-10d 4-10d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 6-10dx112 850 8-10d 4-10d 1165 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 850 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 1110 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 1100 8-16d 4-10dx112 610 30-16d 10-16d 3000 6-16d 4-16d 1165 8-16d 6-16d 1745 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 8-16d 8-16d 3295 14-16d 6-10d 1135 18-16d 10-10d 1895 30-16d 10-16d 4000 6-16d 4-16d 1165 8-16d 6-16d 1745 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 14-16d 6-10d 1135 18-16d 10-10d 1895 30-16d 10-16d 4000 46-16d 16-16d 4095
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125) 10d 16d 10d 16d 10d 16d 465 670 485 485 865 700 730 710 975 975 865 700 1100 930 730 710 975 975 1100 930 1340 1165 1215 1185 1705 1705 555 575 595 800 575 595 835 865 845 595 2720 1030 1150 1065 1190 1785 1030 1150 1190 1785 835 1110 865 845 895 2720 3965 1030 1315 1150 1595 1490 2085 1315 1150 1190 1785 1490 2085 1110 1390 1440 1410 1190 4255 1315 1830 2015 2125 2085 2680 5635 1315 1830 2015 2085 2680 5635 9100 530 765 550 550 990 795 825 810 1100 1100 990 795 1255 1060 825 810 1100 1100 1255 1060 1525 1325 1375 1345 1930 1930 635 655 670 910 655 670 950 980 965 670 3095 1180 1305 1210 1345 2015 1180 1305 1345 2015 950 1270 980 965 1005 3095 4120 1180 1500 1305 1815 1680 2350 1500 1305 1345 2015 1680 2350 1270 1585 1635 1605 1345 4445 1500 2090 2285 2420 2350 3020 6380 1500 2090 2285 2350 3020 6380 9100 575 825 595 595 1070 860 890 875 1185 1185 1070 860 1360 1150 890 875 1185 1185 1360 1150 1650 1435 1485 1455 2075 2075 685 705 720 985 705 720 1030 1055 1040 720 3335 1280 1410 1305 1445 2165 1280 1410 1445 2165 1030 1335 1055 1040 1085 3335 4220 1280 1625 1410 1960 1805 2530 1625 1410 1445 2165 1805 2530 1335 1715 1685 1735 1445 4575 1625 2265 2465 2615 2530 3250 6880 1625 2265 2465 2530 3250 6880 9100
Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest 3% 67% I9 Lowest 33% 240% Lowest 6% 43% 160% 179% 276% 179% 233% 254% * * * * Lowest 6% 23% 39% 43% 160% 251% 276% 409% Lowest 8% 65% 188% 397% 418% * * * * * * Lowest 13% 15% 28% 76% 180% 225% 450% Lowest 34% 88% 217% 441% 467% * * * * * * * *
Code Ref.
160
160
160
74
Joist Size
Min/ Max
QUAD 2x10
2x12
DBL 2x12
TPL 2x12
2x14
DBL 2x14
TPL 2x14
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
3x8
3x10
HU210-4/ HUC210-4 HHUS210-4 HGUS210-4 LUS210 LU210 U210 LUC210Z HU212 HUS210 LUS210-2 U210-2 LUS214-2 HUS210-2 HUS212-2 HU212-2/ HUC212-2 LUS210-3 HU212-3/ HUC212-3 U210-3 LUS210 LU210 U210 HU214 U214 U210-2 LUS214-2 HUS212-2 HU212-2/ HUC212-2 HU214-2/ HUC214-2 U210-3 HU214-3/ HUC214-3 U214 HU214 HU216 HUS212-2 HU216-2/ HUC216-2 HU216-3/ HUC216-3 U34 HU34/HUC34 U36 LUS36 HU36/HUC36 U36 LUS36 HU38/HUC38 U310 LUS310 HU310/HUC310 U310 LUS310 HU312/HUC312 U314 HU314/HUC314 U314 HU316/HUC316 LUS44 U44 HU44/HUC44
14 14 14 12 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 16 18 14 14 14 14 18 14 14 16 18 20 16 14 16 16 18 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 16 18 14 16 18 14 16 18 14 16 18 14 16 14 16 14 18 16 14
618 618 618 6 916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 458 41116 41116 458 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 458 41116 41116 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 41116 41116 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 3916 3916 3916
838 838 878 918 71316 71316 71316 734 9 9 9 812 101516 9316 1034 10916 10916 8316 10516 10516 734 71316 71316 71316 1018 10 812 101516 1034 10916 10916 121316 121316 734 12116 12116 10 1018 121516 1034 1378 1378 1378 1378 338 338 538 514 538 538 514 718 878 714 878 878 714 1058 1012 1238 1012 1418 3 278 278
212 212 3 4 134 112 2 134 214 3 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 212 212 2 134 134 2 214 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 2 212 212 2 214 214 2 212 212 212 212 2 212 2 2 212 2 2 212 2 2 212 2 2 212 2 212 2 212 2 2 212
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (160) SAWN LUMBER SIZES 14-16d 6-16d 1345 18-16d 8-16d 1795 30-16d 10-16d 4000 46-16d 16-16d 4095 8-10d 4-10d 1165 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 850 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 1110 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 1100 10-16d 6-10dx112 1135 30-16d 10-16d 3000 8-16d 6-16d 1745 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 10-16d 6-16d 1745 8-16d 8-16d 3290 10-16d 10-16d 3635 16-16d 6-10d 1135 22-16d 10-10d 1895 8-16d 6-16d 1745 16-16d 6-10d 1135 22-16d 10-10d 1895 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 8-10d 4-10d 1165 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 850 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 1110 12-16d 6-10dx112 1135 12-10d 12-16d 8-10dx112 1115 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 10-16d 6-16d 1745 10-16d 10-16d 3635 16-16d 6-10d 1135 22-16d 10-10d 1895 18-16d 8-10d 1515 24-16d 12-10d 2015 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 18-16d 8-10d 1515 24-16d 12-10d 2015 12-10d 12-16d 8-10dx112 1115 12-16d 6-10dx112 1135 18-16d 8-10dx112 1515 10-16d 10-16d 3635 20-16d 8-10d 1515 26-16d 12-10d 2015 20-16d 8-10d 1515 26-16d 12-10d 2015 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 4-16d 2-10dx112 380 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx112 585 4-16d 4-16d 1165 8-16d 4-10dx112 610 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx112 585 4-16d 4-16d 1165 10-16d 4-10dx112 610 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx112 1110 6-16d 4-16d 1165 14-16d 6-10dx112 915 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx112 1110 6-16d 4-16d 1165 16-16d 6-10dx112 915 16-10d 16-16d 6-10dx112 1110 18-16d 8-10dx112 1515 16-10d 16-16d 6-10dx112 1110 20-16d 8-10dx112 1515 4-16d 2-16d 440 4-10d 4-16d 2-10d 370 4-16d 2-10d 380
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125) 10d 16d 10d 16d 10d 16d 1340 1165 1215 1185 1705 1705 1340 1165 1215 1460 1705 1705 1460 485 975 975 1705 1705 1945 1945 485 2085 2680 5635 9100 1390 1440 1410 1490 4255 1830 2015 2110 2125 2660 2380 3275 1830 2380 3275 2015 1390 1440 1785 1730 2015 2110 2660 2380 3275 2680 3570 2015 2680 3570 1730 1785 2680 2660 2975 3870 2975 3870 575 595 1150 1030 1190 1150 1030 1490 2015 1315 2085 2015 1315 2380 2305 2680 2305 2975 800 575 595 1525 1325 1375 1345 1930 1930 1525 1325 1375 1655 1930 1930 1655 550 1100 1100 1930 1930 2205 2205 550 2350 3020 6380 9100 1585 1635 1605 1680 4445 2090 2285 2410 2420 3025 2685 3695 2090 2685 3695 2285 1585 1635 2015 1960 2285 2410 3025 2685 3695 3020 4030 2285 3020 4030 1960 2015 3020 3025 3360 4365 3360 4365 655 670 1305 1180 1345 1305 1180 1680 2285 1500 2350 2285 1500 2685 2615 3020 2615 3360 910 655 670 1650 1435 1485 1455 2075 2075 1650 1435 1485 1685 2075 2075 1685 595 1185 1185 2075 2075 2375 2375 595 2530 3250 6880 9100 1715 1685 1735 1805 4575 2265 2465 2610 2615 3265 2890 3970 2265 2890 3970 2465 1715 1685 2165 2115 2465 2610 3265 2890 3970 3250 4335 2465 3250 4335 2115 2165 3250 3265 3610 4695 3610 4695 705 720 1410 1280 1445 1410 1280 1805 2465 1625 2530 2465 1625 2890 2820 3250 2820 3610 985 705 720
Installed Cost Index (ICI) * * * * Lowest 11% 53% 180% 347% 378% Lowest 40% 56% 40% 411% * * * * Lowest 11% 53% 88% 147% Lowest 12% 83% 248% 265% 259% 276% * * * Lowest 130% 130% Lowest 111% 120% * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Lowest 20% 161%
Code Ref.
160
160
F23 I7, F6, L17 F23 I7, F6, L17 F23 I7, F6, L17 F23
75
Joist Size
Min/ Max
4x6
LUS46 U46 HUS46 HU46/HUC46 LUS46 U46 LUS48 HUS48 HU48/HUC48 LUS48 LUS410 U410 HUS410 HU410/HUC410 LUS410 LUS414 U410 HUS410 HUS412 HU412/HUC412 LUS410 LUS414 U414 HUS412 HU414/HUC414 U414 HUS412 HU416/HUC416 U66
4x8
4x10
4x12
4x14
4x16
6x6
HU66/HUC66 U66
6x8
HU68/HUC68 U610
18 16 14 14 14 18 16 18 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712
434 478 5 5316 5316 434 478 634 61516 61316 61316 634 834 838 81516 858 858 834 1034 838 81516 1012 10516 10516 834 1034 10 1012 1258 1258 10 1012 1358 1358 5 4316 4316 5 51316 51316 812 758 758 938 938 1158 1158 121116 121116 658 658 838 838 1018 1018 1178 1178 1358 1358
2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (160) SAWN LUMBER SIZES 4-16d 4-16d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 4-16d 4-16d 1235 8-16d 4-10d 760 12-16d 6-10d 1135 4-16d 4-16d 1165 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 6-16d 4-16d 1165 6-16d 6-16d 1550 10-16d 4-10d 760 14-16d 6-10d 1135 6-16d 4-16d 1165 8-16d 6-16d 1745 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 8-16d 8-16d 3295 14-16d 6-10d 1135 18-16d 10-10d 1895 8-16d 6-16d 1745 10-16d 6-16d 1745 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 8-16d 8-16d 3295 10-16d 10-16d 3635 16-16d 6-10d 1135 22-16d 10-10d 1895 8-16d 6-16d 1745 10-16d 6-16d 1745 16-10d 16-16d 6-10d 1110 10-16d 10-16d 3635 18-16d 8-10d 1515 24-16d 12-10d 2015 16-10d 16-16d 6-10d 1110 10-16d 10-16d 3635 20-16d 8-10d 1515 26-16d 12-10d 2015 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 8-16d 4-16d 900 12-16d 6-16d 1345 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 740 10-16d 4-16d 900 14-16d 6-16d 1345 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1110 14-16d 6-16d 1345 18-16d 8-16d 1795 16-16d 6-16d 1345 22-16d 8-16d 1795 18-16d 8-16d 1795 24-16d 12-16d 2695 20-16d 8-16d 1795 26-16d 12-16d 2695 10-16d 4-16d 900 14-16d 6-16d 1345 14-16d 6-16d 1345 18-16d 8-16d 1795 16-16d 6-16d 1345 22-16d 8-16d 1795 18-16d 8-16d 1795 24-16d 12-16d 2695 20-16d 8-16d 1795 26-16d 12-16d 2695
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125) 10d 16d 10d 16d 10d 16d 975 975 1705 1705 1945 1945 975 975 1705 1030 1150 1065 1190 1785 1030 1150 1315 1595 1490 2085 1315 1830 2015 2125 2085 2680 1830 2110 2015 2125 2660 2380 3275 1830 2110 2305 2660 2680 3570 2305 2660 2975 3870 1150 1190 1785 1150 1490 2085 2015 2085 2680 2380 3275 2680 3570 2975 3870 1490 2085 2085 2680 2380 3275 2680 3570 2975 3870 1100 1100 1930 1930 2205 2205 1100 1100 1930 1180 1305 1210 1345 2015 1180 1305 1500 1815 1680 2350 1500 2090 2285 2420 2350 3020 2090 2410 2285 2420 3025 2685 3695 2090 2410 2615 3025 3020 4030 2615 3025 3360 4365 1305 1345 2015 1305 1680 2350 2285 2350 3020 2685 3695 3020 4030 3360 4365 1680 2350 2350 3020 2685 3695 3020 4030 3360 4365 1185 1185 2075 2075 2375 2375 1185 1185 2075 1280 1410 1305 1445 2165 1280 1410 1625 1960 1805 2530 1625 2265 2465 2615 2530 3250 2265 2610 2465 2615 3265 2890 3970 2265 2610 2820 3265 3250 4335 2820 3265 3610 4695 1410 1445 2165 1410 1805 2530 2465 2530 3250 2890 3970 3250 4335 3610 4695 1805 2530 2530 3250 2890 3970 3250 4335 3610 4695
Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest 37% 152% I9 185% Lowest 37% 40% 203% 213% 235% Lowest 19% Lowest 253% Lowest 33% 46% 114% 129% 268% 290% Lowest 33% 93% 129% 333% 355% Lowest 19% 167% 178% * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Code Ref.
160
76
1. Uplift loads apply to 10d and 16d header fasteners. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value. 3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. (16d sinkers are not acceptable for HDG applications.) 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.
5. DF/SP loads can be used for SCL that has fastener holding capacity of Doug Fir. 6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. *Hangers do not have an Installed Cost Index.
W
Joist Size
Min/ Max
2x4
DBL 2x4
2x6
DBL 2x6
LU24 LUS24 U24 HU26 LUS24-2 U24-2 HU24-2 LUS26 LU26 U26 LUC26Z HU26 HUS26 LUS26-2 U26-2 HUS26-2 HU26-2/HUC26-2
TPL 2x6
LUS26-3 U26-3 HU26-3/HUC26-3 LUS26 LU26 LUS28 LU28 U26 LUC26Z HU28 HUS26 HUS28 LUS26-2 LUS28-2 U26-2 HUS28-2 HU28-2/HUC28-2
2x8
DBL 2x8
TPL 2x8
QUAD HU28-4/HUC28-4 2x8 LUS28 LU28 LUS210 LU210 2x10 U210 LUC210Z HU210 HUS210 LUS28-2 LUS210-2 U210-2 DBL HUS210-2 2x10 HU210-2/HUC210-2 HHUS210-2 LUS28-3 LUS210-3 U210-3 HU210-3/HUC210-3 HHUS210-3 QUAD HU210-4/HUC210-4 2x10 HHUS210-4
See footnotes on page 79.
TPL 2x10
20 18 16 14 18 16 14 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 14 14
1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 318 318 318 318 318 458 458 41116 41116 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 158 318 318 318 318 318 318 458 458 41116 41116 618 618 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 318 318 318 318 318 318 3516 458 458 458 41116 41116 41116 618 618 618
318 318 318 3116 318 3 3116 434 434 434 434 3116 518 478 5 5316 538 538 418 414 512 512 434 434 658 638 434 434 514 518 7 478 7 5 7316 7 7 614 414 512 512 658 658 658 638 71316 71316 71316 734 718 9 7 9 812 9316 81316 81316 878 614 8316 734 8916 8916 9 838 838 878
112 134 112 214 2 2 212 134 112 2 134 214 3 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 134 112 134 112 2 134 214 3 3 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 212 212 134 112 134 112 2 134 214 3 2 2 2 2 212 212 3 2 2 2 212 212 3 212 212 3
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
Fasteners Header Joist 10d 16d SAWN LUMBER SIZES 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 4-16d 2-10dx112 4-16d 2-16d 4-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 4-16d 2-10dx112 14-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d 8-16d 4-10d 12-16d 6-10d 4-16d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 8-16d 4-10d 12-16d 6-10d 4-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 6-10d 4-10d 8-10d 8-16d 6-10dx112 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx112 6-16d 4-10dx112 14-16d 6-16d 22-16d 8-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 4-10d 14-16d 6-10d 6-16d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 8-16d 4-10d 12-16d 6-10d 10-16d 4-16d 14-16d 6-16d 6-10d 4-10d 8-10d 8-16d 6-10dx112 8-10d 4-10d 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 8-16d 4-10dx112 30-16d 10-16d 6-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 8-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-10d 18-16d 10-10d 30-16d 10-16d 6-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 14-16d 6-10d 18-16d 10-10d 30-16d 10-16d 14-16d 6-16d 18-16d 8-16d 30-16d 10-16d
Uplift (160) 230 420 230 290 380 320 325 1005 490 500 630 290 1335 1000 640 1060 655 980 1000 640 655 980 1005 490 1005 730 500 630 525 1335 1720 1000 1000 640 1335 655 980 1000 640 655 980 775 1160 1005 730 1005 730 960 945 525 2580 1000 1500 960 2820 980 1635 3525 1000 1500 960 980 1635 3525 1160 1550 3525
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 400 575 420 420 740 600 630 610 835 835 740 600 940 795 630 610 835 835 940 795 1145 995 1045 1020 1465 1465 475 495 515 680 495 515 715 745 725 515 2330 880 990 910 1025 1540 880 990 1025 1540 715 950 745 725 770 2330 2905 880 1125 990 1365 1280 1795 1125 990 1025 1540 1280 1795 950 1190 1240 1210 1025 3150 1125 1565 1735 1820 1795 2305 4835 1125 1565 1735 1795 2305 4835 1795 2305 4835 455 655 475 475 845 685 710 695 950 950 845 685 1075 910 710 695 950 950 1075 910 1305 1140 1185 1160 1660 1660 545 560 580 780 560 580 815 845 825 580 2650 1010 1125 1035 1155 1735 1010 1125 1155 1735 815 1085 845 825 870 2650 3035 1010 1285 1125 1555 1445 2025 1285 1125 1155 1735 1445 2025 1085 1360 1405 1380 1155 3315 1285 1785 1965 2070 2025 2605 5270 1285 1785 1965 2025 2605 5480 2025 2605 5480
Roof (125) 10d 16d 495 705 510 510 915 740 765 750 1020 1020 915 740 1165 985 765 750 1020 1020 1165 985 1415 1230 1275 1250 1790 1790 590 605 620 845 605 620 885 910 895 620 2820 1090 1210 1120 1245 1865 1090 1210 1245 1865 885 1145 910 895 935 2820 3125 1090 1390 1210 1680 1555 2180 1390 1210 1245 1865 1555 2180 1145 1470 1445 1490 1245 3425 1390 1935 2120 2240 2180 2800 5380 1390 1935 2120 2180 2800 5910 2180 2800 5910
Joist Size
Min/ Max
2x12
DBL 2x12
LUS210 LU210 U210 LUC210Z HU212 HUS210 LUS210-2 U210-2 LUS214-2 HUS210-2 HUS212-2 HU212-2/HUC212-2 LUS210-3
TPL 2x12
HU212-3/HUC212-3 U210-3 LUS210 LU210 U210 HU214 U214 U210-2 LUS214-2 HUS212-2 HU212-2/HUC212-2 HU214-2/HUC214-2
2x14
DBL 2x14
TPL 2x14
U210-3 HU214-3/HUC214-3 U214 HU214 HU216 HUS212-2 HU216-2/HUC216-2 HU216-3/HUC216-3 U34 HU34 U36 LUS36 HU36 U36 HU38 U310 LUS310 HU310 U310 HU312 U314 HU314 U314 HU316 LUS44 U44 HU44
3x6
3x8
3x10
4x4
78
2x16
18 20 16 18 14 16 18 16 18 14 14 14 14 18 14 14 16 18 20 16 14 16 16 18 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 16 18 14 16 14 16 18 14 16 14 16 14 16 14 18 16 14
1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 158 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 458 41116 41116 458 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 318 318 318 318 458 41116 41116 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 41116 41116 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 3916 3916 3916
71316 71316 71316 734 9 9 9 812 101516 9316 1034 10916 10916 8316 10516 10516 734 71316 71316 71316 1018 10 812 101516 1034 10916 10916 121316 121316 734 12116 12116 10 1018 121516 1034 1378 1378 1378 1378 338 338 538 514 538 538 718 878 714 878 878 1058 1012 1238 1012 1418 3 278 278
134 112 2 134 214 3 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 212 212 2 134 134 2 214 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 2 212 212 2 214 214 2 212 212 212 212 2 212 2 2 212 2 212 2 2 212 2 212 2 212 2 212 2 2 212
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
Fasteners Header Joist 10d 16d SAWN LUMBER SIZES 8-10d 4-10d 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-16d 6-10dx112 30-16d 10-16d 8-16d 6-16d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 10-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 10-16d 10-16d 16-16d 6-10d 22-16d 10-10d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 6-10d 22-16d 10-10d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 8-10d 4-10d 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx112 12-16d 6-10dx112 12-10d 12-16d 8-10dx112 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 10-16d 6-16d 10-16d 10-16d 16-16d 6-10d 22-16d 10-10d 18-16d 8-10d 24-16d 12-10d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 18-16d 8-10d 24-16d 12-10d 12-10d 12-16d 8-10dx112 12-16d 6-10dx112 18-16d 8-10dx112 10-16d 10-16d 20-16d 8-10d 26-16d 12-10d 20-16d 8-10d 26-16d 12-10d 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 4-16d 2-10dx112 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx112 4-16d 4-16d 8-16d 4-10dx112 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx112 10-16d 4-10dx112 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx112 6-16d 4-16d 14-16d 6-10dx112 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx112 16-16d 6-10dx112 16-10d 16-16d 6-10dx112 18-16d 8-10dx112 16-10d 16-16d 6-10dx112 20-16d 8-10dx112 4-16d 2-16d 4-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d
Uplift (160) 1005 730 960 945 980 2580 1500 960 1500 2820 3125 980 1635 1500 980 1635 960 1005 730 960 980 960 960 1500 3125 980 1635 1310 1965 960 1310 1735 960 980 1310 3125 1310 1735 1310 1735 230 325 500 1000 525 500 525 960 1000 790 960 790 960 1310 960 1310 380 320 325
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 1145 995 1045 1020 1465 1465 1145 995 1045 1255 1465 1465 1255 420 835 835 1465 1465 1675 1675 420 1190 1240 1210 1280 3150 1565 1735 1805 1820 2275 2050 2820 1565 2050 2820 1735 1190 1240 1540 1485 1735 1805 2275 2050 2820 2305 3075 1735 2305 3075 1485 1540 2305 2275 2565 3330 2565 3330 495 515 990 880 1025 990 1280 1735 1125 1795 1735 2050 1980 2305 1980 2565 680 495 515 1305 1140 1185 1160 1660 1660 1305 1140 1185 1420 1660 1660 1420 475 950 950 1660 1660 1895 1895 475 1360 1405 1380 1445 3315 1785 1965 2065 2070 2590 2315 3180 1785 2315 3180 1965 1360 1405 1735 1685 1965 2065 2590 2315 3180 2605 3470 1965 2605 3470 1685 1735 2415 2590 2895 3760 2895 3760 560 580 1125 1010 1155 1125 1445 1965 1285 2025 1965 2315 2245 2605 2245 2895 780 560 580
Roof (125) 10d 16d 1415 1230 1275 1250 1790 1790 1415 1230 1275 1445 1790 1790 1445 510 1020 1020 1790 1790 2045 2045 510 1470 1445 1490 1555 3425 1935 2120 2235 2240 2795 2490 3425 1935 2490 3425 2120 1470 1445 1865 1820 2120 2235 2795 2490 3425 2800 3735 2120 2800 3735 1820 1865 2490 2795 3110 4045 3110 4045 605 620 1210 1090 1245 1210 1555 2120 1390 2180 2120 2490 2425 2800 2425 3110 845 605 620
Joist Size
Min/ Max
4x6
LUS46 U46 HUS46 HU46/HUC46 LUS46 U46 LUS48 HUS48 HU48/HUC48 LUS48 LUS410 U410 HUS410 HU410/HUC410 LUS410 LUS414 U410 HUS410 HUS412 HU412/HUC412 LUS410 LUS414 U414 HUS412 HU414/HUC414 U414 HUS412 HU416/HUC416 U66
4x8
4x10
4x12
4x14
4x16
6x6
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
HU66/HUC66 U66
6x8
HU68/HUC68 U610
18 16 14 14 14 18 16 18 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712
434 478 5 5316 5316 434 478 634 61516 61316 61316 634 834 83 8 81516 858 858 834 1034 838 81516 1012 10516 10516 834 1034 10 1012 1258 1258 10 1012 1358 1358 5 4316 4316 5 51316 51316 812 758 758 938 938 1158 1158 121116 121116 658 658 838 838 1018 1018 1178 1178 1358 1358
2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
Fasteners Header Joist 10d 16d SAWN LUMBER SIZES 4-16d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d 8-16d 4-10d 12-16d 6-10d 4-16d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 4-10d 14-16d 6-10d 6-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 8-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-10d 18-16d 10-10d 8-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-16d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 8-16d 8-16d 10-16d 10-16d 16-16d 6-10d 22-16d 10-10d 8-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-16d 16-10d 16-16d 6-10d 10-16d 10-16d 18-16d 8-10d 24-16d 12-10d 16-10d 16-16d 6-10d 10-16d 10-16d 20-16d 8-10d 26-16d 12-10d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 8-16d 4-16d 12-16d 6-16d 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 10-16d 4-16d 14-16d 6-16d 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 14-16d 6-16d 18-16d 8-16d 16-16d 6-16d 22-16d 8-16d 18-16d 8-16d 24-16d 12-16d 20-16d 8-16d 26-16d 12-16d 10-16d 4-16d 14-16d 6-16d 14-16d 6-16d 18-16d 8-16d 16-16d 6-16d 22-16d 8-16d 18-16d 8-16d 24-16d 12-16d 20-16d 8-16d 26-16d 12-16d
Uplift (160) 1000 640 1060 655 980 1000 640 1000 1335 655 980 1000 1500 960 2820 980 1635 1500 1500 960 2820 3125 980 1635 1500 1500 960 3125 1310 1965 960 3125 1310 1965 640 775 1160 640 775 1160 960 1160 1550 1160 1550 1550 2325 1550 2325 775 1160 1160 1550 1160 1550 1550 2325 1550 2325
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 835 835 1465 1465 1675 1675 835 835 1465 880 990 910 1025 1540 880 990 1125 1365 1280 1795 1125 1565 1735 1820 1795 2305 1565 1805 1735 1820 2275 2050 2820 1565 1805 1980 2275 2305 3075 1980 2275 2565 3330 990 1025 1540 990 1280 1795 1735 1795 2305 2050 2820 2305 3075 2565 3330 1280 1795 1795 2305 2050 2820 2305 3075 2565 3330 950 950 1660 1660 1895 1895 950 950 1660 1010 1125 1035 1155 1735 1010 1125 1285 1555 1445 2025 1285 1785 1965 2070 2025 2605 1785 2065 1965 2070 2590 2315 3180 1785 2065 2245 2590 2605 3470 2245 2590 2895 3760 1125 1155 1735 1125 1445 2025 1965 2025 2605 2315 3180 2605 3470 2895 3760 1445 2025 2025 2605 2315 3180 2605 3470 2895 3760
Roof (125) 10d 16d 1020 1020 1790 1790 2045 2045 1020 1020 1790 1090 1210 1120 1245 1865 1090 1210 1390 1680 1555 2180 1390 1935 2120 2240 2180 2800 1935 2235 2120 2240 2795 2490 3425 1935 2235 2425 2795 2800 3735 2425 2795 3110 4045 1210 1245 1865 1210 1555 2180 2120 2180 2800 2490 3425 2800 3735 310 4045 1555 2180 2180 2800 2490 3425 2800 3735 310 4045
1. Uplift loads apply to 10d and 16d header fasteners. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value. 3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction.(16d sinkers are not acceptable for HDG applications.) 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes. 5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
79
2x10(R) 2x12(R) 2x14(R) 4x4(R) 4x6(R) 4x8(R) 4x10(R) 4x12(R) 4x14(R) 6x6(R) 6x8(R) 6x10(R) 6x12(R) 6x14(R)
LU24R-18 U24R LU26R-18 U26R LU28R-18 U26R LU210R-18 U210R U210R U210R U44R U46R U46R U410R U410R U410R U66R U66R U610R U610R U610R
18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
31116 358 4916 558 658 558 7916 918 918 918 258 458 458 818 818 818 5 5 812 812 812
IL8 I7, F6, L17 IL8 I7, F6, L17 IL8 I7, F6, L17 IL8
2x4(R) 2x6(R) 2x8(R) 2x10(R) 2x12(R) 2x14(R) 4x4(R) 4x6(R) 4x8(R) 4x10(R) 4x12(R) 4x14(R) 6x6(R) 6x8(R) 6x10(R) 6x12(R) 6x14(R)
LU24R-18 U24R LU26R-18 U26R LU28R-18 U26R LU210R-18 U210R U210R U210R U44R U46R U46R U410R U410R U410R U66R U66R U610R U610R U610R
18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
31116 358 4916 558 638 558 7916 918 918 918 258 458 458 818 818 818 5 5 812 812 812
1. Uplift loads apply to 10d and 16d header fasteners. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value. 3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction.
4. DF/SP loads can be used for SCL that has fastener holding capacity of Doug Fir. 5. HUs can be ordered in rough sizes at full table loads. Add X to the model designation ex: HU28X and specify rough width or height. Maximum width 8". 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
80
The BA hanger is a cost effective hanger featuring min/max joist nailing option. Min Nailing featuring Positive Angle Nailing targets moderate load conditions whereas the Max Nailing generates capacities for higher loads. The unique two level embossment provides added stiffness to the top flange. The newly improved B hanger offers wide versatility with enhanced load capacities. See tables on pages 83-85. See Hanger Options on pages 200-202 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. MATERIAL: See tables, pages 83-85. FINISH: BA, JB, LB and BGalvanized; HHBall saddle hangers and all welded sloped and special hangersSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint. BA, LB, B and HHB may be ordered hot-dip galvanized, specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes and nailer table. LB, BA, B and HHB may be welded to steel headers with weld size to match material thickness (approximate thickness shown). The minimum required weld to the top flanges is 18" x 2" (18" x 112" for LB) fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 14 and 12 gauge and 3 16" x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 7 gauge. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges. Welding cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code for special considerations when welding galvanized steel. The area should be well-ventilated (see page 22 for welding information). Weld on applications produce the maximum allowable down load listed. For uplift loads refer to technical bulletin T-WELDUPLFT (see page 215 for details). Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately. Check TF dimension, nail length and nail location on ledger. Refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes ( 34:12) (see page 215 for details). OPTIONS: B and HHB Other widths are available; specify W dimension (the minimum W dimension is 1916" for B and 3 14" for HHB). See Hanger Options, pages 200-202. BA, JB and LB hangers cannot be modified. Use LBV as an alternative for the JB/LB. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. NAILER TABLE
Model Nailer No. LB26 LB28 LB210 LB212 LB214 LB216 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x BA48 2-2x BA410 BA412 3x 4x 2-2x 3x B 4x Top Flange Nailing 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 10-10dx112 14-10d 14-16dx212 14-16d 14-10d 14-16dx212 14-16d Allowable Loads SPF/ Uplift 2 DF/SP (160) HF 2653 2653 2653 2653 710 4 830 4 830 4 850 915 915 915 915 1150 2220 2695 3230 3230 3615 3725 3800 1755 2235 2770
1. Uplift values are for DF/SP nailers only. Refer to technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for SPF values (see page 214 for details). 2.Refer to technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for higher uplift value options (see page 214 for details). 3. BA hangers require 2-10dx1 12 joist nails. 4.B hangers require 6-10dx112 joist nails to achieve published loads. For joist members 212" or wider, 16dx212" joist nails should be installed for additional uplift loads on the 3x and 4x nailer applications of 970 lbs. and 1010 lbs. respectively. 5. Attachment of nailer to supporting member is by the Designer.
B
(HHB Similar)
BA
U.S. Patent 7,334,372
LB
JB
LB, BA, B and HHB are acceptable for weld-on applications. See Installation Information.
Factory Weld
1" Min.
3230 3630 3080 2425 4015 3705 3435 2665 3555 3630 3625 2465 I1, F21, L13 4715 4320 3800 2665 3575 3195 3625 2190 4135 3355 3800 2650
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 3. Where noted for single-ply joist hangers use 6-10dx112" nails. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Production models have projected seats. Square cut seats may be ordered. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
HU410TF
HUSTF
Typical HUTF Installation
HUCTF
81
W
3 Ga. Top Flange
WP
7" - 8"
12 Ga. Top Flange
3" 2"
HW
(HWU similar)
WM
(WMU similar)
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Contact Simpson for details.
LT4 10" for GLT6 12" for G
WPU
12"
GLT
Typical WM Mid-Wall Installation
See page 155 for Top of Wall Installation Detail.
HGLT
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
(fasteners included) (fasteners included) See pages 95-96 for GLT and HGLT information.
Fasteners Depth Top 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 2-14 x134 Titens
1
Allowable Loads Header Type Joist 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) 625 545 775 485 315 810 765 635 1005 810 765 635 1005 LVL PSL LSL DF/SP SPF/ I-Joist Masonry HF 4175 3380 4175 3380
Face
3
Code Ref.
1635 1740 1600 1415 2150 2020 2200 1435 2335 1950 2335 1765 1435 MID-WALL INSTALLATION5 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION MID-WALL INSTALLATION5 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION 2865 2525 3635 4700 4700 4700 3100 5100 6335 6335 6335 6335 6000 6000 6000 6000 3250 3250 3320 4880 4880 4880 4000 4000 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 3650 3650 3650 3650 3650 4500 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 2500 3255 3255 4165 4165 4165 5285 5285 6335 6335 6335 6335 6000 6000 6000 6000 2000 2030 2525 2600 4165 4165 4165 3100 3665 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415
WM
82
1 2 to 7 2 3 2 to 30 112 to 712 312 to 30 112 to 712 312 to 30 112 to 512 714 to 18 WPU/ 1 1 2 to 512 1812 to 2212 WNPU 1 1 2 to 512 23 to 28 112 to 712 312 to 32 HW 1 1 1 2 to 7 2 312 to 32 112 to 312 9 to 18 112 to 312 1812 to 2212 112 to 312 23 to 28 112 to 312 2812 to 32 HWU 412 to 7 9 to 18 412 to 7 1812 to 2212 412 to 7 23 to 28 412 to 7 2812 to 32 WP/ WNP
2-16d DPLX 4- 4 x1 4 Titens 2-14 x134 4-14 x134 Titens Titens 3-10dx112 3-10d 3-16d 3-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
6-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx1 2 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 8-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 8-10dx112
1
170
HU24TF HU24-2TF JB26 LB26 HU26TF 2x6 W26 WM26 HUS26-2TF WNP26-2 DBL 2x6 HU26-2TF WM26-2 JB28 LB28 2x8 HU28TF W28 WM28 HUS28-2TF WNP28-2 DBL 2x8 HU28-2TF WM28-2 JB210 LB210 HU210TF 2x10 W210 WM210 HUS210-2TF WNP210-2 DBL 2x10 HU210-2TF WM210-2 TPL 2x10 HU210-3TF JB212 LB212 W212 2x12 HU212TF WM212 HUS212-2TF WNP212-2 DBL 2x12 HU212-2TF WM212-2 TPL 2x12 HU212-3TF LB214 JB214 2x14 W214 HU214TF WM214 HUS214-2TF WNP214-2 DBL 2x14 HU214-2TF WM214-2 TPL 2x14 HU214-3TF LB216 W216 2x16 HU216TF WM216 WNP216-2 DBL HU216-2TF 2x16 WM216-2
12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 14 18 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 12 12
1916 318 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 318 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 318 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 318 41116 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 318 41116 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318 318 41116 1916 1916 1916 1916 318 318 318
3716 3716 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 714 714 718 718 718 714 718 718 718 914 914 918 918 918 914 918 918 918 918 1118 1118 11 11 11 1118 11 11 11 11 1318 1318 13 13 13 1318 13 13 13 13 1518 15 15 15 15 15 15
214 212 112 112 214 212 412 2 212 212 212 112 112 214 212 412 2 212 212 212 2 2 214 212 412 2 212 212 212 212 2 2 212 214 412 2 212 212 212 212 2 2 212 214 412 2 212 212 212 212 2 212 214 412 212 212 212
212 212 1516 112 212 212 334 134 2316 212 334 1516 112 212 212 334 178 2316 212 334 1316 112 212 212 334 112 2316 212 334 212 1316 112 212 212 334 214 2316 212 334 212 112 114 212 212 334 214 2316 212 334 212 112 212 212 334 2316 212 334
SAWN LUMBER SIZES 6-16d 2-10dx112 295 8-16d 2-10d 375 4-10d 2 PRONG 4-16d 2-10dx112 290 10-16d 4-10dx112 590 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 6-16d 4-16d 1235 2-10d 2-10d 10-16d 4-10d 750 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 4-10d 2 PRONG 4-16d 2-10dx112 290 10-16d 4-10dx112 590 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 8-16d 6-16d 1550 2-10d 2-10d 12-16d 4-10d 750 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 4-16d 2 PRONG 4-16d 2-10dx112 290 12-16d 4-10dx112 590 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 10-16d 8-16d 2590 2-10d 2-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1125 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1325 6-16d 2 PRONG 4-16d 2-10dx112 290 2-10d 2-10dx112 14-16d 6-10dx112 885 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 10-16d 8-16d 2000 2-10d 2-10d 16-16d 6-10d 1125 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 16-16d 6-16d 1325 4-16d 2-10dx112 290 6-16d 2-10dx112 235 2-10d 2-10dx112 16-16d 6-10dx112 885 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 12-16d 8-16d 2590 2-10d 2-10d 18-16d 8-10d 1500 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 18-16d 8-16d 1765 4-16d 2-10dx112 290 2-10d 2-10dx112 18-16d 8-10dx112 1180 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-10d 20-16d 8-10d 1500 2-16d DPLX 2-10d
I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12
IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12
1. N54A fasteners are supplied with hangers. 2. 16d sinkers may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 3. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. For normal loading applications such as cantilever construction refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software or conservatively divide the uplift load by 1.6. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 1 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. *Hangers do not have an Installed Cost Index.
83
TPL 2x16 HU216-3TF 3x4 HU34TF W36 3x6 WM36 HU36TF W38 WM38 3x8 HU38TF B38 W310 WM310 3x10 HU310TF B310 WNP312 WM312 3x12 HU312TF B312 WNP314 WM314 3x14 HU314TF B314 WNP316 WM316 3x16 HU316TF B316 4x4 HU44TF HUS46TF W46 4x6 HU46TF HW46 WM46 BA48 (Min) BA48 (Max) HUS48TF B48 4x8 W48 HU48TF HW48 WM48 BA410 (Min) BA410 (Max) HUS410TF B410 W410 4x10 HU410TF HW410 WM410 GLT4 HGLT4 BA412 (Min) BA412 (Max) HUS412TF B412 WNP412 HU412TF 4x12 HW412 HHB412 WM412 GLT4 HGLT4
See footnotes on page 83.
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 12 12 11 12 14 14 14 12 12 12 11 12 14 14 14 12 12 12 11 12 7 7 14 14 14 12 12 12 11 7 12 7 7
41116 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916
15 3716 538 538 538 718 718 718 718 918 918 918 918 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 13 15 15 15 15 3716 538 538 538 538 538 718 718 714 718 718 718 718 718 918 918 914 918 918 918 918 918 1 7 2 Min. 712 Min. 11 11 1118 11 11 11 11 11 11 712 Min. 712 Min.
212 212 2 3 212 2 3 212 212 2 3 212 212 212 3 212 212 212 3 212 212 212 3 212 212 212 2 212 212 212 212 3 3 2 212 212 212 212 212 3 3 2 212 212 212 212 212 5 6 3 3 2 212 212 212 212 3 212 5 6
212 212 212 334 212 212 334 212 212 212 334 212 212 2316 334 212 212 2316 334 212 212 2316 334 212 212 212 112 212 212 212 334 212 212 11116 212 212 212 212 334 212 212 112 212 212 212 212 334 212 212 212 212 2 212 2316 212 212 212 334 212 212
SAWN LUMBER SIZES 20-16d 8-16d 1765 8-16d 2-10dx112 295 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 10-16d 4-10dx112 590 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 12-16d 4-10dx112 590 14-16d 6-16dx212 1010 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 14-16d 6-10dx112 885 14-16d 6-16dx212 1010 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 16-16d 6-10dx112 885 14-16d 6-16dx212 1010 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 18-16d 8-10dx112 1180 14-16d 6-16dx212 1010 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx112 20-16d 8-10dx112 1180 14-16d 6-16dx212 1010 8-16d 2-10d 375 6-16d 4-16d 1235 2-10d 2-10d 10-16d 4-10d 750 4-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 16-16d 2-10dx112 265 16-16d 8-10dx112 1170 8-16d 6-16d 1550 14-16d 6-16d 1010 2-10d 2-10d 12-16d 4-10d 750 4-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 16-16d 2-10dx112 265 16-16d 8-10dx112 1170 10-16d 8-16d 2590 14-16d 6-16d 1010 2-10d 2-10d 14-16d 6-10d 1125 4-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745 16-16d 2-10dx112 265 16-16d 8-10dx112 1170 10-16d 8-16d 2000 14-16d 6-16d 1010 2-10d 2-10d 16-16d 6-10d 1125 4-10d 2-10d 4-N54A 2-N54A 580 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745
I10, IL12, F9, L11 I1, F21, L13 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I1, F21 I10, F9, L11 I1, F21, L13 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I19, F18, L14 I1, F21, L13 I10, F9 I1, F21, L13 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14 IL12 I19, F18, L14
84
4x14
4x16
6x6
6x8
6x10
6x12
6x14
6x16
HUS414TF B414 WNP414 HU414TF HW414 HHB414 WM414 GLT4 HGLT4 WNP416 B416 HU416TF HW416 HHB416 WM416 GLT4 HGLT4 WNP66 WM66 HU66TF HW66 WNP68 WM68 HU68TF HHB68 HW68 WNP610 WM610 B610 HHB610 HU610TF HW610 GLT6 HGLT6 HW612 B612 HHB612 HU612TF GLT6 HGLT6 HW614 B614 HHB614 HU614TF GLT6 HGLT6 HW616 B616 HHB616 HU616TF GLT6 HGLT6 HW86 HW88 HW810 HW812 HHB812 HW814 HHB814 HW816 HHB816
14 12 12 12 11 7 12 7 7 12 12 12 11 7 12 7 7 12 12 12 11 12 12 12 7 11 12 12 12 7 12 11 7 7 11 12 7 12 7 7 11 12 7 12 7 7 11 12 7 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 3916 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 512 5916 5916 512 512 512 512 5916 5916 512 512 512 512 5916 5916 512 512 512 512 5916 5916 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712 712
1318 13 13 13 13 13 13 712 Min. 712 Min. 15 15 15 15 15 15 712 Min. 712 Min. 538 538 538 538 718 718 718 718 718 918 918 918 918 918 918 1 7 2 Min. 712 Min. 11 11 11 11 712 Min. 712 Min. 13 13 13 13 712 Min. 712 Min. 15 15 15 15 712 Min. 712 Min. 538 918 918 11 11 13 13 15 15
2 212 212 212 212 3 212 5 6 212 212 212 212 3 212 5 6 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 212 212 212 212 3 212 212 5 6 212 212 3 212 5 6 212 212 3 212 5 6 212 212 3 212 5 6 212 212 212 212 3 212 3 212 3
2 212 2316 212 212 212 334 212 212 2316 212 212 212 212 334 212 212 2516 334 212 212 2516 334 212 212 212 2516 334 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212
SAWN LUMBER SIZES 12-16d 8-16d 2160 14-16d 6-16d 1010 2-10d 2-10d 18-16d 8-10d 1500 4-10d 2-10d 6-N54A 4-N54A 1165 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745 2-10d 2-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1010 20-16d 8-10d 1500 4-10d 2-10d 6-N54A 4-N54A 1165 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745 3-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 10-16d 4-16d 885 4-10d 2-10d 3-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 12-16d 4-16d 885 4-N54A 2-N54A 580 4-10d 2-10d 3-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1010 4-N54A 2-N54A 580 14-16d 6-16d 1325 4-10d 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745 4-10d 2-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1010 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 16-16d 6-16d 1325 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745 4-10d 2-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1010 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-16d 8-16d 1765 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745 4-10d 2-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1010 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 20-16d 8-16d 1765 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 18-N54A 6-N54A 1745 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 4-10d 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745 4-10d 2-10d 10-N54A 6-N54A 1745
I10, F9, L11 I1, F21, L13 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14 IL12
I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I1, F21, L13 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14 IL12 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I10, F9, L11 170 I10, F9, L11 IL12 I1, F21, L13 170 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I1, F21, L13 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I1, F21, L13 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I1, F21, L13 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14
I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14 I10, F9, L11 I19, F18, L14
85
LSU/LSSU
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
A Flange
The LSU and LSSU series of hangers may be sloped and skewed in the field, offering a versatile solution for attaching joists and rafters. These hangers may be sloped up or down and skewed left or right, up to 45. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the supporting members. To see an installation video on this product, visit www.strongtie.com. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LSU26
S up olope r do to 45 wn
A Flanges
A Flanges
Acute Side
10dx1" Nails STEP 1 Nail hanger to slope-cut carried member, installing seat nail first. No bevel necessary for skewed installation. Install joist nails at 45 angle. 0-45 STEP 2 Skew flange from 0-45. Bend other flange back along centerline of slots until it meets the header. Bend one time only. STEP 3 Attach hanger to the carrying member, acute angle side first (see footnote 4). Install nails at an angle.
Slope to 45 up or down
Slope to 45 up or down
LSSU410
(LSSU210-2 similar)
LSSU28
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift 2 (160) Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125)
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Uplift 2 (160) Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125)
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Code Ref.
Sloped Only Hangers 112 112 112 212 3 312 112 112 112 212 3 312 LSU26 LSSU28 LSSU210 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 LSU26 LSSU28 LSSU210 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 18 18 18 16 16 16 18 18 18 16 16 16 1916 1916 1916 2916 318 3916 1916 1916 1916 2916 318 3916 478 718 812 812 812 812 478 718 812 812 812 812 112 112 158 318 278 258 112 112 158 318 278 258 6-10d 10-10d 10-10d 18-16d 18-16d 18-16d 6-10d 9-10d 9-10d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d 5-10dx112 5-10dx112 7-10dx112 12-10dx112 12-10dx112 12-10dx112 5-10dx112 5-10dx112 7-10dx112 12-10dx112 12-10dx112 12-10dx112 535 535 875 1150 1150 1150 535 450 785 1150 1150 1150 665 1110 1110 2295 2430 2430 665 885 995 1600 1625 1625 765 1275 1275 2295 2795 2795 765 885 1145 1600 1625 1625 800 1390 1390 2295 3035 3035 800 885 1205 1600 1625 1625 415 415 625 990 990 990 415 415 625 990 990 990 575 960 960 1930 2160 2160 575 765 860 1385 1365 1365 660 1105 1105 1930 2485 2485 660 765 995 1385 1365 1365 690 1200 1200 1930 2700 2700 690 765 1050 1385 1365 1365 I8, F7, L15 170 I8, F7, L15
Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed I8, F7, L15 170 I8, F7, L15
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 2. Uplift loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce when other loads govern. 3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF (see page 213 for details) for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria. 4. For skewed LSSU hangers, the inner most face fasteners on the acute angle side are not installed. 5. Do not substitute 10dx1 12" nails for face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
86
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL
Skewed 45 Hangers
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The SU and HSU series of hangers are skewed 45 left or right. Angled nail slots direct nails for proper installation. MATERIAL: SUR and SUL16 gauge; HSUR and HSUL14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. These hangers will normally accommodate a 40 to 50 skew. Illustration shows left and right skews SUR/L (SUR=skewed right; SUL=skewed left). The joist end may be square cut or bevel cut. For installations to concrete/masonry walls see page 156. OPTIONS: Available with the A2 flange turned in on the 2-2x and 4x models only (see illustration). To order, add C (for concealed) to the product name. For example, specify HSURC46, HSULC46, SURC46, or SULC46. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
SUL
HSULC
Available for 2-2x and 4x models only
HSUR
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
DF/SP Species Header Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 450 765 1250 2165 225 225 815 815 1300 1300 1795 815 815 1300 1300 1765 1795 Floor (100) 575 865 1440 1730 2015 2305 1150 1785 2015 2975 3870 1150 1785 2015 2975 2500 3870 Roof
SPF/HF Species Header Allowable Loads Floor (100) 495 745 1240 1485 1735 1980 990 1540 1735 2565 3330 990 1540 1735 2565 1795 3330 Roof Snow Const (115) (125) 560 845 1405 1685 1965 2245 1005 1720 1780 2895 3760 1005 1720 1780 2895 1795 3760 605 910 1515 1820 2120 2290 1005 1720 1780 3110 4045 1005 1720 1780 3110 1795 4045 I7, F6, L17 170 I7, F6, L17 I9, F8, L12 I7, F6, L17 I9 I7, F6, L17 Code Ref.
Model No.
H 312 5 818 10
B 2 2 2 2
A1 118
A2 114
Uplift Snow Const (160) (115) (125) 655 980 1635 1960 2285 2615 1305 2000 2285 3360 4365 1305 2000 2285 3360 2500 4365 705 1055 1760 2115 2465 2665 1400 2000 2465 3610 4695 1400 2000 2465 3610 2500 4695 385 660 1075 1860 195 195 700 700 1120 1120 1550 700 700 1120 1120 1520 1550
2x4 2x6, 8 2x10, 12 2x14 3x10, 12 3x14 (2) 2x6, 8 (2) 2x6, 8 (2) 2x10, 12 (2) 2x10, 12 (2) 2x14 4x6, 8 4x6, 8 4x10, 12 4x10, 12 4x14 4x14
SUR/L24 SUR/L26 SUR/L210 SUR/L214 SUR/L2.56/9 SUR/L26-2 HSUR/L26-2 SUR/L210-2 HSUR/L210-2 HSUR/L214-2 SUR/L46 HSUR/L46 SUR/L410 HSUR/L410 SUR/L414 HSUR/L414
118 1516
118 1516 10-16d 10-10dx112 118 1516 12-16d 12-10dx112 112 118 2 14-16d 2-10dx112 8-16d 4-16dx212 218 16-16d 2-10dx112
SUR/L2.56/11 2916 11316 3316 41516 81116 258 258 41516 2716 81116 2716 4 4 434 812 8 2
1 1 3
1716 238
114 2316 12-16d 4-16dx212 1716 238 14-16d 6-16dx212 114 2316 20-16d 6-16dx212 114 2316 26-16d 8-16dx212 1 1 1 1 1 1 238 8-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 2316 12-16d 238 14-16d 2316 20-16d 238 18-16d 2316 26-16d
3916 1212
3 16 12 2 2 16
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
87
VPA
The VPA may be sloped in the field, offering a versatile solution for attaching rafters to the top plate. It will adjust to accommodate slopes between 3:12 and 12:12, making it a complement to the versatile LSSU. This connector eliminates the need for notched rafters, beveled top plates and toe nailing. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
B Flange
VPA2
A Flange
Fasteners Joist Width Model No. W Carrying Member 8-10d 9-10d 11-10d Carried Member 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) 295 295 295
DF/SP Allowable Loads Lateral Download 1050 1230 1230 F1 375 375 375 (160) F2 250 250 250 Uplift (160) 250 250 250
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Lateral Download 870 1020 1020 F1 325 325 325 (160) F2 250 250 250 Code Ref.
1. Uplift loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading.
3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
B Flange
Required Pitch
10d Common
STEP 1 Install top nails and face PAN nails in A flange to outside wall top plate.
STEP 2 Seat rafter with a hammer, adjusting B flange to the required pitch.
STEP 3 Install B flange nails in the obround nail holes, locking the pitch.
STEP 4 Install 10dx1 12" nail into tab nail hole. Hammer nail in at a slight angle to prevent splitting.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
1"-HCP2, 3"-HCP4
Plate line locator for proper installation
HCP2
(HCP4Z similar)
U.S. Patent 5,380,115
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Code Ref.
2x 4x
88
1. Loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. The HCP can be installed on the inside and the outside of the wall with a flat bottom chord truss and achieve twice the load capacity. 3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
HRC44
(HRC42 similar)
U.S. Patent 5,380,116
HRC22
Fasteners Carrying Member 16-10dx112 16-16d 24-16d Each Hip 2-10dx112 2-10dx1 2 6-16d
1
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 290 290 480 Floor (100) 720 1050 1610 Snow (115) 830 1050 1775 Roof (125) 900 1050 1775 Uplift (160) 250 250 410
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 625 905 1385 Snow (115) 720 905 1525 Roof (125) 780 905 1525
Code Ref.
1. Allowable loads shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number. 2. Uplift loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
PFD26
(PFD24, PFDS24, PFDS26, PFD26L similar)
PF24
(PF26 similar)
PF26A
(PF24A similar)
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No. PF24 PF24A PFD24 PFDS24 PF26 PF26A PFD26 PFD26L PFDS26
Dimensions W 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 H 338 338 338 338 538 538 538 538 538 B 112 114 114 114 112 114 114 112 114 TF 1116 112 1916 314 1116 112 1916 11316 314
Fasteners Carrying Member 2-10d 2-10d 2 PRONGS 2 PRONGS 2-10d 2-10d 2 PRONGS 2-10d 4-10d Carried Member 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 4-10d 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift 1 Floor (160) (100) 310 280 280 280 310 620 560 310 620 955 840 840 840 955 970 1015 955 970 Snow (115) 955 865 865 865 955 1020 1070 955 1020 Roof (125) 955 885 885 885 955 1050 1105 955 1050
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Wind Uplift 1 Floor (133) (160) (100) 955 895 895 895 955 1075 1130 955 1075 230 230 230 230 455 505 455 455 505 650 650 650 650 805 765 805 805 765 Snow (115) 660 660 675 660 850 770 850 850 805 Roof (125) 660 660 690 660 880 770 880 880 835 Wind (133) 660 660 700 660 905 770 905 905 855
Code Ref.
I10, F9, L11 170 I10, F9, L11 170 I10, F9, L11
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
89
THA/THAC/THAR/L
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The THA series extra long straps allow full code nailing and can be field-formed to give top flange hanger convenience. Designed for 4x2 floor trusses and 4x beams, the THAR/L422 has a standard skew of 45. Straps must be bent for top flange hanger installation. PAN nailing helps eliminate splitting of 4x2 truss bottom chords. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The following installation methods may be used: Top Flange InstallationThe straps must be field formed over the header see table for minimum top flange requirements. Install top and face nails according to the table. Top nails shall not be within 14" from the edge of the top flange members. For the THA29, nails used for joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist and into the header. For all other top flange installations, straighten the double shear nailing tabs and install the nails straight into the joist. Face Mount InstallationInstall all face nails according to the table. Not all nail holes will be filled on all models. On models where there are more nail holes than required, the lowest 4 face holes must be filled. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header. Alternate InstallationThe THA 4x hangers may be installed in a top flange configuration using the tabulated fasteners for face mount installation and achieve the face mount installation loads. Install the tabulated face nails into the face and top of the carrying member. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header. OPTIONS: THA hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 3 58" (except THA413) and larger, with no load reduction order THAC hanger. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. Double Shear Nailing Top View Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab unless otherwise noted
THA418
Top nails per table
THA29
Attachment of nailer per Designer
Straighten the double shear nailing tabs and install nails straight into the joist
THAC422
DF/SP Allowable Loads
THAR/L422
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Minimum Carried Member 2x4 2x6 2x6 (2) 2x10 (2) 2x10 4x6 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10 (2) 4x10 (2) 4x10 2x4 2x6 2x6 (2) 2x10 (2) 2x10 4x6 4x10 4x10 4x10 (2) 4x10 (2) 4x10
THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THA426 THAR/L422 THAR/L422 THA422-2 THA426-2 THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THA426 THA422-2 THA426-2
18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 14 16 16 14 14 18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 14 14 14
158 158 158 318 318 358 358 358 358 358 358 714 714 158 158 158 318 318 358 358 358 358 714 714
9 1116 13516 17316 17 1116 22316 13516 1712 22 26 2258 2258 22 1116 26 116 9 1116 13516 17316 17 1116 22316 13516 1712 22 26 22 1116 26 116
Fasteners1 Min.7 Min. Carrying Carried Top Header Member Member C Flange Depth Top Face Straight Slant TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION 518 2716 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 512 112 4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112 512 2 4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112 8 2 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 8 2 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 1 1 4 2 1 2 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 7 7 8 2 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 778 2 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 778 2 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 8 212 4-10d 2-10d 1-10d 2-10dx112 8 212 4-10d 8-10d 1-10d 2-10dx112 934 2 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 934 2 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION 518 9 1116 16-10d 4-10d 512 13516 14-10d 4-10d 1 3 5 2 17 16 18-10d 4-10d 8 14116 22-16d 6-16d 8 14116 22-16d 6-16d 412 1338 14-10d 4-10d 778 14116 22-16d 6-16d 778 14116 22-16d 6-16d 778 16116 30-16d 6-16d 934 16 316 30-16d 6-16d 934 18 30-16d 6-16d
Uplift 2 Floor Snow Roof Uplift 2 Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125) 560 310 560 1170 1170 1855 1855 1170 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 2260 1615 1615 2245 2245 1615 2245 2245 2435 1090 4 1675 3330 3330 2125 1795 1795 3695 3695 1940 3695 3695 4550 5160 5520 2310 1615 1615 2245 2245 1615 2245 2245 2435 1090 4 1675 3330 3330 2310 1840 1840 3695 3695 2235 3695 3695 4550 5520 5520 2350 480 1615 1615 2245 2245 1615 2245 2245 2435 1090 4 1675 260 3330 3330 2350 1870 1870 3695 3695 2400 3695 3695 4550 5520 5520 480 780 780 1595 1595 780 1595 1595 1595 1595 1595 1740 1280 1280 1935 1935 1280 1935 1935 2095 9154 1405 2865 2865 1740 1385 1385 3185 3185 1660 3185 3185 3915 4440 4440 1785 1280 1280 1935 1935 1280 1935 1935 2095 9154 1405 2865 2865 1785 1425 1425 3185 3185 1910 3185 3185 3915 4745 4745
1815 1280 1280 1935 I8, F7, 1935 L15 1280 1935 1935 2095 F23 9154 I8, F7, L15 1405 2865 170 2865 1815 1450 1450 3185 3185 2075 3185 3185 3915 4745 4745
F23 170
90
1. 16d sinkers may be used to replace 16d commons at 0.85 of table load. 2. Uplift has been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 4. THAR/L422 with 4-10d top nails and 2-10d face nails: When the hanger height is between 9" to 12", the allowable download is 1440 lbs. for DFL and 1210 lbs. for SPF. No further increase allowed.
5. For top flange installation on a nailer (see detail above), install joist nails straight by bending the double shear tabs. 6. For single 2x nailers, the following THA hangers can be installed using 10dx1 12" top nails and 2-16d face nails with reduced allowable loads as noted: THA418/THA422: 1415 lbs. for DFL, 1215 lbs. for SPF; THA426: 2245 lbs. for DFL, 1930 lbs. for SPF. 7. Min. Top Flange refers to the minimum length of strap that must be field-formed over the header. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
HF24N
(HF34N similar)
U.S. Patent 6,260,402
HF26N
(HF36N similar) Dimples hold joist securely in place
U.S. Patent 6,260,402
F26P
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Dimensions Model No. HF24N F26P HF26N HF34N HF36N F24-2 F26-2 F44 F46
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Standard Installation Alternate Installation Allowable Code Allowable Header Header Ref. Roof Loads 2 Roof Loads Fasteners Fasteners (125) (125) 2-10dx218 580 1-10dx218 450 2-10d 2-10dx218 2-10dx218 2-10dx218 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 585 635 690 725 735 800 880 785 1-10dx218 1-10dx218 1-10dx218 345 450 345 I15, L7
Support member not shown for clarity Typical HF24N Installation (HF34N similar)
(2) 2x4 3 4 3 32 1 8 (2) 2x6 3 4 4x4 4x6 5 8 1 16 3916 3716 112 3916 538 1716
6"
10dx2" Nails
1. 10d common nails can be used for specified 10dx2 18 nails. 2. HF hangers may be installed with a single 10dx2 18 nail installed through the 12" OSB or plywood through the middle third of the top flange with reduced loads (see drawing). 3. See T-HFHANGER for additional applications and loads. 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx2 18 = 0.148" dia. x 2 18" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
4" Max.
" Min. 10dx2" Nail installed in the middle of hanger Carried Joist Header/ Nailer
HFN and F hangers are only for panelized roof construction Typical Hybrid Panelized Roof System
Strong-Drive SDS Screws Open Web Steel Joist
91
FACE MOUNT HANGERS HU/HUC/HUCQ/HGUS Glulam Beam & Double Shear Joist Hangers
See Hanger Options on pages 200-202 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. HU/HUCMost models have triangle and round holes. To achieve maximum loads, fill both round and triangle holes with common nails. HGUSFace mount hanger used for high load applications. All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This patented innovation distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of common nails for all connections. (Do not bend or remove tabs) MATERIAL: See tables FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. HU/HUCcan be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. HGUSNails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx212" (0.162" dia. x 212" long) nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With 2x carrying members, use 10dx112" (0.148" dia. x 112" long) nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. For installations to masonry or concrete, see page 156. OPTIONS: HU hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2516" and larger widths, with no load reductionorder HUC hanger. See Hanger Options on pages 200-204, for sloped and/or skewed HU models, and HUC (concealed flange) models. Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS. Other sizes available; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. See also HUS series. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab
Dimensions Carried Member Width Model No. Ga W H B Min/ Max
1"
2"
HUC210-2 HU5.125/12
Concealed Flanges
HGUS3.25/12
1"
HU Min. Nailing Fill round holes HU Max. Nailing Fill round and triangle holes
HU210-2
Typical HU Installation Dome Double Shear Nailing Side View (available on some models)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Projection seat on most models for maximum bearing and section economy.
Model configurations may differ from those shown. Some HU models do not have triangle holes. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF/HF Species Header Floor (100) 1795 2305 2050 2820 2820 3075 2565 3330 7825 8255 1795 2820 3330 3330 3370 3930 7825 8255 7825 8255 8685 Snow (115) 2025 2605 2315 3180 3180 3470 2895 3760 7825 8255 2025 3180 3760 3760 3570 4000 7825 8255 7825 8255 8685 Roof (125) 2180 2800 2490 3425 3425 3735 3110 4045 7825 8255
318 GLULAM
3 2 GLULAM
518 GLULAM
Uplift Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) 14-16d 6-10d 1135 2085 2350 2530 318 81316 212 Min HU210-2/HUC210-2 18-16d 10-10d 1895 2680 3020 3250 318 81316 212 Max 16-16d 6-10d 1135 2380 2685 2890 318 10 916 212 Min HU212-2/HUC212-2 22-16d 10-10d 1895 3275 3695 3970 318 10 916 212 Max 14 1 HU3.25/10.5/HUC3.25/10.5 22-16d 10-10d 1895 3275 3695 3970 3 4 10 14 212 HU3.25/12/HUC3.25/12 24-16d 12-10d 2015 3570 4030 4335 314 11 34 212 20-16d 8-10d 1515 2975 3360 3610 318 13 78 212 Min HU216-2/HUC216-2 26-16d 12-10d 2015 3870 4365 4695 318 13 78 212 Max 46-16d 16-16d 4095 9100 9100 9100 HGUS3.25/10 314 8 58 4 12 1 HGUS3.25/12 56-16d 20-16d 5045 9600 9600 9600 3 4 10 58 4 See HHUS, HGUS and HUCQ in 3 14" Structural Composite Lumber section, page 105-106 or GU series on page 107. HU310-2/HUC310-2 14-16d 6-10d 1135 2085 2350 2530 518 8 78 212 HU5.125/12/HUC5.125/12 22-16d 8-16d 1795 3275 3695 3970 514 10 14 212 HU5.125/13.5/HUC5.125/13.5 26-16d 12-16d 2695 3870 4365 4695 514 13 14 212 14 1 HU5.125/16/HUC5.125/16 26-16d 12-16d 2695 3870 4365 4695 5 4 13 78 212 HUCQ5.25/9-SDS 12-SDS14x212 6-SDS14x212 2510 4680 4955 4955 514 9 3 HUCQ5.25/11-SDS 14-SDS14x212 6-SDS14x212 2510 5460 5560 5560 514 11 3 HGUS5.25/10 46-16d 16-16d 4095 9100 9100 9100 514 9 116 4 12 1 HGUS5.25/12 56-16d 20-16d 5045 9600 9600 9600 5 4 10 916 4 See HHUS, HGUS and HUCQ in 5 14" Structural Composite Lumber section, page 105-106 or GU series on page 107. HGUS6.88/10 46-16d 16-16d 4095 9100 9100 9100 678 81316 4 HGUS6.88/12 12 678 101316 4 54-16d 20-16d 5045 9600 9600 9600 HGUS6.88/14 66-16d 22-16d 5515 10100 10100 10100 678 121316 4 See HHUS and HGUS in 7" Structural Composite Lumber section, page 105-106 or GU series on page 107. See HGU and HHGU on page 107.
Code Ref.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
2180 I9, F6, L17 3425 4045 I9 4045 3570 4000 F23 7825 8255 7825 8255 8685
F23
92
5. For SPF/HF uplift, use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load for products 3. Uplift loads based on Douglas Fir and have been increased 1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used requiring nails and 0.72 for products requiring screws. 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. table load value. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. specified 10d commons with no load reduction. MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.
HHGU
(LGU, MGU, HGU similar)
Dimensions Model No. LGU3.25-SDS LGU3.63-SDS MGU3.63-SDS HGU3.63-SDS LGU5.25-SDS Ga W 314 3 8 358 358 514 5 4 514 5 2 512 512 558 558 558 7 7 7 9 9
1 1 5
B 412 4 2 412 514 412 4 2 514 4 2 514 514 412 514 514 412 514 514 5 4 514
1 1 1 1
ha 3 7 38 7 8 8 58 10 38 7 38 8 8 10 38 8 8 10 38 12 38 8 58 10 38 12 38 8 58 10 38 127 38 10 8 1238
3 5 5 3
Uplift 1 (160) 5555 5555 7260 9895 5555 7260 9895 7260 9895 14550 7260 9895 14550 7260 9895 14550 9895 14550
Allowable Loads DF/SP SPF/HF Download 3 Uplift 1 Download 3 (100/115/125) (160) (100/115/125) 6720 6720 9450 14145 6720 9450 14145 9450 14145 17845 9450 14145 17845 9450 14145 17845 14145 17845 4000 4000 5225 7125 4000 5225 7125 5225 7125 10475 5225 7125 10475 5225 7125 10475 7125 10475 4840 4840 6805 10185 4840 6805 10185 6805 10185 12850 6805 10185 12850 6805 10185 12850 10185 12850
Code Ref.
10 10 10 7 10 10 7 10 7 3 10 7 3 10 7 3 7 3
24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212"
1 1
12-SDS 14"x212"
5 8
24-SDS 4"x2 2" 16-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 4"x2 2" 24-SDS 4"x2 2" 44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212"
1 1 1 1
F23
514
512
170
6 34
F23
8 34
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Specify H dimension. Maximum H = 30". 3. Header height must be at least as tall as the flange height (h a).
93
HHB, GB and HGB are acceptable for weld-on applications. See Installation Information.
2"
WPU WM
1. Uplift value for the HWU hanger is for depth 18". Refer to uplift values in table below for taller depths. 2. Attachment of nailer to supporting member is the responsibility of the Designer. See page 27 for TB screws attachment option. Allowable Loads Header Type Joist 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 8-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 8-10dx112 Uplift (160) 625 545 775 485 315 810 765 635 1005 810 765 635 1005 LVL PSL LSL DF/SP SPF/HF I-Joist Masonry 4175 3380 4175 3380
WP
Code Ref. IL12, L16 170 F18 I19, F18, L14 I10, I19, F9, F18, L11, L14
Fasteners Face 1 4- 4x134 Titens 4-14x134 Titens 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
HWU
2865 2525 3635 4700 4700 4700 3100 5100 6335 6335 6335 6335 6000 6000 6000 6000
MID-WALL INSTALLATIONS TOP OF WALL INSTALLATIONS MID-WALL INSTALLATIONS TOP OF WALL INSTALLATIONS 3250 2500 2000 3250 3650 3255 2525 3320 3650 3255 2600 4880 3650 4165 4165 4880 3650 4165 4165 4880 3650 4165 4165 4000 5285 3100 4000 4500 5285 3665 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415
2030
94
1. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
3. Minimum fm = 1500 psi. See Installation Notes on page 82. 4. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long.See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Allowable Loads Uplift SPF/ DF/SP LSL (160) HF 2525 2500 3375 3255 3255 3000 2510 3375 3255 3255 700 3255 775 3000 775 3255 4845 4860 5285 710 5430 810 5430 810 5430
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details. NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for WP, WPU, HW or HWU hanger used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall.
HW (HWU similar)
6 fo " HGr LT
GLT
(HGLT similar) (fasteners included)
GLS
(fasteners included)
Top Top Stirrup Flange Model Flange Width Length (W) Ga (L) GLT HGLT 3 3 2 58 - 5 12 5 916 - 6 78 2 58 - 8 14 8 78 3 14 GLS HGLS 3 3 5 14 6 78 5 14 - 8 78 10 12 12 14 9 9 12 12
HGLS
(fasteners included)
3" 3"
1"
EG
Bolts
EG with H dimension less than the face plate height. The EGs back plate is always 17 12", regardless of the stirrup height.
Without Top Flange Top Flange Min. Joist or Header Joist Model Stirrup Top Flange No Triangle Theory Triangle Theory Header Purlin Min 3 No. Ga W TF Depth Size H Floor Roof Floor Roof Floor Roof Qty Dia Qty Dia (100) (125) (100) (125) (100) (125) 3 18 LAM LEG3 LEG5 5 18 LAM MEG5 EG5 LEG7 634 LAM MEG7 EG7 834 LAM EG9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 14 5 14 5 14 5 14 6 78 6 78 6 78 8 78 9 9 9 11 9 9 11 11 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 10 10 13 20 10 13 20 20 4 4 6 8 4 6 8 8
3
4 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 1 1
Top Flange Ga 7 3
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 2. Allowable loads assume a carrying member width of 5 12". 3. Specify H dimension.
4. Triangle Theory: Some code jurisdictions allow only half of the top flange bearing area to be considered when performing a top flange hanger calculation as there is non-uniform stress under the top flange (presumed to be a triangular shaped distribution). Therefore, loads are published above using the calculated Triangle Theory. Loads are also published in the No Triangle Theory columns which are based on calculations assuming full bearing on the top flange which do not exceed the tested value with a reduction factor of 3.
95
Dimensions Ga 7 7 7 7 7 11 7 7 12 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 11 7 7 7 12 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 W 3 14 3 4 3 14 3 14 3 14 3 4 3 14 3 14 3 14 3 4 3 916 3 916 5 14 5 4 5 14 5 14 5 14 5 14 5 4 5 14 5 14 5 14 5 4 5 916 5 916 678 6 8 678 678 678 6 8 678 678 7 8 718 878 878
1 7 7 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fasteners TF 2 12 2 12 5 14 678 878 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 278 278 2 12 2 12 5 14 678 SPEC 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 278 278 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 12 678 878 SPEC 2 8 278 2 12 SPEC
7
Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1125 1500 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 2330 1745 1745 1745 1325 1765 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 2330 1745 1745 1745 2330 Floor (100) 8165 11590 9790 9840 9840 5285 6105 7215 4310 4860 8165 11590 8165 11930 13080 13080 16835 5285 6105 7370 7885 4310 4860 8165 11930 6105 7370 7885 8165 11930 14040 14040 16835 8165 11930 12750 16835 Snow (115) 8165 11755 9965 10005 10005 5285 6235 7380 4335 5275 8165 11755 8165 12455 13080 13080 16835 5285 6235 7640 8265 4335 5275 8165 12455 6235 7750 8265 8165 12455 14040 14040 16835 8165 12455 12750 16835 Roof (125) 8165 11865 10080 10115 10115 5285 6235 7490 4335 5545 8165 11865 8165 12750 13080 13080 16835 5285 6235 8005 8520 4335 5550 8165 12750 6235 8005 8520 8165 12750 14040 14040 16835 8165 12750 12750 16835
H 712 MIN 7 2 MIN 812 MIN 812 MIN 812 MIN 5 MIN 712 MIN 712 MIN 12 16 2 712 MIN 712 MIN 712 MIN 7 2 MIN 812 MIN 812 MIN 1012 MIN 5 MIN 7 2 MIN 712 MIN 712 MIN 12 16 2 712 MIN 712 MIN 712 MIN 7 2 MIN 712 MIN 712 MIN 712 MIN 8 2 MIN 812 MIN 1012 MIN 7 2 MIN 712 MIN 712 MIN 1012 MIN
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B 5 6 5 5 5 4 3 3 12 2 12 2 2 5 6 5 6 5 5 6 2 12 3 3 12 4 2 12 2 2 5 6 3 3 2 4 5 6 5 5 6 5 6 6 6
1 1 1
Header 10-N54A 18-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 4-10d 10-N54A 14-N54A 16-16d 20-16d 10-N54A 18-N54A 10-N54A 18-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 14-N54A 4-10d 10-N54A 14-N54A 14-N54A 16-16d 20-16d 10-N54A 18-N54A 10-N54A 14-N54A 14-N54A 10-N54A 18-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 14-N54A 10-N54A 18-N54A 18-N54A 14-N54A
Joist 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 2-10d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-10d 8-10d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 8-N54A 2-10d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-16d 8-16d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 8-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 8-N54A
Code Ref.
170
170
170
8 34 LAM
1. N54A fasteners are supplied with hangers. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 4. GLT, HGLT, GLS, HGLS uplift loads only apply when H is 28" or less. 5. Allowable loads for glulam sizes are based on 560 psi wood bearing. 6. Min H is the minimum H dimension that may be specified. For GLT, HGLT, GLS, HGLS hanger heights that exceed the joist height, allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. 7. Allowable loads assume GLS and HGLS loads are distributed evenly on each side of the header with loads shown for each stirrup. When the load is not evenly distributed, use the equivalent single-sided top flange hanger allowable load for each side. (e.g., for uneven load distribution on a GLS3-5, use the GLT3 allowable loads for each side.) 8. GLS, HGLS fasteners listed are for one side only. Fasteners supplied are for both sides of the saddle. 9. SPEC: Specify the header dimensions for the saddle hangers. (S dimension is illustrated on pages 94-95.) 10. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, N54A = 0.250" dia. x 2 12" long - annular ring. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
96
HCA
Hinge Connectors
Hinge connectors are designed to transfer loads between two beams aligned end-to-end through a combination of bearing plates, side plates and bolts. In addition to supporting vertical loads, hinge connectors can also be specified with additional slotted bolt holes to resist horizontal loads as part of a continuous load path. MATERIAL: Side plates7 gauge; Top and bottom platessee PT dimensions in table. FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of 132" and a maximum of 116" larger than the bolt diameter (per 2005 NDS 11.1.2.2). The model number column in the Allowable Download Table gives the basic HCA model with two rotation bolts. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for heights greater than 60". Position 34" dia. machine bolts in slots away from bearing seat to allow for wood shrinkage. OPTIONS: The Horizontal Load Table gives other bolt options. ORDERING: To order, add the width and bearing plate size designation after the model name. Specify the H dimension. For dapped beams, reduce the H dimension by the PT dimension for each dap. Specify Model No., Model Size, and height H. Ordering Example: HC4C3TA5-6 H = 18". CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. Refer to technical bulletin T-HCAGUIDE for specification examples and additional information.
Model No. (Prefix) HCA HC2CTA HCCTA HC4CTA HC3A HCC3TA HC4C3TA Rotation Bolts Per Beam 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 Slotted Tension Bolts 2 3 4 3 4 Allowable Horizontal Loads 2,3 (160) 9920 14850 19720 14850 19720
HC4C3TA
H3 Min 8 14 14 14 8 14 14
H Max 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Horizontal loads are for Doug Fir-larch glulams minimum W = 3 18". For other wood types, adjust the load according to the code.
3. H MIN is the absolute minimum height. Reduce downloads according to footnote 1 in the Allowable Download Table.
Code Ref.
170
HCCTA
HCC3TA
I15, L7
HCA
HC2CTA
170
4. See Horizontal Load Table for models available with three rotation bolts. 5. Other widths are available for structural composite lumber. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for more information. 6. Beams must be the same width for both members in the connection.
HC4CTA
HC3A
97
Flush Framing Top flange configuration and thickness of top flange need to be considered for flush frame conditions.
Hanger Over-Spread If the hanger is overspread, it can raise the I-joist above the header and may cause uneven surfaces and squeaky floors.
Hanger Not Plumb A hanger kickedout from the header can cause uneven surfaces and squeaky floors.
PREVENT ROTATION
Hangers provide some joist rotation resistance; however, additional lateral restraint may be required for deep joists.
No Web Stiffener Installed Hanger side flange supports joist top flange.
Web Stiffener Required Hanger side flange should be at least 60% of joist depth or potential joist rotation must be addressed.
Rotation Resistance If non-skewed hanger side flange is less than 60% of joist depth, attach staggered A34 framing anchors above the hanger.
No Rotation Resistance Lack of web stiffeners and short hanger does not laterally support the top flange.
WOOD NAILERS
Correct Attachment Nailer Too Wide The loading may cause cross-grain bending. As a general rule, the maximum allowable overhang is 14", depending on nailer thickness. Nailer Too Narrow Nailer should be full width. Nailer Too Thin or the wrong hanger for the application.
TOE-NAILING
Toe nailing causes squeaks and improper hanger installations. Do not toe nail I-joists before installing top flange or face mount hangers. 98
When top flange hangers are attached to I-joist headers, a backer block must be installed to prevent the top flange from rotating under load. The backer blocks should be installed with a minimum of 10-10d nails clinched. Check with the joist manufacturer for additional design considerations. Top Flange Hanger
"
6"
Furring Channel
CSC
99
Funnel Flange
"
2" MIU
100
Locator The improved IUS is now fully compatible with shallow flange I-joists! Tab I-joists with flange thicknesses between 1 18" and 1 12" achieve the full allowable table loads including uplift values and joist nails are not required! The IUS is a hybrid hanger that incorporates the advantages of the face mount and top mount hanger. Installation is fast with the Strong-Grip seat, easy-to-reach face nails and self-jigging locator tabs. The MIU series hangers are designed for commercial and high load I-joist H applications without requiring web stiffeners. The MIU features Positive Angle The Strong-Grip seat Nailing (PAN), which minimizes splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving secures I-joists in position nailing from a better angle. without joist nails Refer to Joist Manufacturers literature or appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selection Guide for actual joist sizes. AVOID A MATERIAL: See table page 102-103. MISINSTALLATION FINISH: Galvanized UPLIFT LOADS: Models have optional triangle joist nail holes for additional uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners are required. MIUadd four additional 10dx1 12" joist nails for a total uplift load 2" " of 975 lbs. IUSadd web fillers and two 10dx1 12" joist nails in the triangle IUS holes for a total uplift of 365 lbs. (Some IUS models INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take have triangle holes the required fasteners specified in the table. See page 98 for more in header flanges installation information. for Min/Max nailing) Do not make your own holes. IUSfasten hanger to header. Position I-joist into hanger Do not nail the bottom flange. U.S. Patent 6,523,321 and snap into place. No joist nailing required. Some IUS models have triangle and round header nail holes. To achieve Max. download, fill both round and triangle holes. IUSLocator tabs are not structural. They may be IUS INSTALLATION SEQUENCE bent back to adjust for hanger placement. IUSfor rimboard applications see technical bulletin T-RIMBDHGR (see page 215 for details). IUS I-joists with web stiffeners or rectangular sections can be used with the installation of 2-10dx1 12" nails into the optional triangle joist nails. Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the joist top flange is laterally supported by the sides of the hanger. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners. OPTIONS: STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 These hangers cannot be modified. However, these Attach the IUS to Slide the I-joist downward Firmly push or snap models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5. the header into the IUS until it rests I-joist fully into the For sloped joists up to 14:12 there is no reduction, above the large teardrop. seat of the IUS. between 14:12 and up to 12:12, tests show a 10% reduction in ultimate hanger strength. Local crushing of the bottom flange or excessive deflection may be limiting; check with joist manufacturer for specific limitations on bearing of this type. "
1"
FACE MOUNT HANGERS U/HU/HUC/HUCQ I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers
See Hanger tables on pages 102-106. See Hanger Options on pages 200-202 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. UThe standard U hanger provides flexibility of joist to header installation. Versatile fastener selection with tested allowable loads. HU/HUCMost models have triangle and round holes. To achieve maximum loads, fill both round and triangle holes with common nails. These heavy-duty connectors are designed for schools and other structures requiring additional strength, longevity and safety factors. HUCQFeatures concealed flanges so it can be installed close to the end of the supporting beam or on a post. They install with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws (SDS) (supplied with the hanger) for high capacity and ease of installation. MATERIAL: See tables on pages 102-106. FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. HU/HUCcan be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. HUCQWhen using structural composite lumber columns, the capacities shown in the tables are for fasteners applied to the wide face of the column. Web Stiffeners are required for all I-joists used with these hangers. For installation to masonry or concrete, see page 156. HU/HUC hangers can be welded to a steel member. Allowable loads are the lesser of the values in the Hanger tables on pages 102-106 or the weld capacity refer to technical bulletin T-HUHUC-W (see page 214 for details). OPTIONS: HU hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2 516" and larger widths, with no load reductionorder HUC hanger. Model configurations may See Hanger Options on pages differ from those shown. 200-202 for sloped and/or Some HU models do not skewed U/HU models, and HUC have triangle holes. Contact (concealed flange) models. Simpson Strong-Tie for details. See also HUS series.
1"
HU410
HUC412
Concealed Flanges
HUCQ
See Hanger tables on pages 105-106. See Hanger Options on pages 200-202 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. These hangers are designed for applications where higher loads are needed (also see HUC and HUCQ). All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This patented innovation distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of common nails for all connections. (Do not bend or remove tabs) MATERIAL: See tables, pages 105-106. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Do not use double shear hangers with I-joists. Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. Not designed for welded or nailer applications. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) may be used where 10d commons are specified with no reduction in load. Where 16d commons are specified, 10d commons or 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) may be used at 0.85 of the table load. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx2 12" (Simpson Strong-Tie N16) nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With 2x carrying members, use 10dx1 12" nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. OPTIONS: HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 3 12" wide joist only, with no load reduction. See HUSC Concealed Flange illustration. Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS, HUS1.81/10 and HHUS. See Hanger Options, pages 200-202, for sloped and/or skewed HHUS and HGUS models. Other sizes available; contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
2"
HHUS410
HUS410
HUSC
Concealed Flanges (not available for HHUS, HGUS and HUS1.81/10)
HGUS46
101
Code Ref.
18 158
9
16 1 16 81516 212 18 158 18 178 18 178 178 178 178 178 16 1916 11 116 212 16 11316 81316 212 16 11316 11 116 212 18
134 x 14
22-16d 2-10dx112
IUS1.81/16 MIU1.81/16 MIU1.81/18 IUS2.06/9.5 IUS2.06/11.88 IUS2.06/14 IUS2.06/16 IUS2.06/9.5 HU2.1/9 IUS2.06/11.88 MIU2.1/11 HU2.1/11 IUS2.06/14 IUS2.06/16
16 11316 15 516 212 16 11316 17 516 212 18 218 18 218 18 218 18 218 18 218 18 218 18 218 18 218 912 1178 14 14 16 16 912 9 1178 11 14 16 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 212 2 212 2 2
Min 12-10d Max 14-10d Min 14-10d Max 16-10d 8-10d 10-10d
14 218
14 218
2 14" wide joists use the same hangers as 2 516" wide joists with the following load adjustments to the table loads: IUS download is the lesser of the table load or 1400 lbs. IUS uplift is 55 lbs. MIU and U downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs. MIU2.37/9 16 2 8
3
212
16-16d 2-10dx112
230
2305 2015 2085 2680 1185 2880 2305 2380 3275 1420 1660 3170 2680 3570 1660 1895 3455 2975
2615 2285 2350 3020 1345 3135 2615 2685 3695 1615 1885 3595 3020 4030 1885 1980 3920 3360
2820 2465 2530 3250 1455 3135 2820 2890 3970 1745 1980 3875 3250 4335 1980 1980 4045 3610
1980 1735 1795 2305 1020 2475 1980 2050 2820 1220 1425 2725 2305 3075 1425 1630 2970 2565
2245 1965 2025 2605 1160 2695 2245 2315 3180 1390 1620 3090 2605 3470 1620 1705 3370 2895
2425 2120 2180 2800 1250 2695 2425 2490 3425 1500 1705 3335 2800 3735 1705 1705 3480 3110 I9, F8, L12
2 516 x 912
2 14-16d 6-10dx112 1110 16 2 516 9 14 238 81516 212 Min 14-16d 6-10dx112 915 14 238 81516 212 Max 18-16d 10-10dx112 1895 18 2716 1178 2 10-10d 75 230 16 238 11116 212 20-16d 2-10dx112
2 516 x 1178
16 2 516 10 916 2 16-16d 6-10dx112 1110 14 238 11116 212 Min 16-16d 6-10dx112 915 14 238 11116 212 Max 22-16d 10-10dx112 1895
18 2716 2716 14 14 2 2 Min 12-10d Max 14-10d 75 75 230
2 516 x 14
16 238
1312 212
22-16d 2-10dx112
14 238 1312 212 Min 18-16d 8-10dx112 1515 14 238 1312 212 Max 24-16d 12-10dx112 2015
18 2716 2716 16 16
1
2 2
1
75 75 230 1515
2 516 x 16
MIU2.37/16 HU3516/22/HUC3516/22
16 238 14 238
1512 212 14 4 2 2
102
1. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value. 3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.
5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. Web stiffeners are required where noted in the table or when either the joist top flange isnt supported laterally by the hanger or when supporting double I-joists with flanges less than 1 516" thick. 7. Allowable downloads are based on a joist bearing capacity of 750 psi. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
IUS2.37/9.5
18 2716
912
8-10d
75
950
1080
1165
815
925
1000
I9
Dimensions Actual Joist Size Model No. Web Stiff Ga Reqd W H 1712 18 18 1912 1912 18 18 Min/ B Max 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 Min Max Min Max
Fasteners Face 26-16d 18-16d 24-16d 28-16d 28-16d 18-16d 24-16d Joist 2-10dx112 8-10dx112 14-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 8-10dx112 14-10dx112
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF/HF Species Header Uplift (160) 230 1515 2015 230 230 1515 2015 Floor (100) 3745 2680 3570 4030 4030 2680 3570 Snow (115) 4045 3020 4030 4060 4060 3020 4030 Roof (125) 4045 3250 4335 4060 4060 3250 4335 Floor (100) 3220 2305 3075 3465 3465 2305 3075 Snow (115) 3480 2605 3470 3495 3495 2605 3470 Roof (125) 3480 2800 3735 3495 3495 2800 3735
Code Ref.
MIU2.37/18 2 516 x 18 2 516 x 20 2 516 x 22 - 30 2 716 x 912 to 16 212 x 914 212 x 912 212 -2916 x 914 - 912 212 -2916 x 1178 212 x 1114 - 1178 HU3524/30 MIU2.37/20 MIU2.37/20 HU3524/30
16 2 38
14 2 38 14 2 38
16 2 38 16 2 38 2 38 14 3 2 8
2 716" wide joists use the same hangers as 212" wide joists with the following load adjustments to the table loads: IUS download is same as table but not to exceed 1400 lbs. IUS uplift is 55 lbs. MIU download is same as table but not to exceed 2140 lbs. IUS2.56/9.25 IUS2.56/9.5 MIU2.56/9 HU310/HUC310 IUS2.56/11.88 MIU2.56/11 HU312/HUC312 IUS2.56/14 18 18 16 14 18 16 14 18 16 2 58 2 58 2916 2916 2 58 2916 2916 2 58 2 58 2916 2916 2 58 2 58 2916 2916 2916 2916 2916 914 912 81516 878 1178 11116 1058 14 14 13 716 12 38 16 16 15 716 1418 17 716 19 716 19 716 9116 81316 81316 1118 10 916 10 916 1118 10 916 10 916 912 81316 1178 1118 14 14 13 516 16 16 15 516 17 516 19 516 19 516 2 2 212 212 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 2 212 2 212 2 2 212 2 2 212 212 212 212 Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max 8-10d 8-10d 16-16d 14-16d 10-10d 20-16d 16-16d 12-10d 14-10d 22-16d 18-16d 14-10d 16-10d 24-16d 20-16d 26-16d 28-16d 28-16d 16-16d 14-16d 18-16d 20-16d 16-16d 22-16d 20-16d 16-16d 22-16d 10-10d 16-16d 12-10d 20-16d 12-10d 14-10d 22-16d 14-10d 16-10d 24-16d 26-16d 28-16d 28-16d 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 8-10dx112 2-10dx112 8-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10d 10-10d 2-10dx112 6-10d 10-10d 2-10dx112 6-10d 10-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 75 75 230 915 75 230 915 75 75 230 1515 75 75 230 1515 230 230 230 230 1135 1895 230 1135 1895 230 1135 1895 75 210 75 210 75 75 210 75 75 210 210 210 210 950 950 2305 2085 1185 2880 2380 1420 1660 3170 2680 1660 1895 3455 2975 3745 4030 4030 2305 2085 2680 2880 2380 3275 2880 2380 3275 1185 2305 1420 2880 1420 1660 3170 1660 1725 3455 3745 4030 4030 1080 1080 2615 2350 1345 3135 2685 1615 1885 3595 3020 1885 1980 3920 3360 4045 4060 4060 2615 2350 3020 3135 2685 3695 3135 2685 3695 1345 2615 1615 3135 1615 1725 3595 1725 1725 3920 4045 4060 4060 1165 1165 2820 2530 1455 3135 2890 1745 1980 3875 3250 1980 1980 4045 3610 4045 4060 4060 2820 2530 3250 3135 2890 3970 3135 2890 3970 1455 2820 1725 3135 1725 1725 3875 1725 1725 4045 4045 4060 4060 815 815 1980 1795 1020 2475 2050 1220 1425 2725 2305 1425 1630 2970 2565 3220 3465 3465 1980 1795 2305 2475 2050 2820 2475 2050 2820 1020 1980 1220 2475 1220 1425 2725 1425 1485 2970 3220 3465 3465 925 925 2245 2025 1160 2695 2315 1390 1620 3090 2605 1620 1705 3370 2895 3480 3495 3495 2245 2025 2605 2695 2315 3180 2695 2315 3180 1160 2245 1390 2695 1390 1485 3090 1485 1485 3370 3480 3495 3495 1000 1000 2425 2180 1250 2695 2490 1500 1705 3335 2800 1705 1705 3480 3110 3480 3495 3495 2425 2180 2800 2695 2490 3425 2695 2490 3425 1250 2425 1485 2695 1485 1485 3335 1485 1485 3480 3480 3495 3495 I9
212 x 14
14
18 16 16 16 16
MIU2.56/16 HU316/HUC316 MIU2.56/18 212 x 18 212 -2916 x 20 MIU2.56/20 212 x 22 - 26 MIU2.56/20 MIU3.12/9 3 x 9 4 - 9 2
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
1 1
212 x 16
14
2916x 914 to 26 2916" wide joists use the same hangers as 212 " wide joists. 16 318 318 14 1 3 8 16 318 318 14 1 3 8 16 318 318 14 1 3 8 18 3 58 16 3916 18 3 58 16 3916 3 58 18 5 3 8 16 3916 3 58 18 5 3 8 16 3916 16 3916 16 3916 16 3916 I9, F8, L12 I9, F6, L17 I9, F8, L12 I9, F6, L17 I9, F8, L12 I9, F6, L17
HU210-2/HUC210-2 MIU3.12/11
3 x 1114 - 1178
HU212-2/HUC212-2 MIU3.12/11
1. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value. 3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.
5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. Web stiffeners are required where noted in the table or when either the joist top flange isnt supported laterally by the hanger or when supporting double I-joists with flanges less than 1 516" thick. 7. Allowable downloads are based on a joist bearing capacity of 750 psi. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
103
Code Ref.
MIU4.12/9 4 x 9 2
1
HU4.12/9/HUC4.12/9 MIU4.12/11
4 x 1178 - 16 4 x 14 4 x 16 418 x 912 418 x 1178 418 x 14 418 x 16 412 x 912 to 20 458 x 914 912 458 x1114 1178 458 x 14
16 418 418 14 1 4 8 16 418 418 14 1 4 8 16 418 16 418 16 4932 14 4932 16 4932 14 4932 16 4932 16 4932
412" wide joists use the same hangers as 458" wide joists with the following loads adjustments: MIU and U downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs. MIU4.75/9 U3510-2 HU4.75/9/HUC4.75/9 MIU4.75/11 U3512-2 HU4.75/11/HUC4.75/11 MIU4.75/14 HU3514-2/HUC3514-2 MIU4.75/16 HU3516-2/HUC3516-2 MIU4.75/18 MIU4.75/20 HU3520-2 MIU4.75/20 16 4 34
16 4 34 14 4 34
16 16 14 16 14 16
458 x 16 4 8 x 18 458 x 20
5
14
16 16
14
16
458 x 22 - 30
HU3520-2 MIU5.12/9 HU310-2/HUC310-2 MIU5.12/11 HU312-2/HUC312-2 MIU5.12/14 HU314-2/HUC314-2 MIU5.12/16 MIU5.12/18 MIU5.12/20 MIU5.12/20 HU410-2/HUC410-2
14 16 16 14 16 14 16 16 16 16
14
15 516 17516 19 516 19 516 918 918 1118 1118 1378 1378
212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212
1. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value. 3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.
5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. Web stiffeners are required where noted in the table or when either the joist top flange isnt supported laterally by the hanger or when supporting double I-joists with flanges less than 1 516" thick. 7. Allowable downloads are based on a joist bearing capacity of 750 psi. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
104
9 116 8 34 9 11 116 1114 11 1312 1314 1512 1514 1514 1712 1912 1914 1914 1912 1914 1914 81316 8 78 1118 10 58 13 516 12 58
212 2 212 212 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
16-16d 14-16d 18-16d 20-16d 16-16d 22-16d 22-16d 18-16d 24-16d 20-16d 26-16d 26-16d 28-16d 20-16d 26-16d 28-16d 20-16d 26-16d 16-16d 14-16d 20-16d 16-16d 22-16d 18-16d 24-16d 26-16d 28-16d 28-16d 14-16d 18-16d 16-16d 22-16d 20-16d 26-16d
2-10dx112 6-10d 8-10d 2-10dx112 6-10d 8-10d 2-10dx112 8-10d 2-10dx112 8-10d 12-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 8-10d 12-10d 2-10dx112 8-10d 12-10d 2-10dx112 6-10d 2-10dx112 6-10d 2-10dx112 8-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d
210 1110 1515 210 1110 1515 210 1515 210 1515 2015 210 210 1515 2015 210 1515 2015 210 1135 210 1135 210 1515 210 210 210 210 1345 1795 1345 1795 1795 2695
2305 2015 2680 2880 2305 3275 3170 2680 3455 2975 3870 3745 4030 2975 3870 4030 2975 3870 2305 2085 2880 2380 3170 2680 3455 3745 4030 4030 2085 2680 2380 3275 2975 3870
2615 2285 3020 3135 2615 3695 3595 3020 3920 3360 4365 4045 4060 3360 4365 4060 3360 4365 2615 2350 3135 2685 3595 3020 3920 4045 4060 4060 2350 3020 2685 3695 3360 4365
2820 2465 3250 3135 2820 3970 3875 3250 4045 3610 4695 4045 4060 3610 4695 4060 3610 4695 2820 2530 3135 2890 3875 3250 4045 4045 4060 4060 2530 3250 2890 3970 3610 4695
1980 1735 2305 2475 1980 2820 2725 2305 2970 2565 3330 3220 3465 2565 3330 3465 2565 3330 1980 1795 2475 2050 2725 2305 2970 3220 3465 3465 1795 2305 2050 2820 2565 3330
2245 1965 2605 2695 2245 3180 3090 2605 3370 2895 3760 3480 3495 2895 3760 3495 2895 3760 2245 2025 2695 2315 3090 2605 3370 3480 3495 3495 2025 2605 2315 3180 2895 3760
2425 2120 2800 2695 2425 3425 3335 2800 3480 3110 4045 3480 3495 3110 4045 3495 3110 4045 2425 2180 2695 2490 3335 2800 3480 3480 3495 3495 2180 2800 2490 3425 3110 4045
I9
Dimensions Actual Joist Size 1 34 x 512 1 34 x 714 Model No. Ga W 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 1 1316 3916 3916 3916 3 58 3 58 3 58 3916 3916 3916 3916 3 58 3916 3 58 3 58 3916 3916 3916 3916 3 58 3916 3 58 3 58 3 58 3916 3916 3916 3 58 3 58 3 58 3916 3916 3916 3 58 3 58 3 58 3916 H 5 38 5 38 6 1116 6 1116 8 78 9 516 9 516 9 8 78 11 116 11 116 11 8 78 1014 13 1116 13 1116 11 6 1316 6 1316 6 1516 4 716 7 18 7 116 8 38 81516 8 58 8 58 9 9 7 116 9 116 8 38 1012 10 516 10 516 9 11 7 116 9 116 10 716 10 13 58 13 58 9 9 12716 11 13 58 13 58 9 10 716 12 716 11 B 212 212 212 212 3 212 212 3 3 212 212 3 3 2 212 212 3 212 212 2 4 3 4 2 2 212 212 3 3 4 4 2 2 212 212 3 3 4 4 4 2 212 212 3 4 4 3 212 212 4 4 4 3 Min/ Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Face
Fasteners Joist 4-10dx112 6-10dx112 4-10dx112 8-10dx112 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-10dx112 4-SDS 14"x1 34" 10-16d 6-10dx112 10-10dx112 4-SDS 14"x1 34" 10-16d 6-10dx112 8-10dx112 14-10dx112 4-SDS 14"x1 34" 4-10d 6-10d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 6-10d 8-16d 6-10d 10-10d 10-16d 6-SDS 14"x212" 12-16d 16-16d 6-10d 10-16d 6-10d 10-10d 10-16d 6-SDS 14"x212" 12-16d 16-16d 20-16d 6-10d 8-10d 12-10d 10-16d 16-16d 22-16d 6-SDS 14"x212" 8-10d 12-10d 16-16d 20-16d 22-16d 6-SDS 14"x212"
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF/HF Species Header Uplift Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) 610 915 610 1515 3000 915 1895 1505 3000 915 1895 1505 3000 1110 1515 2015 1505 760 1135 1550 2155 2000 3235 1110 2990 1135 1895 3735 2510 3235 4095 1110 3635 1135 1895 3735 2510 3235 4095 5045 1110 1515 2015 3735 4095 5515 2510 1515 2015 4095 5045 5515 2510 1785 2380 1785 2380 5135 2680 3570 2000 5135 3275 4465 2500 5135 2015 4165 5055 2500 1490 2085 1595 4360 4210 7460 2015 2125 2085 2680 5635 4680 7460 9100 2015 2660 2380 3275 5635 5460 7460 9100 9600 2305 2975 3870 5635 9100 10100 5460 2975 3870 9100 9600 10100 5460 2015 2685 2015 2685 5295 3020 4030 2300 5295 3695 4705 2875 5295 2285 4420 5275 2875 1680 2350 1815 4885 4770 7460 2285 2420 2350 3020 6380 4955 7460 9100 2285 3025 2685 3695 6380 5560 7460 9100 9600 2615 3360 4365 6380 9100 10100 5560 3360 4365 9100 9600 10100 5560 2165 2890 2165 2890 5400 3250 4335 2500 5400 3970 4810 3125 5400 2465 4505 5420 3125 1805 2530 1960 5230 5140 7460 2465 2615 2530 3250 6880 4955 7460 9100 2465 3265 2890 3970 6880 5560 7460 9100 9600 2820 3610 4695 6880 9100 10100 5560 3610 4695 9100 9600 10100 5560 Floor (100) 1540 2050 1540 2050 4705 2305 3075 1440 4705 2820 3845 1800 4705 1735 3590 4615 1800 1280 1795 1365 3750 3615 6415 1735 1820 1795 2305 4835 3370 6415 7825 1735 2275 2050 2820 4835 3930 6415 7825 8255 1980 2565 3330 4835 7825 8685 3930 2565 3330 7825 8255 8685 3930 Snow (115) 1735 2315 1735 2315 5105 2605 3470 1655 5105 3180 4340 2070 5105 1965 4050 5000 2070 1445 2025 1555 4200 4095 6415 1965 2070 2025 2605 5480 3570 6415 7825 1965 2590 2315 3180 5480 4000 6415 7825 8255 2245 2895 3760 5480 7825 8685 4000 2895 3760 7825 8255 8685 4000 Roof (125) 1865 2490 1865 2490 5195 2800 3735 1800 5195 3425 4600 2250 5195 2120 4335 5130 2250 1555 2180 1680 4500 4415 6415 2120 2240 2180 2800 5910 3570 6415 7825 2120 2795 2490 3425 5910 4000 6415 7825 8255 2425 3110 4045 5910 7825 8685 4000 3110 4045 7825 8255 8685 4000
Code Ref.
14 14 16 14 16 14
1 34 x 912
HUCQ1.81/11-SDS HUS1.81/10 16 U14 1 34 x 14 HU14 HUCQ1.81/11-SDS HU48/HUC48 312 x 714 HUS48 HGUS46 HHUS48 HGUS48 U410 HUS410 HU410/HUC410 HHUS410 HUCQ410-SDS HGUS48 HGUS410 U410 HUS412 HU412/HUC412 3 2 x HHUS410 1114 - 1178 HUCQ412-SDS HGUS48 HGUS410 HGUS412 U414 HU416/HUC416 312 x 14 HHUS410 HGUS410 HGUS414 HUCQ412-SDS HU416/HUC416 312 x 16 HGUS410 HGUS412 HGUS414 HUCQ412-SDS
1
14
14 12 14 12 16
14
12 16
14
12 16 14
12 14 14
12 14
12-16d 16-16d 12-16d 16-16d 30-16d 18-16d 24-16d 8-SDS 14"x1 34" 30-16d 22-16d 30-16d 10-SDS 14"x1 34" 30-16d 14-16d 28-16d 36-16d 10-SDS 14"x1 34" 10-16d 14-16d 6-16d 20-16d 22-16d 36-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 18-16d 30-16d 12-SDS 14"x212" 36-16d 46-16d 14-16d 10-16d 16-16d 22-16d 30-16d 14-SDS 14"x212" 36-16d 46-16d 56-16d 16-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 46-16d 66-16d 14-SDS 14"x212" 20-16d 26-16d 46-16d 56-16d 66-16d 14-SDS 14"x212"
I9, L12
I9, F8, L12 F23 I9, F8, L12 F23 I9, L12 F23
I9, F8, L12 F23 I9, L17, F6 I9, F8, L12 IL14, F23 I9, F8, L12 IL14, F23
1. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF, use 0.86 x DF/SP Uplift Load for products requiring nails and 0.72 x DF/SP Uplift Load for products requiring screws. 2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value. 3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction.
4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes. 5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. Allowable downloads are based on a joist bearing capacity of 750 psi. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
105
Fasteners B Min/ Max Face 20-16d 26-16d 56-16d 66-16d 10-16d 14-16d 36-16d 14-16d 18-16d 30-16d 46-16d 16-16d 22-16d 30-16d 56-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d 14-16d 18-16d 30-16d 46-16d 16-16d 22-16d 30-16d 56-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d Joist 8-10d 12-10d 20-16d 22-16d 4-16d 6-16d 20-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 16-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 20-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 16-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 20-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF/HF Species Header Uplift (160) 1515 2015 5045 5515 2510 900 1345 3235 1345 1795 3735 2520 4095 1345 1795 3735 2520 5045 1795 2695 3735 2520 5515 1795 2695 3735 2520 5515 1795 2695 3735 2520 5515 1345 1795 3735 4095 1345 1795 3735 5045 1795 2695 3735 5515 1795 2695 3735 5515 1795 2695 3735 5515 Floor (100) 2975 3870 9600 5460 1490 2085 7460 2085 2680 5635 4680 9100 2380 3275 5635 5315 9600 2975 3870 5635 5315 2975 3870 5635 5315 2975 3870 5635 5315 2085 2680 5635 9100 2380 3275 5635 9600 2975 3870 5635 2975 3870 5635 2975 3870 5635 Snow (115) 3360 4365 9600 5560 1680 2350 7460 2350 3020 6380 5380 9100 2685 3695 6380 5315 9600 3360 4365 6380 5315 3360 4365 6380 5315 3360 4365 6380 5315 2350 3020 6380 9100 2685 3695 6380 9600 3360 4365 6380 3360 4365 6380 3360 4365 6380 Roof (125) 3610 4695 9600 5560 1805 2530 7460 2530 3250 6880 5715 9100 2890 3970 6880 5315 9600 3610 4695 6880 5315 3610 4695 6880 5315 3610 4695 6880 5315 2530 3250 6880 9100 2890 3970 6880 9600 3610 4695 6880 3610 4695 6880 3610 4695 6880 Floor (100) 2565 3330 8255 8685 3930 1280 1795 6415 1795 2305 4835 3370 7825 2050 2820 4835 3825 8255 2565 3330 4835 3825 8685 2565 3330 4835 3825 8685 2565 3330 4835 3825 8685 1795 2305 4835 7825 2050 2820 4835 8255 2565 3330 4835 8685 2565 3330 4835 8685 2565 3330 4835 8685 Snow (115) 2895 3760 8255 8685 4000 1445 2025 6415 2025 2605 5480 3875 7825 2315 3180 5480 3825 8255 2895 3760 5480 3825 8685 2895 3760 5480 3825 8685 2895 3760 5480 3825 8685 2025 2605 5480 7825 2315 3180 5480 8255 2895 3760 5480 8685 2895 3760 5480 8685 2895 3760 5480 8685 Roof (125) 3110 4045 8255 8685 4000 1555 2180 6415 2180 2800 5910 4115 7825 2490 3425 5910 3825 8255 3110 4045 5910 3825 8685 3110 4045 5910 3825 8685 3110 4045 5910 8685 2180 2800 5910 7825 2490 3425 5910 8255 3110 4045 5910 8685 3110 4045 5910 8685 3110 4045 5910 8685 3825
Code Ref.
14 12 14 14 12
I9, L12, F8
F23
F23
I9, L12, F8
F23
I9, L12, F8
F23
I9, L12, F8
514 x 16
F23
12 1116 212 Min 12 1116 212 Max 9 11 1212 918 918 9 8 58 11 8 1118 9 10 8 13 78 13 78 9 12 58 13 8 13 78 9 12 16 13 78 13 78 9 12 716
7 7 5 1
I9, L12, F8
5 4 x 18
3 3 4
I9, L12, F8 F23 I9, L12, F8 F23 I9, L12, F8 F23 I9, L12, F8 F23 I9, L12, F8 F23
7x 9 4 - 912
1
HU412-2/ HUC412-2 7x 1114 - 1178 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/12 HU414-2/ HUC414-2 7 x 14 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/14 HU414-2/ HUC414-2 7 x 16 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/14 HU414-2/ HUC414-2 7 x 18 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/14
106
F23
THAI
Designed for I-joists, the THAI has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle nailing helps eliminate splitting of the I-joists bottom flange. MATERIAL: THAI-214 gauge; all others18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Factory-order the THAI-2 for hanger width needed. See table for allowable widths. Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the fasteners specified in the table. Web stiffeners are required for all I-joists used with these hangers. When a total of 20 face nails are used in THAI straps, or 30 face nails are used in THAI-2 straps, the maximum load-carrying capacity is achieved. Reduce load given by allowable nail shear capacity for each nail less than maximum. A minimum nailing configuration is shown for top nailing installations. The strap must be field-formed over the top of the header by a minimum of 2 12". CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Joist Dimensions Width Depth 112 914 - 14" 134 914 - 14" 2 914 - 14" 2116 914 - 14" 214 to 2516 914 - 14" 914 - 14" 212 312 914 - 14" 1 3 to 5 4 914 - 14" Hanger Dimensions W1 H C THAI222 1916 2278 938 THAI1.81/22 11316 2234 914 THAI2.06/22 2116 2258 918 THAI2.1/22 218 22916 918 5 1 THAI3522 2 16 22 2 9 THAI322 2916 2238 878 THAI422 3916 2178 838 1 5 11 THAI-2 3 8 to 5 16 21 16 81316 Model No. Fasteners Nailing Options Top 4-10dx112 4-10d 4-10d Face 2-10dx112 2-10d 20-10d 2-10d 30-10d Joist 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) 215 215 LVL Header Floor (100) 1400 1715 2200 2020 3390 Snow (115) 1400 1715 2200 2020 3900 Roof (125) 1400 1715 2200 2020 4135 Code Ref.
Do not nail within 14" of multiple ply seam.
THAI
(THAI-2 similar)
I8, L15, F7
1. The W dimension should be ordered at 116" to 18" greater than the joist width.
Allowable Loads DF/SP Header Floor (100) 1400 1835 2200 2020 3390 Snow (115) 1400 1835 2200 2020 3900 Roof (125) 1400 1835 2200 2020 4135 Floor (100) 1060 1590 1920 2020 2940
SPF/HF Header Snow (115) 1060 1590 2200 2020 3310 Roof (125) 1060 1590 2200 2020 3310
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. The minimum header depth to achieve the maximum nail configuration is 16".
3. For the THAI3522 supporting a 2 14" joist, the download shall be the lesser of the table load or 1400 lbs. 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information
The GU hangers are a high-capacity girder hangers designed for situations where the header and joist are flush at top. This part can be used for retrofit on the framing members after they are temporarily placed in position. It uses Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws (SDS) to make installation fast and easy, with no pre-drilling required. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, HHGUSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install with Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x2 12" screws, which are provided with the GUs. (Note: lag screws will not achieve the same loads.) All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at the hanger locations. The quantity and location of the additional fasteners must be determined by the Designer. OPTIONS: Hot-dip galvanized available. Order as X version, specify HDG. Other seat widths available. Order as X version, specify width. See Hanger Options, pages 200-202, for one flange concealed option (all models except MGU3.63). LGU, MGU and HGU hangers may be skewed up to 45. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Actual Carried Beam Width 312 312 514 514 514 7 7 Dimensions Model No. LGU3.63-SDS MGU3.63-SDS MGU5.50-SDS HGU5.50-SDS HHGU5.50-SDS HGU7.25-SDS HHGU7.25-SDS Ga W 3 58 3 58 512 512 512 714 714 H2 (min) 8 914 914 11 13 11 13 B 412 412 412 514 514 514 514 ha3 7 38 8 58 8 58 10 38 12 38 10 38 12 38 a 314 4 4 434 434 434 434 Face 16-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212" 44-SDS 14"x212" 36-SDS 14"x212" 44-SDS 14"x212" Fasteners Joist 12-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212"
10 10 10 7 3 7 3
Code Ref.
F23
1. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake and wind loading, with no further increase allowed. 2. Specify H dimension. Maximum H = 30".
107
1"
MIT
3"
TF (3" M ax.) Optional Joist Nail Location for Uplift
HIT
108
A dedicated range of Top Flange I-joist hangers meeting the unique needs of I-joists while offering superior performance and ease of installation. ITS The innovative ITS sets a new standard for engineered wood top flange hangers. The ITS installs faster and uses fewer nails than any other EWP top flange hanger. The new Strong-Grip seat and Funnel Flange features allow standard joist installation without requiring joist nails resulting in the lowest installed cost. The Strong-Grip seat firmly secures I-joists with flange thicknesses from 1 18" to 1 12". MIT/HIT - Patented Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) PAN is specifically designed for I-joists when used with the MIT or HIT. With PAN, the nail hole material is not removed, but is formed to channel and confine the path of the nail at approximately 45. PAN minimizes splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. See Top Flange tables on pages 114-122. Refer to Joist Manufacturers literature or appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selection Guide for actual joist sizes. MATERIAL: ITS18 gauge; MIT, HIT16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. See product specific installation drawings pages 108-109. ITSno joist nailing required for standard I-joist installation without web stiffeners. When supporting I-joists with web stiffeners or rectangular SCL member 2-10dx1 12" must be installed into optional triangle joist nail holes for standard installation values. ITSoptional triangle nail holes may be used for additional load. See allowable load tables. Refer to technical bulletin T-OPTUPLIFT for additional options (see page 214 for details). MIToptional triangle nail holes may be used for increased uplift capacity. See Optional Nailing For Increased Uplift table. HITclosed PAN nail holes may be used for increased uplift capacity. See Optional Nailing For Increased Uplift table. For sloped joists up to 14:12 there is no reduction, between 1 4:12 and up to 12:12, tests show a 10% reduction in ultimate hanger strength. Local crushing of the bottom flange or excessive deflection may be limiting; check with joist manufacturer for specific limitations on bearing of this type. ALLOWABLE LOADS: The ITS, MIT and HIT hangers have locations for optional nails if additional uplift is needed. Optional uplift nailing requires the addition of properly-secured web stiffeners. See the load tables for minimum required fasteners and allowable uplift loads. OPTIONS: Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
ITS
Patent Pending
2"
2"
STEP 2 Slide the I-joist downward into the ITS until it rests above the Strong-Grip seat.
STEP 3 Firmly push or snap I-joist fully into the seat of the ITS.
Allowable Loads Header Type PSL 1245 1365 1735 1595 1735 1595 1735 1500 2000 2140 2220 LSL 1625 1780 1905 1885 1905 1885 1905 1605 1605 2115 2500 DF/SP 1440 1520 1635 1955 1955 1955 1955 2035 2245 2305 2875 SPF/HF 1140 1150 1225 1230 1490 1230 1490 1115 1665 1665 2000 DF/SCL4 I-Joist 1085 1230 SPF/HF I-Joist 940 885
Code Ref.
1395 1550 1785 1735 1785 1735 1785 2035 2335 2550 2550
170
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. ITS uplift loads are valid for all lumber species and need not be reduced for duration of load. 3. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers, use the values found in the SPF/HF column. 4. DF I-joists include flanges made from solid sawn Douglas Fir, LVL made primarily of Douglas Fir/Southern Pine, or LSL. For flanges with thicknesses from 1 516 to 1 38, use 0.85 of the I-joist header load. For flanges with thicknesses from 1 18 to 1 14, use 0.75 of the I-joist header load.
5. SCL (structural composite lumber) is LVL, LSL, and Parallam PSL. 6. Web stiffeners required for the ITS Alternate Installation when installing optional joist nails for additional uplift load. 7. Code Values are based on DF/SP header species. 8. I-joists with flanges less than 1 516" thick used in combination with hangers thinner than 14 gauge may deflect an additional 132 inch beyond the standard 1 8" limit. 9. For 2 12" and 2 716" wide joists, see tables on pages 114-122 for allowable loads.
Parallam is a registered trademark of iLevel by Weyerhaeuser.
NAILER TABLE This table indicates various allowable loads for ITS/MIT/HIT hangers used on wood nailers. The header nail type must be substituted for those listed in other tables. See technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for other uplift values and options (see page 214 for details).
Model Nailer 2x 2x 2-2x 2-2x 3x 3x 4x 4x 2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2-2x 3x 4x Top Flange Nailing 6-10dx1 2 6-10dx112 6-10d 8-10d 6-16dx212 8-16dx212 6-16d 8-16d 6-10dx112 8-10d 8-16dx212 8-16d 10-10d 10-16dx212 10-16d
1
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
ITS MIT
ITS Series
MIT Series
1. Loads are based on Doug Fir, and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Web stiffeners are required on I-joist for additional nailing.
HIT Series
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP members only. See T-NAILERUPLFT for SPF/HF values (see page 214 for details).
109
TOP FLANGE HANGERS LBV/BA/B/HB I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The BA hanger is a cost effective hanger targeted at high capacity I-joists and common Structural Composite Lumber applications. A min/max joist nail option gives dual use of this hanger. Minimum values featuring positive angle nailing are targeted at I-joist without web stiffeners requirement and the maximum nailing generates higher loads to support structural composite lumber. The unique two level embossment provides added stiffness to the top flange. The newly improved LBV, B and HB hangers offer wide versatility for I-joists and structural composite lumber. The enhanced load capacity widens the range of applications for these hangers. The LBV still features positive angle nailing and does not require the use of web stiffeners for standard non modified I-joist installations. See Top Flange tables on pages 114-122. See Hanger Options on pages 200-202 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. MATERIAL: See tables, pages 114-122. FINISH: LBV, B, BA and HBGalvanized; all saddle hangers and all welded sloped and special hangersSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint. LBV, B, BA and HB may be ordered hot-dip galvanized; specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes and nailer table. LBV, B, BA and HB may be used for weld-on applications. Weld size to match material thickness (approximate thickness shown). The minimum required weld to the top flanges is 18" x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 14 and 12 gauge and 316" x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 7 gauge and 10 gauge. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges. Welding cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code for special considerations when welding galvanized steel. The area should be well-ventilated, see page 22 for weld information. Weld on applications produce the maximum allowable down load listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT. LBV hangers do not require the use of web stiffeners for non-sloped or non-skewed applications. B and HB hangers require the use of web stiffeners. BA MIN nailing does not require web stiffeners. BA MAX nailing requires the use of web stiffeners. Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately. Check TF dimension, nail length and nail location on ledger. Refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST (see page 215 for details) for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes ( 34:12). OPTIONS: LBV, B and HB Other widths are available; specify W dimension (the minimum W dimension is 1916"). The coating on special B hangers will depend on the manufacturing process used. Check with your Simpson Strong-Tie representative for details. Hot-dip galvanized available: specify HDG. Refer to technical bulletin T-BSERIES (see page 213 for details) for the complete line of LBV, BA, B and HB hangers, including models not shown here, their available modification combinations and their associated reduction factors. Modified hangers have reduced loads, see Hanger Options, pages 200-202. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Top Flange Nailing 2x 10-10dx112 2-2x 10-10d LBV 3x 10-16dx212 4x 10-16d BA1.81/11.88 2x 10-10dx112 BA2.56/11.88, 2-2x 14-10d 14, 16 1 BA3.56/11.88, 3x 14-16dx2 2 14, 16 4x 14-16d 2-2x 14-10d B 3x 14-16dx212 4x 14-16d HB 4x 22-16d Model No. Nailer Uplift1 Allowable Loads (160) DF/SP SPF/HF 265 2280 2085 265 1955 1530 265 2490 265 2590 265 2220 1755 265 2695 2235 265 3230 265 3230 710 3615 2770 825 3725 825 3800 1550 5500
LBV
HB
(B Similar)
BA
U.S. Patent 7,334,372
BA, B, HB and LBV are 1. Uplift values are for DF/SP members only. LBV and BA hangers resist acceptable for weld-on more uplift when web stiffeners are applications (LBV shown). used. Refer to technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for See Installation Information. additional information (see page 214 for details). 2. See page 184 for reductions on modified hangers on nailers. 3. B hangers require 6-10dx1 12 joist nails to achieve published loads. For joist members 2 12" or wider, 16dx2 12" joist nails should be installed for additional uplift loads on the 3x and 1. This table assumes joists with Fc = 750 psi. For other joists, check that bearing and joist nails are adequate. 4x nailer applications of 970 lbs. and 1010 lbs. respectively. 2. Loads for Bs and HBs assume a joist width of B SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS 2 12" or greater. 3. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been Fasteners Allowable Loads Header Type increased for wind or earthquake loading with no Code Model further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads I-Joist 9 Uplift3 SPF/ Ref. Series govern.For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. Top Face Joist LVL8 PSL LSL DF/SP HF DF/SCL SPF/HF (160) 4. Loads may not be increased for short term loading. 5. Web stiffeners required when more than two joist 6-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112 265 2295 2610 2270 1790 1835 1495 1340 LBV nails are used. 6-10d 4-10d 2-10dx112 265 2295 2610 2645 2310 2060 (Min) 6. SCL (structural composite lumber) is LVL (laminated 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 veneer lumber), LSL (laminated strand lumber), and 6-10dx112 4-10dx112 6-10dx112 635 2295 2610 2270 1790 1835 1495 1350 Parallam PSL. LBV 1 7. Code values are based on DF/SP header species. 6-10d 4-10d 6-10dx1 2 785 2295 2610 2645 2310 2060 (Max) 8. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas 6-16d 4-16d 6-10dx112 895 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from I1, 6-10dx112 10-10dx112 2-10dx112 1495 1495 Spruce-Pine-Fir or similar less dense veneers, use L13, BA 1 6-10d 10-10d 2-10dx1 2 265 3230 3630 4005 3080 2425 the values found in the SPF/HF column. F21 (Min) 1 9. DF I-joists include flanges made from solid sawn 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 2 265 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 Douglas Fir, LVL made primarily of Douglas Fir/ 6-10d 10-10d 8-10dx112 1170 3555 3630 4120 3625 2465 BA Southern Pine, or LSL. For flanges with thicknesses (Max) 6-16d 10-16d 8-10dx112 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665 from 1 516 to 1 38, use 0.85 of the I-joist header 1 6-10d 8-10d 6-10dx1 2 990 3575 3195 3640 3625 2190 load. For flanges with thicknesses from 1 18 to 1 14 , B2 use 0.75 of the I-joist header load. 6-16d 8-16d 6-16dx212 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 110
HB2 6-16d 16-16d 10-16dx212 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
Parallam is registered trademark of iLevel by Weyerhaeuser.
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
NAILER TABLE The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for LBV, BA, B and HB hangers used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall.
2"
7" - 8"
3"
7 Ga. Top Flange
2"
WPU
HW
(HWU similar)
2" 2"
WM
(WMU similar)
7 Ga. Top Flange
WP
NAILER TABLE The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for W, WP and HW hangers used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall.
W
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
WP
WPU HW HWU
1. Uplift values for the WPU and HWU hangers are for depths 18" and are for DF/SP values only. Refer to uplift values in table below for taller depths. 2. Attachment of nailer to supporting member is the responsibility of the Designer.
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Joist Model Width 112 to 4 112 to 4 112 to 4 112 to 4 112 to 4 112 to 712 112 to 712 112 to 718 112 to 718 112 to 718 112 to 512 112 to 512 112 to 512 112 to 712 112 to 712 134 to 312 134 to 312 134 to 312 134 to 312 412 to 7 412 to 7 412 to 7 412 to 7 Depth 312 to 30 312 to 30 312 to 30 312 to 30 312 to 30 9 to 28 9 to 28 312 to 30 312 to 30 312 to 30 714 to 18 1812 to 2212 23 to 28 312 to 32 312 to 32 9 to 18 1812 to 2212 23 to 28 2812 to 32 9 to 18 1812 to 2212 23 to 28 2812 to 32 Top 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 1 2- 4x134" Titens 2-16d DPLX 2-14x134" Titens 3-10dx112 3-10d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
Fasteners Face 1 3 4- 4x1 4" Titens 4-14x134" Titens 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d Joist 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 8-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 8-10dx112 Uplift (160) 625 545 775 485 315 810 765 635 1005 810 765 635 1005 LVL
4
Allowable Loads Header Type PSL LSL DF/SP SPF/ HF I-Joist Masonry 4175 3380 4175 3380 Code Ref. 170 I19, L14, F18 IL12 170
W WM WMU WP
WPU HW
HWU
2865 2525 3635 4700 4700 4700 3100 5100 6335 6335 6335 6335 6000 6000 6000 6000
1740 1600 1415 2020 2200 1435 1950 2335 1765 1435 MID-WALL INSTALLATION 8 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION MID-WALL INSTALLATION 8 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION 3250 2500 2000 3250 3650 3255 2525 3320 3650 3255 2600 4880 3650 4165 4165 4880 3650 4165 4165 4880 3650 4165 4165 4000 5285 3100 4000 4500 5285 3665 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415
2030
1. 16d sinkers (9 ga x 3") may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. For normal loading applications such as cantilever construction refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software or conservatively divide the uplift load by 1.6. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 3. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers,
use the values found in the SPF/HF column. 4. WP quantity of nail holes in top flange varies. 5. Top Flange Hangers on the following pages with I in the model name (e.g. HWI) use the same design information in the above tables for the models without the I in the name (e.g. HW). 6. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. Refer to Installation Notes for further explanation of applications. 7. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. 8. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Parallam is a registered trademark of iLevel by Weyerhaeuser.
111
GLTV/HGLTV
GLTV and HGLTV hangers are designed for structural composite lumber header applications that require high loads. The top flange nails are sized and specifically located to prevent degradation of the header due to splitting of laminations. For heavy loads with a face-mount application, see the HGUS and GU series. MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; Stirrups7 gauge FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; HDG available. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. This series may be used for weld-on applications. Minimum required weld is a 316" x 2 12" fillet weld at each end of the top flange for GLTV, and a 14" x 2 12" fillet weld at each end of the top flange for HGLTV, see page 14 for weld information. Weld-on applications produce maximum loads listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT. Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style. GLTV or HGLTV hangers may be installed on ledgers provided the ledgers are made of 4x solid sawn or 3 12" SCL shown in the table below. Thinner lumber must be evaluated by the building Designer. HGLTV hangers should not be attached to nailers. OPTIONS: Hot-dip galvanized: specify HDG. See Hanger Options, pages 200-202. Saddle hanger versions are available in some engineered wood sizes. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Fasteners Top 4-16d 6-16d Face 6-16d 12-16d Joist 6-16d 6-16d Uplift (160) 1640 1640 LVL
5
SIM
HGLTV
(GLTV similar)
Allowable Loads Header Type PSL 7400 9485 LSL 5750 90004 DF/SP 7000 8665 SPF/HF 5145 6770 Nailer6 5930
7500 10500
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Uplift loads only apply when H is 28" or less. Uplift loads for nailer applications is limited to 710 lbs. 3. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
4. HGLTV at maximum allowable load may have greater than 18" deflection. 5. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers, use the values found in the SPF/HF column. 6. Nailer shall be minimum 2-2x, 3x or 4x DF/SP. Use 16dx2 12" nails. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The EGQ hanger is a high capacity top flange connector designed for use with Structural Composite Lumber beams. It utilizes Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws (SDS) for higher capacity and ease of installation. Available in standard SCL widths and made to specified heights. SDS screws are included. MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; Stirrups7 gauge FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; HDG available. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install with Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x3" wood screws, which are provided with the EGQ. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at hanger locations. Quantity and location to be determined by designer. See SDS section for additional information and SDS screws applications. OPTIONS: See Hanger Options pages 200-202. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Allowable Loads Header Type Joist Uplift (160) 6365 6365 6365 LVL/LSL 19800 19800 19800 PSL 18680 18680 18680
Code Ref.
EGQ
3 8 512 714
11 4 1114 1114
170
112
1. Loads are based on 750 psi wood bearing for SCL. 2. Min H is the minimum H dimension that may be specified.
3. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. For normal loading such as in cantilever construction use an uplift value of 4800 lbs.
Fasteners
Allowable Loads DF/SP Floor/Snow/Roof (100/115/125) Valley Ridge Total 2535 1265 6335 2010 1005 5025 2535 1265 6335 2010 1005 5025 3335 1665 8335 3335 1665 8335 6450 3220 16120 5340 2675 13355 I19, L14, F18 Code Ref.
H TF L Header (Min)
Joist 18-10dx1 2
0 45 45 0 45 45 0 45 45 0 45 45
MSC2
1916
MSC1.81 11316 512 2 78 12 10-16d 26-10dx1 2 18-10d MSC4 3916 712 2 78 18 10-16d 26-10d 18-16d MSC5 514 912 2 78 26 13-16d 26-16d
1
1. Valley loads are for each valley. 2. Other valley-ridge load distributions are allowed provided the sum of all three carried members is distributed symmetrically about the center of the hanger and combined do not exceed the total load. 3. MSC4 is also available in 3 18" Glulam width. 4. MSC5 is also available in widths up to 5 12". W2 minimum width is 3 18". 5. MSC4 is also available in widths down to 1 916". Use 10dx1 12" nails and MSC2 allowable loads. 6. Refer to technical bulletin T-MSC-WS for the hip valley rafter pitch conversion table (see page 214 for details). 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Dormer
113
112 x 914
112 x 912
112 x 1114
112 x 1178
134 x 914
134 x 912
134 x 1114
134 x 1178
134 x 14
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 3. WM loads listed are based on embedded installation (mid-wall) into a masonry block wall. (See page 82) 4. When I-joist is used as header, all nails must be 10dx1 12 and allowable loads assume flanges that are at least 1 12" thick made of Douglas Fir, LVL or LSL. For other flange thicknesses, apply load adjustment factors found in the table below. 5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. Other nail schedules and loads are listed on pages 109-111. 7. See pages 109-111 for Code reference numbers. 8. Web stiffeners are required where noted and when I-Joist Header Load Adjustment Factors supporting double I-joists with flanges less than 1516" thick. Hanger Series Flange Material 9. For 2 14"x22" and 24" joist sizes, refer to technical or Thickness ITS MIT LBV WP bulletin T-BSERIES08 (see page 213 for details). 10. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 118 to 114 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 1516 to 138 See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Parallam is a registered trademark of iLevel by Weyerhaeuser.
SPF
0.86
0.72
0.90
1.00
Flange Thickness
114
18 158 14 1916 12 1916 12 1916 18 158 16 1916 14 1916 12 1916 12 1916 14 1916 12 1916 12 1916 18 158 16 1916 14 1916 12 1916 12 1916 14 1916 14 1916 14 11316 12 11316 14 11316 12 11316 12 11316 18 178 16 11316 14 11316 12 11316 12 11316 14 11316 12 11316 18 178 16 11316 14 11316 14 11316 14 11316 12 11316 12 11316 12 11316 18 178 16 11316 14 11316 12 11316 12 11316
134 x 16
18 178 16 11316 14 11316 12 11316 12 11316 12 11316 18 218 14 2116 18 218 14 2116 18 218 14 2116 18 218 14 2116 18 218 14 218 18 218 14 218 18 218 14 218 18 218 14 218
214 x 912 214" wide joists use the same hangers as 2 516" wide joists with the following load adjustments to the table loads: to 209 ITS download is the lesser of the table load or 1400 lbs. ITS uplift is 85 lbs. MIT and HIT downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs. 2516 x 912 ITS2.37/9.5 LBV2.37/9.5 ITS2.37/11.88 MIT3511.88 LBV2.37/11.88 W3511.88 WM3511.883 ITS2.37/14 MIT3514 LBV2.37/14 WP3514 WM35143 ITS2.37/16 MIT3516 LBV2.37/16 WP3516 WM35163 MIT3518 HIT3518 LBV2.37/18 WP3518 WM35183 MIT3520 HIT3520 LBV2.37/20 WP3520 WM35203 18 14 18 16 14 12 12 18 16 14 12 12 18 16 14 12 12 16 16 14 12 12 16 16 14 12 12 2 716 9 716 2 38 9 12 2 716 111316 2 516 1178 2 38 1178 2 516 1178 2 516 1178 2 716 131516 2 516 14 14 2 38 2 516 14 2 516 14 2 716 151516 2 516 16 2 38 16 2 516 16 2 516 16 2 516 18 2 516 18 2 38 18 2 516 18 2 516 18 2 516 20 2 516 20 2 38 20 2 516 20 2 516 20 2 212 2 212 212 212 3 2 212 212 212 3 2 212 212 212 3 212 3 212 212 3 212 3 212 212 3 1716 212 1716 2 516 212 212 334 1716 2 516 212 2 316 334 1716 2 516 212 2 316 334 2 516 3 212 2 316 334 2 516 3 212 2 316 334 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 105 265 105 215 265 105 215 265 105 215 265 215 315 265 215 315 265 1550 2910 1550 2550 2910 2335 1550 2550 2910 3635 1550 2550 2910 3635 2550 2550 2910 3635 2550 2550 2910 3635 1365 2885 1365 2140 2885 1950 1365 2140 2885 3320 1365 2140 2885 3320 2140 2220 2885 3320 2140 2220 2885 3320 1780 3190 1780 2115 3190 2335 1780 2115 3190 3635 1780 2115 3190 3635 2115 2500 3190 3635 2115 2500 3190 3635 1520 2590 1520 2305 2590 1765 1520 2305 2590 3255 1520 2305 2590 3255 2305 2875 2590 3255 2305 2875 2590 3255 1150 2060 1150 1665 2060 1435 1150 1665 2060 2600 1150 1665 2060 2600 1665 1950 2060 2600 1665 1950 2060 2600 1085 1495 1085 1230 1495 1085 1230 1495 2030 1085 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 4175 4175 4175 4175 4175
2516 x 1178
2516 x 14
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
2516 x 16
2516 x 18
2516 x 20
2716 x 912 2716" wide joists use the same hangers as 212" wide joists with the following load adjustments to the table loads: ITS download is same as table but not to exceed 1400 lbs. ITS uplift is 85 lbs. MIT download is same as table but not to exceed 2140 lbs. to 16 ITS2.56/9.25 212 x 914 LBV2.56/9.25 WI39.25 ITS2.56/9.37 1 3 2 2 x 9 8 LBV2.56/9.37
See footnotes on page 114.
2 212 2 2 212
115
ITS2.56/9.5 212 - 2916 LBV2.56/9.5 1 x 9 2 WI39.5 ITS2.56/11.25 212 x 1114 LBV2.56/11.25 WI311.25 ITS2.56/11.88 MIT311.88 212 - 2916 BA2.56/11.88 (Min) x 1178 BA2.56/11.88 (Max) LBV2.56/11.88 WPI311.88 ITS2.56/13 1 2 2 x 13 LBV2.56/13 ITS2.56/14 MIT314 BA2.56/14 (Min) 1 9 2 2 - 2 16 BA2.56/14 (Max) x 14 LBV2.56/14 WPI314 WMI3143 ITS2.56/16 MIT316 BA2.56/16 (Min) 1 9 2 2 - 2 16 BA2.56/16 (Max) x 16 LBV2.56/16 WPI316 WMI3163 MIT318 HIT318 212 x 18 LBV2.56/18 WPI318 WMI3183 MIT320 HIT320 212 x 20 LBV2.56/20 WPI320 WMI3203 HIT322 LBV2.56/22 1 2 2 x 22 WPI322 HWI322 HIT324 212 x 24 LBV2.56/24 WPI324 HIT326 212 x 26 LBV2.56/26 WPI326 LBV2.56/28 212 x 28 WPI328 LBV2.56/30 1 2 2 x 30 WPI330 LBV3.12/9.25 3 x 914 WP29.25-2 WM29.25-23 MIT29.5-2 LBV3.12/9.5 1 3 x 9 2 WP29.5-2 WM29.5-23
See footnotes on page 114.
18 2 58 14 2916 12 2916 18 2 58 14 2916 12 2916 18 2 58 16 2916 14 2916 14 2916 14 2916 12 2916 18 2 58 14 2916 18 2 58 16 2916 14 2916 14 2916 14 2916 12 2916 12 2916 18 2 58 16 2916 14 2916 14 2916 14 2916 12 2916 12 2916 16 2916 16 2916 14 2916 12 2916 12 2916 16 2916 16 2916 14 2916 12 2916 12 2916 16 2916 14 2916 12 2916 11 2916 16 2916 14 2916 12 2916 16 2916 14 2916 12 2916 14 2916 12 2916 14 2916 12 2916 14 318 12 318 12 318 16 318 14 318 12 318 12 318
116
Dimensions W H 1114 11 4 1114 1178 1178 1178 1178 14 16 714 714 9 316 914 914 914 914 9 4 914 9 4 9 516 9 38 9716 912 912 9 2 912 912 9 2 912 912 912 912 11316 11 4 1114 11 4 1114 1114 1114 1114 1178 1178
7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B 212 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 2 2 212 3 2 212 312 212 212 3 4 5 6 2 212 2 212 212 3 2 212 212 2 2 314 5 6 212 2 2 2 312 212 212 314 5 6 2 212 3 3 212 212 312 212 212 3 212 314 5 6 212
1 1 1 1 1 1
TF 212 2 316 3 34 2 516 212 2 316 3 34 212 2 2 212 2516 1716 212 3 2 316 212 212 278 278 1716 212 1716 2516 212 3 2 316 212 212 212 278 278 3 34 1716 212 3 2 316 212 212 278 278 1716 2 516 212 2 2 212 212 3 2 316 212 2 516 212 212 278 278 3 34
1 1
14 318
Fasteners6 Solid Header Uplift Joist (160) Top Face 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 16-16d 12-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 4-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10dx112 10-16d 2-10dx112 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 10-16d 2-10dx112 6-10d 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 2-10dx112 10-16d 2-10dx112 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10dx112 215 265 265 265 265 775 105 265 2610 1135 1640 105 265 105 215 265 2610 1125 1135 1640 105 265 2610 1135 1640 105 215 265 1170 265 1010 2610 1125 775 1135 1640
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 LVL 2910 3635 2550 2910 3635 2910 2910 2910 4700 1550 2910 5815 3635 5100 6335 7500 1550 2910 1550 2550 2910 5815 3635 4550 5100 6335 7500 1550 2910 5815 3635 5100 6335 7500 1550 2550 4015 4715 2910 4135 5815 3635 4550 4700 5100 6335 7500 PSL 2885 3320 2000 2885 3320 2885 2885 2885 4880 1365 2885 5640 3320 4000 5500 7400 1365 2885 1365 2140 2885 5640 3320 4550 4000 5500 7400 1365 2885 5640 3320 4000 5500 7400 1365 2140 3705 4320 2885 3355 5640 3320 4550 4880 4000 5500 7400 LSL 3190 3635 2115 3190 3635 3190 3190 3190 3650 1780 3190 6395 3635 4500 5535 5750 9000 1780 3190 1780 2115 3190 6395 3635 4550 4500 5535 5750 9000 1780 3190 6395 3635 4500 5535 5750 9000 1780 2115 4005 4500 3190 4500 6395 3635 4550 4500 5535 5750 9000 DF/SP 2460 3255 2305 2460 3255 2460 2460 2460 4165 1520 2460 5650 3255 5285 6335 7000 8665 1520 2460 1520 2305 2460 5650 3255 4550 5285 6335 7000 8665 1520 2460 5650 3255 5285 6335 7000 8665 1520 2305 3435 3800 2460 3800 5650 3255 4550 4165 5285 6335 7000 8665 SPF/ HF 2060 2600 1665 2060 2600 2060 2060 2060 4165 1150 2060 3820 2600 3665 5415 5145 6770 1150 2060 1150 1665 2060 3820 2600 3665 5415 5145 6770 1150 2060 3820 2600 3665 5415 5145 6770 1150 1665 2665 2665 2060 2650 3820 2600 4165 3665 5415 5145 6770 DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1495 1495 1495 1085 1495 2030 1085 1495 1085 1230 1495 2030 1085 1495 2030 1085 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 4175
3 x 11 4 WP211.25-2 WM211.25-23 MIT211.88-2 3 x 1178 LBV3.12/11.88 WP211.88-2 WM211.88-23 3 x 14 3 x 16 312 x 714 LBV3.12/14 LBV3.12/16 LBV3.56/7.25 WPU3.56/7.25 ITS3.56/9.25 LBV3.56/9.25 HB3.56/9.25 312 x 914 WPI49.25 HWI49.25 HWU3.56/9.25 GLTV3.56/9.25 HGLTV3.56/9.25 3 2 x 9 8
1 3
12 3 8 12 318
1
16 318 14 318
12 318 12 318
14 318 14 3 8 14 3916
1
12 3916
18 3 58 14 3916
12 3916
9
18 3 58 14 3 16
WPI411.25 HWI411.25 HWU3.56/11.25 GLTV3.56/11.25 HGLTV3.56/11.25 ITS3.56/11.88 MIT411.88 BA3.56/11.88 (Min) BA3.56/11.88 (Max) LBV3.56/11.88 B3.56/11.88 HB3.56/11.88
10-16d 2-10dx112 10-16d 8-10dx112 4-16d 8-16d 16-16d 12-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10dx112 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx112 6-10d 6-10dx112 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d
14 3 16 11 8
14 3916 1178 1178 1178 1178 1178 11 8 1178 1178 1178 1178 1178
7
312 x 1178 WPI411.88 HUI411.88TF WPU3.56/11.88 HWI411.88 HWU3.56/11.88 GLTV3.511 HGLTV3.511 WM3.56/11.883
See footnotes on page 114.
12 3916
117
B 212 3 2 212 212 5 6 212 2 212 2 212 3 3 212 2 2 312 212 2 2 3 212 3 4 5 6 212 2 212 3 3 212 2 2 312 212 3 212 314 5 6 212 212 3 212 312 212 3 2 2 314 5 6 212 5 6
1 1 1 1 1 1
TF 212 3 2316 212 278 278 3 34 1716 212 1716 2 516 212 2 2 212 2 2 3 2 316 2 2 2 516 212 212 278 278 3 34 1716 2 516 212 212 212 2 2 3 2 316 2 16 212 212 278 278 3 34 2 516 2 38 212 3 2 316 2 516 2 2 212 278 278 3 34 278 278
1 5 1 1 1 1
Fasteners6 Solid Header Top Face 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 16-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Joist 2-10dx112 10-16d 2-10dx112 2-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) 265 2610 1640 105 265 105 215 265 1170 265 1010 2610 1500 775 1135 1640 105 215 265 1170 265 1010 2610 775 1135 1640 215 315 265 2610 775 1135 1640 1640 LVL 2910 5815 3635 5100 7500 1550 2910 1550 2550 4015 4715 2910 4135 5815 3635 4830 4700 5100 6335 7500 1550 2550 4015 4715 2910 4135 5815 3635 4700 5100 6335 7500 2550 2550 2910 5815 3635 4700 5100 6335 7500 7500 PSL 2885 5640 3320 4000 7400 1365 2885 1365 2140 3705 4320 2885 3355 5640 3320 4830 4880 4000 5500 7400 1365 2140 3705 4320 2885 3355 5640 3320 4880 4000 5500 7400 2140 2220 2885 5640 3320 4880 4000 5500 7400 7400 LSL 3190 6395 3650 4500 5750 9000 1780 3190 1780 2115 4005 4500 3190 4500 6395 3650 4830 4500 5535 5750 9000 1780 2115 4005 4500 3190 4500 6395 3650 4500 5535 5750 9000 2115 2500 3190 6395 3650 4500 5535 5750 9000 5750 9000 DF/SP 2460 5650 3255 5285 7000 8665 1520 2460 1520 2305 3435 3800 2460 3800 5650 3255 4830 4165 5285 6335 7000 8665 1520 2305 3435 3800 2460 3800 5650 3255 4165 5285 6335 7000 8665 2305 2875 2460 5650 3255 4165 5285 6335 7000 8665 7000 8665 SPF/ HF 2060 3820 2600 3665 5145 6770 1150 2060 1150 1665 2665 2665 2060 2650 3820 2600 4165 3665 5415 5145 6770 1150 1665 2665 2665 2060 2650 3820 2600 4165 3665 5415 5145 6770 1665 1950 2060 3820 2600 4165 3665 5415 5145 6770 5145 6770 DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1495 2030 1085 1495 1085 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1085 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 4175 4175 4175 4175
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
14 3916
GLTV3.512 HGLTV3.512 WMI4123 312 x 13 ITS3.56/13 LBV3.56/13 ITS3.56/14 MIT414 BA3.56/14 (Min) BA3.56/14 (Max) LBV3.56/14 B3.56/14 HB3.56/14 312 x 14 WPI414 HUI414TF WPU3.56/14 HWI414 HWU3.56/14 GLTV3.514 HGLTV3.514 WMI4143 ITS3.56/16 MIT416 BA3.56/16 (Min) BA3.56/16 (Max) LBV3.56/16 B3.56/16 312 x 16 HB3.56/16 WPI416 WPU3.56/16 HWI416 HWU3.56/16 GLTV3.516 HGLTV3.516 WMI4163 MIT418 HIT418 LBV3.56/18 HB3.56/18 WPI418 312 x 18 WPU3.56/18 HWI418 HWU3.56/18 GLTV3.518 HGLTV3.518 WMI4183 312 x 1834 GLTV3.56/18.75 HGLTV3.56/18.75
12 3916
10-16d 2-10dx112 10-16d 8-10dx112 4-16d 8-16d 16-16d 14-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10dx112 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx112 8-10d 6-10dx112 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 2-10dx112
14 3 16
9
14 3916
12 3916
10-16d 2-10dx112 10-16d 8-10dx112 4-16d 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 16-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10dx112 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 10-16d 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 6-16d
14 3916
12 3916
12 3916
118
B 2 2 3 212 312 212 3 212 314 5 6 212 3 212 312 212 3 212 3 212 312 212 3 212 3 212 312 212 3 212 212 312 212 3 212 212 312 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212
1
TF 2 516 2 38 212 3 2 316 2 516 212 212 278 278 3 34 2 38 212 3 2 316 2 516 212 2 38 212 3 2 316 2 516 212 2 38 212 3 2 316 2 516 212 212 3 2 316 2 516 212 212 3 2 316 212 2 316 212 2 516 212 2 516 212 2 516 212 212 2 516 212 2 516 212 2 516 212 212
312 x 20
312 x 22
312 x 24
312 x 26
312 x 28
312 x 30
418 x 16 412 x 912 1 4 2" wide joists use the same hangers as 458" wide joists with the following loads adjustments: MIT downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs. to 20 MIT359.5-2 16 434 912 212 2 516 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 458 x 912 LBV4.75/9.5 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 14 434 912 212 212 3-16d 2-10d 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 WP359.5-2 12 434 912 212 2 516 MIT3511.88-2 16 434 1178 212 2 516 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 LBV4.75/11.88 14 434 1178 212 212 458 x 1178 3-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 WP3511.88-2 12 434 1178 212 2 516 2-10d 4175 WM3511.88-23 12 434 1178 212 334 2-16d DPLX
See footnotes on page 114.
16 3 16 16 3916 14 3916 10 3916 12 3916 12 3916 11 3916 10 3916 7 3916 7 3916 12 3916 16 3916 14 3916 10 3916 12 3916 12 3916 11 3916 16 3916 14 3916 10 3916 12 3916 12 3916 11 3916 16 3916 14 3916 10 3916 12 3916 12 3916 11 3916 14 3916 10 3916 12 3916 12 3916 11 3916 14 3916 10 3916 12 3916 11 3916 12 3916 11 3916 16 418 14 418 16 418 14 418 16 418 14 418 14 418 16 4932 14 4932 16 4932 14 4932 16 4932 14 4932 14 4932
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Fasteners6 Solid Header Uplift SPF/ DF/SCL LVL PSL LSL DF/SP Joist Masonry3 HF I-Joist 4 (160) Top Face 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 4-16d 6-16d 2-10dx112 315 2550 2220 2500 2875 1950 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 2-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx112 485 4700 4880 4165 4165 4-16d 2-10d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 4-16d 4-16d 6-10d 765 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 5145 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6770 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 4175 4-16d 6-16d 2-10dx112 315 2550 2220 2500 2875 1950 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 2-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx112 485 4700 4880 4165 4165 4-16d 4-10d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 4-16d 6-16d 2-10dx112 315 2550 2220 2500 2875 1950 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 2-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx112 315 4700 4880 4165 4165 4-16d 4-10d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 4-16d 6-16d 2-10dx112 315 2550 2220 2500 2875 1950 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 2-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx112 315 4700 4880 4165 4165 4-16d 4-10d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 2-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx112 315 4700 4880 4165 4165 4-16d 4-10d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 2-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 4-16d 4-10d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 2-16d 2-10dx112 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2030 4-16d 4-10d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 1230 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx112 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1495
MIT3514-2 LBV4.75/14 5 4 8 x 14 WP3514-2 WM3514-23 MIT4.75/16 LBV4.75/16 5 4 8 x 16 WP3516-2 WM3516-23 LBV4.75/18 458 x 18 WP3518-2 WM3518-23 LBV4.75/20 458 x 20 WP3520-2 WM3520-23 5 x 914 LBV5.12/9.25 MIT39.5-2 5 x 912 LBV5.12/9.5 WPI39.5-2 5 x 1114 LBV5.12/11.25 MIT311.88-2 5 x 1178 LBV5.12/11.88 WPI311.88-2 MIT314-2 5 x 14 LBV5.12/14 WPI314-2 MIT5.12/16 LBV5.12/16 5 x 16 HB5.12/16 WPI316-2 B5.12/18 5 x 18 HB5.12/18 WPI318-2 B5.12/20 5 x 20 HB5.12/20 WPI320-2 B5.12/22 5 x 22 HB5.12/22 WPI322-2 B5.12/24 5 x 24 HB5.12/24 WPI324-2 B5.12/26 5 x 26 HB5.12/26 WPI326-2 B5.12/28 5 x 28 HB5.12/28 B5.12/30 5 x 30 HB5.12/30 514 x 714 WPU5.50/7.25 HB5.50/9.25 514 x 914 HWU5.50/9.25 GLTV5.50/9.25 HB5.50/9.5 WP5.50/9.5 HWU5.50/9.5 1 1 5 4 x 9 2 GLTV5.59 HGLTV5.59 WM5.50/9.53
See footnotes on page 114.
16 4 34 14 4 34 12 4 34 12 4 34 16 4 34 14 4 34 12 4 34 12 4 34 14 4 34 12 4 34 12 4 34 14 4 34 12 4 34 12 4 34 14 518 16 518 14 518 12 518 14 518 16 518 14 518 12 518 16 518 14 518 12 518 16 518 14 518 10 518 12 518 12 518 10 518 12 518 12 518 10 518 12 518 12 518 10 518 12 518 12 518 10 518 12 518 12 518 10 518 12 518 12 518 10 518 12 518 10 518 12 512 10 512 10 512 7 512 10 512 12 512 10 512 7 5916 7 5916 12 512
120
HB5.50/11.25 514 x 1114 HWU5.50/11.25 GLTV5.50/11.25 HB5.50/11.88 WP5.50/11.88 HWU5.50/11.88 514 x 1178 GLTV5.511 HGLTV5.511 WM5.50/11.883 HB5.50/12 HWU5.50/12 514 x 12 GLTV5.512 HGLTV5.512 HB5.50/14 HWU5.50/14 514 x 14 GLTV5.514 HGLTV5.514 HB5.50/16 HWU5.50/16 1 5 4 x 16 GLTV5.516 HGLTV5.516 HB5.50/18 HWU5.50/18 514 x 18 GLTV5.518 HGLTV5.518 GLTV5.50/18.75 514 x 1834 HGLTV5.50/18.75 HB5.50/20 HWU5.50/20 1 5 4 x 20 GLTV5.520 HGLTV5.520 7 x 714 HWU7.12/7.25 HB7.12/9.25 WPI49.25-2 1 7 x 9 4 HWU7.12/9.25 GLTV49.25-2 B7.12/9.5 HB7.12/9.5 WPI49.5-2 7 x 912 HWU7.12/9.5 GLTV49.5-2 WMI49.5-23 HB7.12/11.25 WPI411.25-2 HWU7.12/11.25 7 x 1114 GLTV411.25-2 HGLTV411.25-2 WMI411.25-23 B7.12/11.88 HB7.12/11.88 WPI411.88-2 7 x 1178 HWU7.12/11.88 GLTV411.88-2 HGLTV411.88-2 WMI411.88-23
See footnotes on page 114.
10 10 7 10 12 10 7 7 12 10 10 7 7 10 10 7 7 10 10 7 7 10 10 7 7 7 7 10 10 7 7 10 10 12 10 7 12 10 12 10 7 12 10 12 10 7 7 12 12 10 12 10 7 7 12
121
Model No. B7.12/14 HB7.12/14 WPI414-2 HWU7.12/14 GLTV414-2 HGLTV414-2 WMI414-23 B7.12/16 HB7.12/16 WPI416-2 HWU7.12/16 GLTV416-2 HGLTV416-2 WMI416-23 B7.12/18 HB7.12/18 HWI418-2 HWU7.12/18 GLTV418-2 HGLTV418-2 WMI418-23 GLTV418.75-2 B7.12/20 HB7.12/20 HWI420-2 HWU7.12/20 GLTV420-2 HGLTV420-2 WMI420-23 B7.12/22 HB7.12/22 HWI422-2 GLTV422-2 HGLTV7.12/22 B7.12/24 HB7.12/24 HWI424-2 GLTV424-2 HGLTV7.12/24 B7.12/26 HB7.12/26 HWI426-2 GLTV426-2 HGLTV426-2 B7.12/28 HB7.12/28 HWI428-2 GLTV428-2 HGLTV428-2 HWI430-2 GLTV430-2 HGLTV430-2 HWI432-2 GLTV432-2 HGLTV432-2
7 x 14
7 x 16
7 x 18
7 x 18 34
7 x 20
7 x 22
7 x 24
7 x 26
7 x 28
7 x 30
7 x 32
12 10 12 10 7 7 12 12 10 12 10 7 7 12 12 10 11 10 7 7 12 7 12 10 11 10 7 7 12 12 10 11 7 7 12 10 11 7 7 12 10 11 7 7 12 10 11 7 7 11 7 7 11 7 7
8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-10dx112 4-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 2-10d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-10dx112 4-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 2-10d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-10d 4-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-10d 4-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 2-10d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d
122
LSU/LSSU/LSSUI
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
This series attaches joists or rafters to headers, sloped up or down, and skewed left or right, up to 45. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the supporting members. Web stiffeners required for I-joist applications. To see an installation video on this product, visit www.strongtie.com. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LSSU410
(LSSU210-2, LSSUH310 similar)
A Flanges
Slope to 45 Up or Down
10dx1" Nails STEP 1 Nail hanger to slope-cut carried member, installing seat nail first. No bevel necessary. Install joist nails at 45 angle. STEP 2 Skew flange from 0-45. Bend other flange back along centerline of slots until it meets the header. Bend one time only.
Acute Side
The LSU5.12 must be factoryskewed 0 to 45. It may be fieldsloped to 45. (LSU4.12, LSU4.28 and LSU3510-2 similar)
STEP 3 Attach hanger to the carrying member, acute angle side first (see foonote 5). Install nails at an angle.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Fasteners
Face
Joist
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF/HF Species Header Roof Roof Uplift Floor Uplift Floor Snow Const. (160) Snow Const. (160) (100) (100) (115) (125) (115) (125) 1390 1390 1390 1390 1390 2295 3035 3035 4020 4020 4020 3785 1205 1205 1205 1205 1205 1600 1625 1625 2300 2300 2300 1790 625 625 625 625 625 990 990 990 990 990 990 760 625 625 625 625 625 990 990 990 990 990 990 760 960 960 960 960 960 1930 2160 2160 2785 2785 2785 2785 860 860 860 860 860 1385 1365 1365 1990 1990 1990 1550 1105 1105 1105 1105 1105 1930 2485 2485 3200 3200 3200 3200 995 995 995 995 995 1385 1365 1365 1990 1990 1990 1550 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1930 2700 2700 3480 3480 3480 3280 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1385 1365 1365 1990 1990 1990 1550
Code Ref.
112 134 2 2116 214 - 2516 212 - 2916 3 312 4 418 412 - 434 5 112 134 2 2116 214 - 2516 212 - 2916 3 312 4 418 412 - 434 5
LSSU210 LSSUI25 LSSUI2.06 LSSU2.1 LSSUI35 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 LSU4.12 LSU4.28 LSU3510-2 LSU5.12 LSSU210 LSSUI25 LSSUI2.06 LSSU2.1 LSSUI35 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 LSU4.123 LSU4.283 LSU3510-23 LSU5.123
18 1916 18 11316 18 2116 18 218 18 2516 16 2916 16 318 16 3916 14 418 14 414 14 434 14 518 18 1916 18 11316 18 2116 18 218 18 2516 16 2916 16 318 16 3916 14 418 14 414 14 434 14 518
SLOPED ONLY HANGERS 812 158 10-10d 7-10dx112 875 1110 1275 812 112 10-10d 7-10dx112 875 1110 1275 812 134 10-10d 7-10dx112 875 1110 1275 812 134 10-10d 7-10dx112 875 1110 1275 812 158 10-10d 7-10dx112 875 1110 1275 812 318 18-16d 12-10dx112 1150 2295 2295 812 278 18-16d 12-10dx112 1150 2430 2795 812 258 18-16d 12-10dx112 1150 2430 2795 9 214 24-16d 16-10dx112 1150 3215 3700 9 238 24-16d 16-10dx112 1150 3215 3700 878 358 24-16d 16-10dx112 1150 3215 3700 9 214 24-16d 16-10dx112 885 3215 3700 SKEWED HANGERS OR SLOPED AND SKEWED HANGERS 812 158 9-10d 7-10dx112 785 995 1145 1 1 8 2 1 2 9-10d 7-10dx112 785 995 1145 812 134 9-10d 7-10dx112 785 995 1145 812 134 9-10d 7-10dx112 785 995 1145 812 158 9-10d 7-10dx112 785 995 1145 812 318 14-16d 12-10dx112 1150 1600 1600 812 278 14-16d 12-10dx112 1150 1625 1625 812 258 14-16d 12-10dx112 1150 1625 1625 9 214 24-16d 16-10dx112 1150 2300 2300 9 238 24-16d 16-10dx112 1150 2300 2300 878 358 24-16d 16-10dx112 1150 2300 2300 9 214 24-16d 16-10dx112 885 1790 1790
170
170
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 2. Uplift loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase is allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. LSU3510-2, LSU4.12, LSU4.28 and LSU5.12 skew option must be factory-ordered. 4. Minimum 11" joist height for LSU3510-2, LSU4.12, LSU5.12; 9 12" for all others.
5. For skewed LSSU/LSSUI hangers, the inner most face fasteners on the acute angle side are not installed. 6. Do not substitute 10dx1 12" nails for face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU, LSSU and LSSUI. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
123
The HRC series are field slopeable connectors that attach hips to ridge members or trusses. The HRC may be sloped to 45 with no reduction in loads. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. On end of ridgeuse optional diamond holes to secure the HRC. Bend face flanges back flush with ridge, and complete nailing. On face of ridgeadjust to correct height and install nails. Double bevel-cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity. The HRC may be sloped to 45 with noa reduction in loads. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HRC1.81
U.S. Patent 5,380,116
Model No.
Fasteners Carrying Member 16-10dx112 Each Hip 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) 290
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) 720 Snow (115) 830 Roof (125) 900 Uplift (160) 250
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 625 Snow (115) 720 Roof (125) 780
Code Ref.
HRC1.81
I8, L15, F7
1. Allowable loads shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number. 2. Uplift loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 4. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The SUR/L1.81, 2.06, 2.1, 2.37, 2.56 and HSUR/L series are 45 skewed hangers designed specifically to ease the installation of single and double I-joists. In addition to Positive Angle Nailing these hangers encapsulate the top flange of the I-joist, so no web stiffeners are required for standard installation. The full range of 45 skewed hangers feature obround nail holes on the acute side allowing nails to be easily installed parallel to the joist. Installation is further simplified with no required bevel cuts. MATERIAL: See table on page 125. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Illustrations show left and right skews SUR/L (SUR = skewed right; SUL = skewed left). The joist end may be square cut or bevel cut. Fill all round and obround nail holes with specified fasteners to achieve table loads. Where noted, triangle holes in the joist flange may be filled for additional uplift capacity (see footnote on page 125). For I-joists with flanges less than 1516", web stiffeners are required for all double joist hangers when using hangers that are 14 gauge and lighter. For installations to masonry or concrete, see page 156. OPTIONS: These hangers will accommodate a 40 to 50 skew. Typical SUR Available with the A2 flange turned in on 2-2x and 4x models only Installation with (see illustration). For example, specify HSURC410, HSULC410, Square Cut Joist SURC210-2, or SULC210-2. (HSUR similar) CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. 124
SUL2.56/11
HSUR414
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL
A2 A1
HSULC
Available for 3" and 3 12" wide joists only
HSUR4.12/9
W
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Actual Joist Size 112 x914-12 112 x10-16 134 x914-912 134 x1114-1178 134 x14 2x912 2x1178 2x14 2x16 2116 x912 2116 x1178 2116 x14 2116 x16 214-2516x912 214-2516x1178 214-2516x14 214-2516x16 212 x912 (3x10,12) 212 -2916x1114-1178 212 x14 (3x14) 212 x16
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Model No. SUR/L210 SUR/L214 SUR/L1.81/9 SUR/L1.81/11 SUR/L1.81/14 SUR/L2.06/9 SUR/L2.06/11 SUR/L2.06/14 SUR/L2.06/14 SUR/L2.1/9 SUR/L2.1/11 SUR/L2.1/14 SUR/L2.1/14 SUR/L2.37/9 SUR/L2.37/11 SUR/L2.37/14 SUR/L2.37/14 SUR/L2.56/9 SUR/L2.56/11 SUR/L2.56/14 SUR/L2.56/14 SUR/L210-2 HSUR/L210-2 SUR/L214-2 HSUR/L214-2 SUR/L410 HSUR/L410 SUR/L414 HSUR/L414 HSUR/L4.12/9 HSUR/L4.12/11 HSUR/L4.12/14 HSUR/L4.12/16 HSUR/L4.28/9 HSUR/L4.28/11 HSUR/L4.28/11 HSUR/L4.75/9 HSUR/L4.75/11 HSUR/L4.75/14 HSUR/L4.75/16 HSUR/L5.12/9 HSUR/L5.12/11 HSUR/L5.12/14 HSUR/L5.12/16
Dimensions H B A1 118 118 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 1916 1916 1916 1916 1516 1516 1516 1516 118 118 118 118 1716 114 1716 114 1 1 1 1 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 A2 1516 1516 2516 2516 2516 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 238 238 238 2316 238 2316 238 2316 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238
16 1916 8 16 1916 10
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 14 16 14 16 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 1 16 11316 11316 2116 2116 2116 2116 218 218 218 218 238 238 238 238 2916 2916 2916 2916 318 318 318 318 3916 3916 3916 3916 418 418 418 418 4516 4516 4516 434 434 434 434 518 518 518 518
13
3x914-14 3x14-20 312 x914-14 312 x14-20 4x912 4x1178 4x14 4x16 418x912 418x1178 418x14-16 458x912 458x1178 458x14 458x16 5x912 5x1178 5x14 5x16
2 2 9 3 11 3 1334 3 9116 3316 1114 3316 13 58 3316 13 58 3316 9116 3316 11316 3316 13 916 3316 13 916 3316 81516 3316 11316 3316 13716 3316 13716 3316 81316 3316 11316 3316 13516 3316 13516 3316 81116 258 81116 2716 121116 2716 121116 2716 812 258 812 2716 1212 212 1212 2716 9 3 1118 3 1334 3 1534 3 9 3 1118 3 1118 3 81516 234 101516 234 1334 234 1534 234 9 21316 11 21316 1334 21316 1534 21316
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF/HF Species Header Face Joist Uplift2 Floor Snow Roof Uplift2 Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125) 10-16d 10-10dx112 1250 1440 1635 1760 1075 1240 1405 1515 12-16d 12-10dx112 2165 1730 1960 2115 1860 1485 1685 1820 12-16d 2-10dx112 225 1730 1960 2030 195 1485 1685 1745 16-16d 2-10dx112 225 2305 2615 2730 195 1980 2245 2350 20-16d 2-10dx112 225 2500 2500 2500 195 2150 2150 2150 14-16d 2-10dx112 225 2015 2285 2465 195 1735 1965 2120 16-16d 2-10dx112 225 2305 2615 2665 195 1980 2245 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 14-16d 2-10dx112 225 2015 2285 2465 195 1735 1965 2120 16-16d 2-10dx112 225 2305 2615 2665 195 1980 2245 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 14-16d 2-10dx112 225 2015 2285 2465 195 1735 1965 2120 16-16d 2-10dx112 225 2305 2615 2665 195 1980 2245 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 14-16d 2-10dx112 225 2015 2285 2465 195 1735 1965 2120 16-16d 2-10dx112 225 2305 2615 2665 195 1980 2245 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290 14-16d 6-10dx112 1300 2015 2285 2465 1120 1735 1965 2120 20-16d 6-10dx112 1300 2975 3360 3610 1120 2565 2895 3110 18-16d 8-10dx112 1765 2500 2500 2500 1520 2150 2150 2150 26-16d 8-10dx112 1795 3870 4365 4695 1550 3330 3760 4045 14-16d 1300 2015 2285 2465 1120 1735 1965 2120 6-16d 20-16d 1300 2975 3360 3610 1120 2565 2895 3110 6-16d 18-16d 1765 2500 2500 2500 1520 2150 2150 2150 8-16d 26-16d 1795 3870 4365 4695 1550 3330 3760 4045 8-16d 12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740 16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490 20-16d 2-10dx112 165 2975 3330 3330 140 2565 2865 2865 24-16d 2-10dx112 165 3330 3330 3330 140 2865 2865 2865 12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740 16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490 16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490 12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740 16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490 20-16d 2-10dx112 165 2975 3330 3330 140 2565 2865 2865 24-16d 2-10dx112 165 3330 3330 3330 140 2865 2865 2865 12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740 16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490 20-16d 2-10dx112 165 2975 3330 3330 140 2565 2865 2865 24-16d 2-10dx112 165 3330 3330 3330 140 2865 2865 2865
Fasteners
160
I9, F6, L17 160 I9, F6, L17 I9, F8, L12
160
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Triangle nail holes may be filled (requires web stiffeners) with 10dx1 12" nails for additional uplift. SUR/SUL 9- and 11-inch and all HSUR/HSUL models have (4) additional holes, that when filled can resist 795 lbs. for Douglas Fir or Southern Pine or 685 lbs. for SPF/HF. SUR/SUL 14-inch models have (6) additional holes, that when filled can resists 1190 lbs. for DF/SP and 1025 lbs. for SPF/HF. 3. When the supported member is an I-joist with flanges less than 1 516 inches thick, the allowable uplift shall not exceed 190 lbs. without web stiffeners. 4. Allowable downloads are based on a joist bearing capacity of 750 psi. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
125
VPA
The VPA may be sloped in the field, offering a versatile solution for attaching rafters to the top plate. It will adjust to accommodate slopes between 3:12 and 12:12, making it a complement to the versatile LSSU. This connector eliminates the need for notched rafters, beveled top plates and toe nailing. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Fasteners Actual Joist Width 112 134 2 2116 214 - 2516 212 - 2916 312 Model No. Uplift W B Carrying Member 8-10d 8-10d 9-10d 9-10d 9-10d 9-10d 11-10d Carried Member 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 DF/SP Species (160) 295 295 295 295 295 295 295
B Flange
VPA25
A Flange
Allowable Loads Lateral Download DF/SP 1050 1050 1230 1230 1230 1230 1230 SPF 870 870 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 DF/SP Species (160) F1 F2 375 250 375 250 375 250 375 250 375 250 375 250 375 250 SPF/HF Species (160) F1 F2 325 250 325 250 325 250 325 250 325 250 325 250 325 250 SPF Species (160) 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Code Ref.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1. Uplift loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
A Flange
Required Pitch
10d Common
10d Common
The HCP connects a rafter or joist to double top plates at a 45 angle. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach HCP to double top plates; birdsmouth not required for table loads. Install rafter and complete nailing. Rafter may be sloped to 45. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Code Ref.
HCP1.81
U.S. Patent 5,380,115
I8, L15, F7
1. Loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. The HCP can be installed on the inside and the outside of the wall with a flat bottom chord truss and achieve twice the load capacity. 3. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
126
STEP 1 Install top nails and face PAN nails in A flange to outside wall top plate.
STEP 2 Seat rafter with a hammer, adjusting B flange to the required pitch.
STEP 3 Install B flange nails in the obround nail holes, locking the pitch.
STEP 4 Bend tab with hammer and install 10dx1 12" nail into tab nail hole. Hammer nail in at an approximate 45 angle to limit splitting.
PAI/MPAI
Purlin Anchors
Wood-to-concrete and wood-to-CMU connectors that satisfy code requirements. The PAs dual embedment line allows installation in concrete or concrete block. MATERIAL: MPAI14 gauge; PAI12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available HDG or ZMAX coating. INSTALLATION: Minimum concrete strength is 2000 psi. Use all specified fasteners; some models have extra fastener holes. See General Notes. PAI is designed for wood I-joists with LVL flanges 2 12" or wider. Nail spacing is 3" on center with 10dx1 12" nails, to minimize the chance of wood splitting. Maximum ledger width for full loads is 1 12". MPAI is designed for open web trusses and I-joists with solid sawn or LVL chords/flanges 3 12" or wider. For SPF chords/flanges reduce loads by 0.86. EDGE DISTANCEMinimum concrete edge distance is 5". Minimum concrete block left-to-right edge distance is 20". CONCRETE BLOCK WALLSThe minimum wall specifications are: A One #4 vertical rebar, 32" long, 16" each side of anchor; B Two courses of grout filled block above and below the anchor (no cold joints allowed); C A horizontal bond beam with two #4 rebars, 40" long, a maximum of two courses above or below the anchor. D Minimum masonry compressive strength, f'm = 1500 psi. OPTIONS: See LTT and HTT Tension Ties. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
PAI
M Conasonry cre and te E mb edm MPAI ent
ASCE 7-05 12.11.2.2.5 states: Diaphragm to structural wall anchorage using embedded straps shall be attached to, or hooked around the reinforcing steel, or otherwise terminated to effectively transfer forces to the reinforcing steel.
Model No. PAI18 PAI23 PAI28 PAI35 MPAI32 MPAI44 PAI18 PAI23 PAI28 PAI35 MPAI32 MPAI44 PAI18 PAI23 PAI28 PAI35 MPAI32 MPAI44
Fasteners L Masonry 10-10dx112 15-10dx112 21-10dx112 26-10dx112 16-10dx112 24-10dx112 8-10dx112 13-10dx112 19-10dx112 24-10dx112 16-10dx112 24-10dx112 7-10dx112 12-10dx112 18-10dx112 23-10dx112 16-10dx112 24-10dx112 Concrete
Allowable Loads Masonry Concrete (160) (160) 1805 2560 3460 3685 2355 2865 1505 2255 3160 3685 2355 2865 1355 2105 3010 3685 2355 2865
Code Ref.
18 23 29 35 32 44 18 23 29 35 32 44 18 23 29 35 32 44
2x Ledger 12-10dx112 1505 17-10dx112 2255 23-10dx112 2815 29-10dx112 2815 16-10dx112 2355 24-10dx112 2865 134 LVL and 3x Ledger 10-10dx112 1205 15-10dx112 1955 21-10dx112 2815 27-10dx112 2815 16-10dx112 2355 24-10dx112 2865 4x Ledger 9-10dx112 1055 14-10dx112 1805 20-10dx112 2705 26-10dx112 2815 16-10dx112 2355 24-10dx112 2865
IL8
Hanger not shown for clarity
IL8
IL8
RC Ripper Clip
The Ripper Clip is designed to connect ripped 2x framing to the top of another wood joist. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Refer to General Notes. Attach RC to ripper, then attach ripper/RC assembly to roof joist. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Allowable Uplift Load (160) 205 240 205
F1
F2
Code Ref.
170
RC1.56
(others similar)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
1. Allowable loads are for DFL ripper members. 2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no other increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 3. Designer to consider stability/blocking requirements for system, if necessary. 4. Spacing of RC per Designer. 5. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
SDW
The Strong-Drive SDW screw is a 0.22" diameter, high-strength structural wood screw specifically designed for fastening multi-ply wood members such as plated trusses, engineeredlumber products and solid-sawn lumber. The SDW installs easily with no pre-drilling and is available in optimized lengths for fastening 2, 3 and 4-ply trusses or 1 34" engineered lumber such as structural composite lumber (SCL). The SDW enables single-side fastening, while still allowing concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the full allowable head or tip-side load of the fastener. W 22 Low-profile head for reduced interference during handling or installation of hardware on the assembly X.X X High shear values enable wider screw spacing Bold thread design firmly cinches plies together to close gaps in multi-ply assemblies " Optimal screw lengths provide maximum penetration MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel FINISH: Black E-coat 0.22" WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the SDW wood screws should L only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments. SDW INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. U.S. Patents SDW screws install best with a low-speed 12" drill and a T-40 6-lobe bit. The matched 5,897,280 bit included with the screws is recommended for best results. 7,101,133, T-40 Pre-drilling is typically not required. SDW screws may be installed through metal truss and Driver Bit plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 patent pending (included) Section 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit). TL Screw heads that are countersunk ush to the wood surface are acceptable if the screw has not spun out. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 3" to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to avoid lumber defects. NOTES TO THE DESIGNER: 1. Single-fastener shear loads for Tables 1-4, and withdrawal loads in this section, are based on testing per ICC-ES AC233. Allowable withdrawal load for DF/SP/SCL is 200 pounds per inch (lbs./in.) and for SPF/HF withdrawal is 150 lbs/in. Total allowable withdrawal load is based on actual thread penetration into the main member. 2. Allowable loads in tables are shown at the load duration factor of CD = 1.00 and shall be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors per the NDS. Loads may be increased for load duration per the building code up to a CD of 1.6. 3. Minimum fastener spacing requirements: 6" end distance, 1 716" edge distance, 58" between staggered rows of fasteners, 4" between non-staggered rows of fasteners and 6" between fasteners in a row. Note exceptions in Table 5. 4. Maximum fastener spacing is recommended to not exceed 24" on-center except as approved by a qualied Designer. 5. For structural composite lumber (SCL = LVL, PSL or LSL) loads, assume an equivalent Specic Gravity of 0.50 or higher. 6. Tabular loads in this document are based on the capacity of the Simpson Strong-Tie SDW22 fasteners. The capacity of the multi-ply assembly must be checked by a qualified Designer. 7. For top loaded solid sawn 2x built-up assemblies that are evenly loaded across the entire assembly width, the recommended fastener spacing is two rows at 32" o.c.. For top-loaded SCL 1 34" built up assemblies that are evenly loaded across the entire assembly width, the recommended fastener spacing is two rows at 24" o.c. for up to 18" deep members, and 3 rows at 24" o.c. for members deeper than 18". CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Product Information
Head Stamp Length 3.00 3.37 4.37 4.62 5.00 6.00 6.37 6.75 Nominal Screw Length (L) (in) 278 338 438 458 5 6 638 634 Typical Application1 2x/Truss SCL 2x/Truss Desert 2x/Truss SCL/3x2PCT 2x/Truss Desert 2x/Truss SCL/4x2PCT Thread Length (TL) (in) 1716 1916 1716 1716 1916 1716 1716 1916 Retail Box3 Quantity (1 Bit) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Retail Boxes/ Carton 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 Mini-Bulk Bulk Bucket Bucket 2 Quantity Quantity (2 Bits) (1 Bit) 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 950 900 600 600 600 500 500 500
1. Typical screw application key: 2x/Truss = Solid-sawn dimensional lumber and plated wood trusses. 2x/Truss Desert = Solid-sawn dimensional lumber and plated wood trusses in desert environments (scant lumber). SCL = 1 34" plies of structural-composite lumber. SCL/3x2PCT = 1 34" plies of structural-composite lumber or double 3x2 parallel-chord trusses. SCL/4x2PCT = 134" or 312" plies of structural-composite lumber or double 4x2 parallel-chord trusses. 2. To order mini-bulk buckets add the letters MB to the model number, e.g. SDW22458MB. 3. To order retail pack boxes add -R50 to the model number, e.g. SDW22458-R50. 4. If assembly is less than or equal to 4 916 " thick, use the SDW22438. 5. If assembly is less than or equal to 6 316 " thick, use the SDW22600.
Side Member
Model No.2,3
Table 1 Single Fastener Shear Loads for Solid Sawn and 2x Truss Loaded on Head Side
Nominal Screw Length (L) (in) 278 438 458 6 638 Thread Length (TL) (in) 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 Nominal Side Member Thickness (in) 112 112 112 112 112 Main Member Penetration (in) 1381 278 278 412 412 DF/SP Allowable Shear (lbs) 325 400 400 400 400 SPF/HF Allowable Shear (lbs) 255 325 325 340 340 Code Ref.
Main Member
Assembly
Model No.
Load
2-ply 2x/Truss 3-ply 2x/Truss Desert 3-ply 2x/Truss 4-ply 2x/Truss Desert 4-ply 2x/Truss
IP4, F32
128
1. For minimum penetration into main member of 1 18", use 235 lbs. for DF/SP and 210 lbs. for SPF/HF.
SDW
Table 2 Single Fastener Shear Loads for Solid Sawn and 2x Truss Loaded on Tip Side
Assembly 2-ply 2x/Truss 3-ply 2x/Truss Desert 3-ply 2x/Truss 4-ply 2x/Truss Desert 4-ply 2x/Truss Model No. SDW22300 SDW22438 SDW22458 SDW22600 SDW22638 Main Nominal Thread Nominal Screw Length Length Side Member Member Thickness Penetration (TL) (L) (in) (in) (in) (in) 278 438 458 6 638 1716 1716 1716 1716 1716 112 3 3 412 412 1 381 1 381 1 381 1 381 1 381 DF/SP Allowable Shear (lbs) 325 275 275 275 275 SPF/HF Allowable Shear (lbs) 255 255 255 255 255 Code Ref. IP4, F32
Side Member
Load
170
1. For minimum penetration into main member of 1 18", use 235 lbs. for DF/SP and 210 lbs. for SPF/HF.
Table 3 Single Fastener Shear Loads for LVL, PSL and LSL Loaded on Head Side
Assembly 2-ply 134 SCL 3-ply 134 SCL 4-ply 134 SCL 2-ply 312 SCL Model No. SDW22338 SDW22500 SDW22634 SDW22634 Nominal Screw Length (L) (in) 338 5 634 634 Thread Length (TL) (in) 1916 1916 1916 1916 Nominal Side Member Thickness (in) 134 134 134 312 Main Member Penetration (in) 1581 314 5 314 Allowable Shear (lbs) 400 400 400 400
Side Member
Main Member
Load
Code Ref.
IP4, F32
1. For minimum penetration into main member of 1 12", use 300 lbs.
Table 4 Single Fastener Shear Loads for LVL, PSL and LSL Loaded on Tip Side
Assembly 2-ply 134 SCL 3-ply 134 SCL 4-ply 134 SCL 2-ply 312 SCL Model No. SDW22338 SDW22500 SDW22634 SDW22634 Nominal Screw Length (L) (in) 338 5 634 634 Thread Length (TL) (in) 1916 1916 1916 1916 Nominal Side Member Thickness (in) 134 312 514 312 Main Member Penetration (in) 1581 112 112 314 Allowable Shear (lbs) 400 300 300 400 Code Ref. IP4, F32 170 IP4, F32
Side Member
Main Member
Load
1. For minimum penetration into main member of 1 12", use 300 lbs.
129
SDW
Table 5 Single Fastener Shear Loads for Two-Ply 3x2/4x2 Parallel-Chord Trusses Loaded on Either Side
Assembly Model No. Nominal Screw Length (L) (in) 5 6 34 DF/SP Allowable Shear (lbs) 280 280 SPF/HF Allowable Shear (lbs.) 200 200
Truss member
Code Ref.
"
3"
3"
SDW22500 SDW22634
1"
170
SDW Screw Position in 2-Ply 4x2 Truss 1. To transfer uniform or concentrated loads applied to (2-ply 3x2 similar) simply supported spans on assembly top chord: a. Space screws as required to transfer half the load into the supporting truss. b. Minimum screw spacing shall be 4" o.c. Concentrated Load Uniform Load 2. To transfer concentrated loads applied to simply supported spans on an assembly top chord or 12" Max. 12" Max. vertical web: a. Concentrated loads must be applied at a panel point. b. Screws to be installed within 12" of the concentrated load on top-chord assembly Strong-Drive 3. Gap between the trusses shall not exceed 18" o.c. SDW screw (typ.) Strong-Drive 4. Floor sheathing shall be screwed or nailed to SDW screw (typ.) each top-chord ply. (Fastener spacing per the applicable Code requirements, or 12" o.c.) 5. SDW screws shall not be installed in areas where lumber wane exceeds 14". 6. Hangers on skewed girders: a. Hanger loads not exceeding 34" o.c. on a skewed girder (resulting from uniformly spaced joists up to 24" o.c.) may be converted to a uniform load. b. For girders with hanger load spacing in excess of 34" o.c. the loads shall be considered as concentrated loads at the applicable locations. 7. Other configurations acceptable as long as approved by Truss Designer.
Table 6 Sideloaded Multi-Ply Assemblies Allowable Uniform Load Applied to Either Outside Member
Multiple Members Assembly Components A-W 2 -ply 2x/Truss B-W C-W 3 -ply 2x/Truss 4 -ply 2x/Truss Nominal Screw Length (in) 278 438 or 458 6 or 638 DF/SP Loaded Side Either Head Tip Head Tip SDW @ 12" o.c. 2 Rows 1300 1200 825 1065 735 3 Rows 1950 1800 1240 1600 1100 SDW @ 16" o.c. 2 Rows 975 900 620 800 550 3 Rows 1465 1350 930 1200 825 SDW @ 24" o.c. 2 Rows 650 600 415 535 365 3 Rows 975 900 620 800 550 SDW @ 12" o.c. 2 Rows 1020 975 765 905 680 3 Rows 1530 1465 1150 1360 1020 SPF/HF SDW @ 16" o.c. 2 Rows 765 730 575 680 510 3 Rows 1150 1095 860 1020 765 SDW @ 24" o.c. 2 Rows 510 490 385 455 340 3 Rows 765 730 575 680 510
1. Each ply is assumed to carry same proportion of load. 2. Loads may be applied to the head side and tip side concurrently provided neither published allowable load is exceeded. (Example: a 3-ply DF assembly with a head side load of 1300 plf and tip side load of 900 plf may be fastened together with 3 rows of SDW @ 16" o.c.)
3. When hangers are installed on tip side, hanger face fasteners must be a minimum of 3" long. 4. Tables are based on Main Member Penetration as noted in Tables 1 and 2. 5. Hanger load spacing on the multi-ply assembly should not exceed 24" o.c. Exception: On a skewed girder, hanger loads up to 34" o.c. (resulting from joists uniformly spaced up to 24" o.c.) may be converted to a uniform load.
6" Min. end distance 1" Min. edge distance
W 22 W 22
X.X X
W 22
X.X X
W 22
Head Side
Head Side
Head Side
Head Side
Tip Side
Tip Side
Tip Side
Tip Side
X.X X
X.X X
W 22
W 22
X.X X
X.X X
Assembly A-W
Assembly B-W
Assembly C-W
Assembly F-W
Spacing Requirements
Table 7 Sideloaded Multi-Ply LVL, PSL and LSL Assemblies Allowable Uniform Load Applied to Either Outside Member
Multiple Members Assembly A-W B-W C-W F-W Components 2-ply SCL 3-ply SCL 4-ply SCL 2- ply SCL Nominal Screw Length (in) 338 5 634 634 Loaded Side Either Head Tip Head Tip Either SDW @ 12" o.c. 2 Rows 1600 1200 900 1065 800 1600 3 Rows 2400 1800 1350 1600 1200 2400 SDW @ 16" o.c. 2 Rows 1200 900 675 800 600 1200 3 Rows 1800 1350 1015 1200 900 1800 SDW @ 24" o.c. 2 Rows 800 600 450 535 400 800 3 Rows 1200 900 675 800 600 1200
130
1. Each ply is assumed to carry same proportion of load. 2. Loads may be applied to the head side and tip side concurrently provided neither published allowable load is exceeded. (Example: a 3-ply assembly with a head side load of 1300 plf
and tip side load of 1000 plf may be fastened together with 3 rows of SDW @ 16" o.c.) 3. When hangers are installed on tip side, hanger face fasteners must be a minimum of 3" long. 4. Tables are based on Main Member Penetration as noted in Tables 3 and 4.
THA/THAC
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The THA series have extra long straps that can be fieldformed to give height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. THA hangers can be installed as top flange or face mount hangers. THA4x and THA2x-2 models feature a dense nail pattern in the straps, which provides more installation options and allows for easy top flange installation. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The following installation methods may be used: Top Flange InstallationThe straps must be field formed over the header see table for minimum top flange requirements. Install top and face nails according to the table. Top nails shall not be within 14" from the edge of the top flange members. For the THA29, nails used for joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist and into the header. For all other top flange installations, straighten the double shear nailing tabs and install the nails straight into the joist. Face Mount InstallationInstall all face nails according to the table. Not all nail holes will be filled on all models. On models where there are more nail holes than required, the lowest 4 face holes must be filled. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header. Alternate Installation The THA 4x hangers may be installed in a top flange configuration using the tabulated fasteners for face mount installation and achieve the face mount installation loads. Install the tabulated face nails into the face and top of the carrying member. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header. OPTIONS: THA hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 3 58" Double (except THA413) and larger, with no Shear load reduction order THAC hanger. Nailing CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Top View Key Chart.
Dimensions Model No.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
THA29
THAC422
THA418
Refer to footnote 6
Typical THA Top Flange Installation on a Nailer (except THA29) Typical THA29 Top Flange Installation Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab unless otherwise noted Dome Double Shear Nailing Side View (available on some models)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Ga
Min.5 Min. Top Header Flange Depth 2716 112 2 2 2 112 2 2 2 2 2 91116 13516 17316 14116 14116 1338 14116 14116 16116 16316 18
THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THA426 THA422-2 THA426-2 THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THA426 THA422-2 THA426-2
18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 14 14 14 18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 14 14 14
158 158 158 318 318 358 358 358 358 714 714 158 158 158 318 318 358 358 358 358 714 714
91116 13516 17316 171116 22316 13516 1712 22 26 221116 26116 91116 13516 17316 171116 22316 13516 1712 22 26 221116 26116
518 512 512 8 8 412 778 778 778 934 934 518 512 512 8 8 412 778 778 778 934 934
Fasteners DF/SP Allowable Loads Carrying Carried Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Member Member (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) Top Face Straight Slant TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION3 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 560 2260 2310 2350 2350 4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112 1615 1615 1615 1615 4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112 1615 1615 1615 1615 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 2245 2245 2245 2245 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 2245 2245 2245 2245 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 1615 1615 1615 1615 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 2245 2245 2245 2245 4-16d 2-16d 6-10d 2245 2245 2245 2245 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2435 2435 2435 2435 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3330 3330 3330 3330 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3330 3330 3330 3330 FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION4 16-10d 4-10d 560 2125 2310 2350 2350 14-10d 4-10d 1170 1795 1840 1870 1870 18-10d 4-10d 1170 1795 1840 1870 1870 22-16d 6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695 22-16d 6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695 14-10d 4-10d 1170 1940 2235 2400 2400 22-16d 6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695 22-16d 6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695 30-16d 6-16d 1855 4550 4550 4550 4550 30-16d 6-16d 1855 5160 5520 5520 5520 38-16d 6-16d 1855 5520 5520 5520 5520
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) 480 480 780 780 1595 1595 780 1595 1595 1595 1595 1595 1740 1280 1280 1935 1935 1280 1935 1935 2095 2865 2865 1740 1385 1385 3185 3185 1660 3185 3185 3915 4440 4440 1785 1280 1280 1935 1935 1280 1935 1935 2095 2865 2865 1785 1425 1425 3185 3185 1910 3185 3185 3915 4745 4745 1815 1280 1280 1935 1935 1280 1935 1935 2095 2865 2865 1815 1450 1450 3185 3185 2075 3185 3185 3915 4745 4745 Code Ref.
1815 1280 1280 1935 I8, L15, F7 1935 1280 1935 1935 I8, F7 2095 F23 2865 170 2865 170 1815 1450 1450 3185 3185 2210 3185 3185 3915 4745 4745
I8, L15, F7
1. Uplift has been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Wind (160) is a download rating. 3. For single 4x2 top chord carrying members or single 2x nailers, the following THA hangers can be installed using 10dx1 12" top nails and 2-16d face nails with reduced allowable loads as noted: THA418/THA422: 1415 lbs. for DF/SP, 1215 lbs. for SPF; THA426: 2245 lbs. for DF/SP, 1930 lbs. for SPF; THA422-2/THA426-2: 2345 lbs. for DF/SP, 2015 lbs. for SPF. Loads are based on hanger installations at panel points. 4. Face mount installation loads are based on minimum of 2-ply 2x
carrying member. For single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1 12" nails into the carrying member and tabulated fasteners into the carried member, and use 0.80 of the table value for 18 gauge, and 0.68 of the table value for 16 gauge and 14 gauge. 5. Min. Top Flange refers to the minimum length of strap that must be field formed over the header. 6. For the THA 2x models, one strap may be installed vertically according to the face mount nailing requirements and the other strap wrapped over the truss chord according to the top flange nailing requirements (see drawing above) and achieve full tabulated top flange installation loads. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
131
LUS/MUS/HUS/HHUS/HGUS/HUSC
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
All hangers in this series have double shear nailing an innovation that distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. This allows for fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of all common nails for the same connection. Double shear hangers range from the light capacity LUS hangers to the highest capacity HGUS hangers. For medium load truss applications, the MUS offers a lower cost alternative and easier installation than the HUS or THA hangers, while providing greater load capacity and bearing than the LUS. MATERIAL: See tables below and on page 133. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. Not designed for welded or nailer applications. OPTIONS: LUS and MUS hangers cannot be modified. HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2-2x (3 18") and 4x only, with no load reduction. See HUSC Concealed Flange illustration. Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS and HHUS. See Hanger Options, pages 200-202, for sloped and/or skewed HHUS models. Other sizes available; consult your Simpson Strong-Tie representative. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HUS210 MUS28
(HUS26, HUS28, and HHUS similar)
LUS28
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
HGUS28-2 HHUS210-2
"M
in.
HUSC
Concealed Flanges (not available for HHUS, HGUS and HUS2x) (Truss Designer to provide fastener quantity for connecting multiple members together)
Model No.
Min. Heel Ga Height 258 414 41116 4516 4916 4316 6516 612 6916 414 838
Dimensions W H B
Fasteners Carrying Carried Member Member 4-10d 4-10d 6-10d 14-16d 20-16d 6-10d 8-10d 22-16d 36-16d 8-10d 30-16d 2-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-16d 8-16d 4-10d 8-10d 8-16d 12-16d 4-10d 10-16d
DF Allowable Loads Model No. Uplift (160) 490 1165 1090 1550 1765 1165 1555 2000 3015 1165 3000
1
SP Allowable Loads Wind (160) 1045 1355 1825 3335 5390 1725 2645 4335 7275 2090 5020 Uplift (160) 490 1165 1090 1550 1765 1165 1555 2000 3015 1165 3000
1
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Wind (160) 1135 1475 1825 3335 5390 1835 2645 4335 7275 2270 4930 Uplift (160) 420 1005 940 1335 1520 1005 1335 1720 2595 1005 2580
1
Floor (100) 670 865 1295 2720 4360 1100 1730 3965 6745 1340 4255
Snow (115) 765 990 1480 3095 4885 1255 1975 4120 6970 1525 4445
Roof (125) 825 1070 1605 3335 5230 1360 2140 4220 7125 1650 4575
Floor (100) 725 940 1410 2950 4725 1200 1880 3790 6460 1445 4105
Snow (115) 830 1075 1610 3335 5290 1365 2150 3960 6705 1660 4310
Roof (125) 895 1165 1745 3335 5390 1480 2330 4070 6870 1795 4450
Floor (100) 575 740 1110 2330 3750 940 1475 2905 4960 1145 3150
Snow (115) 655 845 1265 2650 4200 1075 1690 3035 5160 1305 3315
Roof (125) 705 915 1370 2820 4500 1165 1830 3125 5290 1415 3425
Wind (160) 895 1160 1570 2865 4635 1475 2275 3435 5745 1745 3815
Code Ref.
SINGLE 2x SIZES LUS24 LUS26 MUS26 HUS26 HGUS26 LUS28 MUS28 HUS28 HGUS28 LUS210 HUS210
I7, L17 I7, F6, L17 I7, L17 I7, F6, L17
132
Note: For dimensions and fastener information, see table above. See table footnotes on page 133.
LUS24 LUS26 MUS26 HUS26 HGUS26 LUS28 MUS28 HUS28 HGUS28 LUS210 HUS210
SINGLE 2x SIZES 1916 418 134 18 1916 434 134 18 1916 5316 2 16 158 538 3 12 158 538 5 18 1916 658 134 18 1916 61316 2 16 158 7 3 12 158 718 5 18 1916 71316 134 16 158 9 3
Model No.
Dimensions W H
Fasteners
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125) Wind (160) Uplift1 (160)
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125) Wind (160) Code Ref.
DOUBLE 2x SIZES LUS24-2 LUS26-2 HHUS26-2 HGUS26-2 LUS28-2 HHUS28-2 HGUS28-2 LUS210-2 HHUS210-2 HGUS210-2 2 4 4916 4516 4916 4 16 6916 6916 6716 8 38 8916
9 1
18 18
3 8 318
2 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
4-16d 4-16d 14-16d 20-16d 6-16d 22-16d 36-16d 8-16d 30-16d 46-16d
2-16d 4-16d 6-16d 8-16d 4-16d 8-16d 12-16d 6-16d 10-16d 16-16d
440 1165 1550 2155 1165 2000 3235 1745 4000 4095
800 1030 2785 4355 1315 4210 7460 1830 5635 9100
910 1180 3155 4875 1500 4770 7460 2090 6380 9100
985 1280 3405 5230 1625 5140 7460 2265 6880 9100
1250 1625 4265 5575 2060 6440 7460 2870 7165 9100
380 1000 1335 1855 1000 1720 2785 1500 3525 3525
680 880 2390 3750 1125 3615 6415 1565 4835 7465
780 1010 2710 4200 1285 4095 6415 1785 5270 7730
845 1090 2925 4500 1390 4415 6415 1935 5380 7825
1070 1385 3665 4795 1765 5375 6415 2455 5765 7825 I7, L17 I7, F6, L17 I7, L17 I7, F6, L17 I7, L17 I7, F6, L17
14 3516 12 3516 18 3 8
1
TRIPLE 2x SIZES HGUS26-3 HGUS28-3 HGUS210-3 HGUS212-3 HGUS214-3 41316 61316 81316 10 58 12 58 12 41516 12 41516 12 41516 512 714 914 4 4 4 20-16d 36-16d 46-16d 56-16d 66-16d 8-16d 12-16d 16-16d 20-16d 22-16d 2155 3235 4095 5045 5515 4355 7460 9100 9600 10100 4875 7460 9100 9600 10100 5230 7460 9100 9600 10100 5575 7460 9100 9600 10100 1855 2785 3525 4335 4745 3750 6415 7825 8255 8685 4200 6415 7825 8255 8685 4500 6415 7825 8255 8685 4795 6415 7825 8255 8685 I7, L17
12 41516 10 58 4 12 41516 12 58 4
QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES HGUS26-4 HGUS28-4 HGUS210-4 HGUS212-4 HGUS214-4 512 714 914 10 58 12 58 12 6916 12 6916 12 6916 5716 7316 9316 4 4 4 20-16d 36-16d 46-16d 56-16d 66-16d 8-16d 12-16d 16-16d 20-16d 22-16d 2155 3235 4095 5045 5515 4355 7460 9100 9600 10100 4875 7460 9100 9600 10100 4x SIZES LUS46 HGUS46 HHUS46
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
18 3 16 12 14 358 358
9
2 4 3 2 2 3 4 2 3 4 4
4-16d 20-16d 14-16d 6-16d 6-16d 22-16d 36-16d 8-16d 30-16d 46-16d 56-16d 66-16d
4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 8-16d 12-16d 6-16d 10-16d 16-16d 20-16d 22-16d
1165 2155 1550 1165 1550 2000 3235 1745 3745 4095 5045 5515
1030 4355 2790 1315 1595 4215 7460 1830 5640 9100 9600 10100
1180 4875 3160 1500 1815 4770 7460 2090 6385 9100 9600 10100
1280 5230 3410 1625 1960 5150 7460 2265 6890 9100 9600 10100
1625 5575 4265 2060 2470 6440 7460 2870 7165 9100 9600 10100
1000 1855 1335 1000 1550 1720 2785 1500 3440 3525 4335 4745
880 3750 2390 1125 1365 3615 6415 1565 4835 7825 8255 8685
1010 4200 2710 1285 1555 4095 6415 1785 5480 7825 8255 8685
1090 4500 2925 1390 1680 4415 6415 1935 5910 7825 8255 8685
1385 4795 3665 1765 2115 5535 6415 2455 6165 7825 8255 8685
18 3916
358 10716 4 3 8 12 16
I7, L17
1. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. For normal loading applications such as cantilever construction refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software or conservatively divide the uplift load by 1.6. 2. Wind (160) is a download rating. 3. Minimum heel height shown is required to achieve full table loads. For less than minimum heel height, see technical bulletin T-REDHEEL (see page 215 for details). 4. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins
T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 5. Loads shown are based on minimum of 2-ply 2x carrying member. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx2 12" nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1 12" nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
133
1"
HTU Installation for Standard Allowable Loads (For 12" maximum gap, use Alternate Allowable Loads.)
HTU26 HTU26 (Min) HTU26 (Max) HTU28 (Min) HTU28 (Max) HTU210 (Min) HTU210 (Max) HTU26-2 (Min) HTU26-2 (Max) HTU28-2 (Min) HTU28-2 (Max) HTU210-2 (Min) HTU210-2 (Max)
158 158 158 158 158 158 158 3516 3516 3516 3516 3516 3516
5716 5716 5716 7116 7116 9116 9116 5716 5716 7116 7116 9116 9116
312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312
1. The maximum hanger gap is measured between the joist (or truss) end and the carrying member. 2. Minimum heel heights required for full table loads are based on a minimum 2/12 pitch. 3. Uplift has been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 4. Wind (160) is a download rating. 5. For hanger gaps between 18" and 12" use the Alternate Allowable Loads. 6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins
T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 7. Loads shown are based on a minimum 2-ply 2x carrying member. For single 2x carrying members, use N10 (10dx1 12") nails into the header and reduce the allowable download to 0.70 of the table value. The allowable uplift is 100% of the table load. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Fasteners Carrying Member 10-16d 10-16d 20-16d 20-16d Carried Member 14-10dx112 20-10dx112 26-10dx1 2 32-10dx112
1
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 925 1310 1970 2760 Floor (100) 1470 1470 2940 2940 Snow (115) 1670 1670 3340 3340 Roof (125) 1800 1800 3600 3600 Wind (160) 2040 2250 3905 3905 Uplift (160) 795 1125 1695 2375
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 1265 1265 2530 2530 Snow (115) 1435 1435 2870 2870 Roof (125) 1550 1550 3095 3095 Wind (160) 1755 1935 3360 3360
Code Ref.
I7, L17, F6
134
1. See table above for dimensions and additional footnotes. 2. Maximum hanger gap for the alternate installation is 12". 3. Wind (160) is a download rating.
4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
SINGLE 2x SIZES 730 2940 3045 1250 2940 3200 1555 2940 3340 1235 3820 3895 2140 3820 4340 1330 4355 4355 3315 4705 5345 DOUBLE 2x SIZES 1515 2940 3340 2175 2940 3340 1530 3820 4310 3485 3820 4340 1755 4705 4815 4110 4705 5345
I7, L17, F6
HTU268 HTU26 (Min) HTU26 (Max) HTU28 (Min) HTU28 (Max) HTU210 (Min) HTU210 (Max) HTU26-2 (Min) HTU26-2 (Max) HTU28-2 (Min) HTU28-2 (Max) HTU210-2 (Min) HTU210-2 (Max)
158 158 158 158 158 158 158 3516 3516 3516 3516 3516 3516
5716 5716 5716 7116 7116 9116 9116 5716 5716 7116 7116 9116 9116
312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312
SINGLE 2x SIZES 670 2735 2735 1175 2940 3100 1215 2940 3340 1125 3770 3770 1920 3820 4340 1250 3600 3600 3255 4705 5020 DOUBLE 2x SIZES 1515 2940 3340 1910 2940 3340 1490 3820 3980 3035 3820 4340 1755 4255 4255 3855 4705 5345
I7, L17, F6
I7, L17, F6
HGUQ28-2
Model No.
Dimensions Ga W H B
SDS Fasteners Carrying Member (12) 14"x3" (20) 14"x3" (28) 14"x3" Carried Member (4) 14"x3" (6) 14"x3" (8) 14"x3" Uplift1 (160) 1635 2565 3440
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125) Wind (160) 5565 7330 7415 5165 9175 9745 5165 8860 10260 5165 7330 7415 Uplift1 (160) 1175 1845 2475 1175 1845 2475 1710 2890 3000 1175 1845 2475
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 3630 5280 5340 3630 6050 7015 3630 6050 7385 3630 5280 5340 Snow (115) 4005 5280 5340 3720 6605 7015 3720 6380 7385 3720 5280 5340 Roof (125) 4005 5280 5340 3720 6605 7015 3720 6380 7385 3720 5280 5340 Wind (160) 4005 5280 5340 3720 6605 7015 3720 6380 7385 3720 5280 5340
Code Ref.
HGUQ26-2-SDS3 HGUQ28-2-SDS3 HGUQ210-2-SDS3 HGUQ26-3-SDS4.5 HGUQ28-3-SDS4.5 HGUQ210-3-SDS4.5 HGUQ26-4-SDS6 HGUQ28-4-SDS6 HGUQ210-4-SDS6 HGUQ46-SDS3 HGUQ48-SDS3 HGUQ410-SDS3
12 4 1516 5 12 4 (12) 14"x412" (4) 14"x412" 12 4 1516 7 14 4 (20) 14"x412" (6) 14"x412" 12 4 1516 9 14 4 (28) 14"x412" (8) 14"x412" 12 6 916 5 716 4 12 6 916 7 316 4 12 6 916 9 316 4 12 3 58 12 3 58 12 3 58 4 78 4 6 78 4 8 78 4 (12) 14"x6" (20) 14"x6" (28) 14"x6" (12) 14"x3" (20) 14"x3" (28) 14"x3" (4) 14"x6" (6) 14"x6" (8) 14"x6" (4) 14"x3" (6) 14"x3" (8) 14"x3"
DOUBLE 2x SIZES 5040 5565 5565 7330 7330 7330 7415 7415 7415 TRIPLE 2x SIZES 1635 5040 5165 5165 2565 8400 9175 9175 3440 9745 9745 9745 QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES 2375 5040 5165 5165 4020 8400 8860 8860 4170 10260 10260 10260 4x SIZES 1635 5040 5165 5165 2565 7330 7330 7330 3440 7415 7415 7415
F23
F23
F23
F23
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Wind (160) is a download rating. 3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 4. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
5. SDS screws that penetrate all plies of the supporting girder (screws must penetrate a minimum of 1" into the last truss ply) may also be used to transfer the load through all the plies of the supporting girder. When SDS screws do not penetrate all plies of the supporting girder truss, supplemental SDS screws at the hanger locations may be required to transfer the load to the truss plies not penetrated by the face fasteners, as determined by the Designer. 6. The supporting girder truss must have adequate thickness to accommodate the screw length, so that the screw does not protrude out the back of the girder. 3" or 412" long SDS screws may be substituted for the longer SDS screws with no load reduction. 7. For installations to LSL, use the DF/SP table loads.
135
2" 2"
12 Ga. Top Flange
WM
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
WP
Top Flange Nailing 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-16dx212 2-10d 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-16dx212 2-10d
NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for W and WP hangers used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall.
WP
Typical WM Installation with Alternate Nail Pattern (ANP) for 4x2 Truss
Allowable Loads Header Type Joist 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) LVL 1635 2150 2335 2865 2525 3635 PSL 1740 2020 1950 3250 3250 3320 LSL 2335 3650 3650 DF/SP 1600 2200 1765 2500 3255 3255
Typical WP Installation with Alternate Nailing Pattern (ANP) for 4x2 Truss
Masonry 4175
W WM WP
1. 16d sinkers (9 ga x 3") may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 3. WM hangers are limited based on joist bearing capacity for the specific wood species,
up to the maximum test value of 4175 lbs. All headers are grouted masonry block. 4. Joist dimensions do not include truss plate thickness. 5. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Model No. W1.62x WM1.62x WP3.31x WM3.31x W3.62x WP3.62x WM3.62x WP7.25x WM7.25x
Dimensions Ga W 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 158 158 3516 3516 358 358 358 714 714 Min. H 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3
Fasteners TF 212 334 2316 334 212 2316 334 2316 334 Carrying Member 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 2-16d DPLX Carried Member 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d Floor (100) 2200 1890 3255 3635 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175
DF/SP Allowable Loads Snow (115) 2200 1920 3255 3675 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175 Roof (125) 2200 1940 3255 3700 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175 Wind (160) 2200 1955 3255 3720 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175 Floor (100) 1435 1445 2600 2765 1435 2600 3190 2600 4175
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Snow (115) 1435 1470 2600 2795 1435 2600 3220 2600 4175 Roof (125) 1435 1485 2600 2820 1435 2600 3240 2600 4175 Wind (160) 1435 1500 2600 2835 1435 2600 3260 2600 4175
136
1. WM hangers are limited based on joist bearing capacity for the specific wood species, up to the maximum test value of 4175 lbs. All headers are grouted masonry block. 2. Wind (160) is a download rating.
3. Min. H is the minimum H dimension that may be ordered and desired H dimension should be specified. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. 4. NAILS: 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
THASL29
2 Top nails in field formed strap 4 Face nails
Align back edge of carried member with the slotted holes on the acute side
Step 2: Utilizing a piece of scrap fastened to the hanger (on obtuse side only), bend the hanger along the acute side bend line to the desired angle.
Step 3: Bend the obtuse side of the hanger back toward the header until the narrow nailing flange lies flat against the header, and install obtuse side header top and/or face fasteners.
Step 4: Install joist/truss and install the carried member fasteners on the obtuse side and seat only.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Structural-Connector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
978 978 22
4x Truss
THASR/L422
358
22
Fasteners DF/SP Allowable Loads Carrying Member Carried Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Member (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) Top Face TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION5 4-10d 8-10d 7-10dx112 795 1975 1975 1975 1975 4-10d 8-10d 4-10dx112 385 1485 1485 1485 1485 4-10d 8-10d 4-10dx112 385 1485 1485 1485 1485 4-10d 8-10d 8-10d 825 1660 1660 1660 1660 4-10d 8-10d 5-10d 295 1285 1285 1285 1285 4-10d 8-10d 5-10d 260 1285 1285 1285 1285 4-10d 4-10d 8-10d 1115 1115 1115 1115 4-10d 4-10d 5-10d 925 925 925 925 4-10d 4-10d 5-10d 745 745 745 745 FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION 8-10d 8-10d 810 810 810 810 8-10d 5-10d 730 730 730 730 8-10d 5-10d 730 730 730 730 Fasteners DF/SP Allowable Loads Carrying Member Carried Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Member (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) Top Face TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION5 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 7-SD #9x112 1085 2510 2665 2765 2790 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x112 660 1995 2075 2125 2220 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x112 535 1995 2075 2125 2220 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 1450 2745 2745 2745 2745 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 530 1915 1915 1915 1915 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 665 1530 1530 1530 1530 4-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 1140 1140 1140 1140 4-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 1065 1065 1065 1065 4-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 870 870 870 870 FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION 8-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 1600 1720 1720 1720 8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 1330 1330 1330 1330 8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 1330 1330 1330 1330
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Code Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Ref. (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) 685 330 330 710 255 225 1695 1275 1275 1425 1105 1105 960 795 640 700 625 625 1700 1275 1275 1425 1105 1105 960 795 640 700 625 625 1700 1275 1275 1425 1105 1105 960 795 640 700 625 625 1700 1275 160 1275 1425 1105 160 1105 960 795 160 640 700 625 625
160
THASR/L29
158
978 978 22
4x Truss
THASR/L422 358
22
895 1030 1120 1435 895 1030 1120 1145 160 895 1030 1120 1145
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Wind (160) is a download rating. 3. Minimum carried member heel height shall be 4 12". 4. Heff is the distance from the top of the hanger seat to the top of the carried member. 5. For tabulated top flange installation loads, the straps must be wrapped over the header a minimum of 2". Allowable downloads for the THASR/L29 and THASR/L29-2 with one or both straps installed vertically (with all holes filled) are 90% of the tabulated downloads for skews greater than 22 12 and 85% of the tabulated downloads for
22 12 skews. Allowable uplift capacities are 100% of the tabulated uplift load capacities. 6. Where noted, the THASR/L29 allowable downloads for 75 skews are 1850 lbs. (100) or 1895 lbs. (115/125/160) for DF, and 1380 lbs. (100), 1420 lbs. (115/125), or 1545 lbs. (160) for SPF/HF. Allowable downloads with one or both straps installed vertically (with all holes filled) shall be limited to 75% of these loads. 7. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. 8. SCREWS: SD #9x1 12" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long, SD #9x2 12" (model SD9212) = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long.
137
THAR/L422
Designed for 4x2 floor trusses and 4x beams, the THAR/L422 has a standard skew of 45. Straps must be bent for top flange installation. PAN nailing helps eliminate splitting of 4x2 truss bottom chords. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Straps must be field-formed over the header a minimum of 2 12". Minimum and maximum nailing configurations available see table for nailing requirements. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Fasteners Carrying Member Top
1
THAL422
Typical THAL422 Installation with Minimum Nailing on a Floor Truss with Double 4x2 Top Chord
DF/SP Allowable Loads SPF/HF Allowable Loads Code Ref.
Model No.
Ga
Dimensions Minimum Effective Top Chord (in.) Height on Carrying Heff3 W H C Member Single 4x2 9 min. 9 to 12 > 12 9 min.
Face
1
Uplift Floor Snow Roof Uplift Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125) 310 880 1525 880 1525 880 1525 265 755 1315 935 755 1315 935 755 1315 935
4-10dx1 2 2-10dx1 2 1-10dx1 2 2-10dx112 4-10d 4-10d 2-10d 8-10d 1-10d 1-10d 2-10dx112 2-10dx112
THAR/L422 (Min)
16 3 8 22 8 8
Double 4x2
I8, L15, F7
1. Uplift has been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. Floor loads may be adjusted for load durations according to the code provided they do not exceed those in the roof column.
3. Where the top of the carried member is flush with the top of the carrying member, Heff is equal to the depth of the carried member. Otherwise, Heff shall be measured from the top of the bearing seat to the top of the carrying member. 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
LTHMA
Model No.
Fasteners Header 1 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x4 1 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x6 Header 12-10dx112 12-10d 18-10dx112 18-10d Hips (Total) 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 Fasteners Header 1 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x4 1 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x6 Header 12-10dx112 12-10d 18-10dx112 18-10d Hips (Total) 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 Jack 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) Hip Jack Total 50 10 110 50 10 110 50 10 110 85 15 185 Jack 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 Uplift (160) Hip Jack Total 55 20 130 55 20 130 55 20 130 85 25 195
LTHMA
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 485 110 1080 540 125 1205 600 130 1330 675 150 1500 635 140 1410 635 140 1410 900 200 2000 1035 230 2300 SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 440 55 935 485 65 1035 540 70 1150 570 75 1215 570 75 1215 570 75 1215 815 100 1730 930 125 1985
Roof (125/160) Hip Jack Total 540 125 1205 675 150 1500 635 140 1410 1050 240 2340
IL15
Model No.
LTHMA
Roof (125/160) Hip Jack Total 485 65 1035 570 75 1215 570 75 1215 940 120 2000
Code Ref.
IL15
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Hip loads are for each hip. 3. Load distribution is 45% for each hip and 10% for jack. Other hip/jack load distributions are allowed if the sum of all three carried members does not exceed the total load and the hip members are equally loaded.
4. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
138
THJU
The THJU hip/jack hanger offers the most flexibility and ease of installation without sacrificing performance. The U-shaped hanger works for right and left hand hips and can be ordered to fit a range of hip skews (up to 65 degrees) as well as various single and 2-ply hip/jack combinations. Also can be installed before or after the hip and jack. THJU26 is sized for the standard hip/jack combination with a 45-degree left or right-hand hip. The wide seat of THJU26-W accommodates a 2-ply hip and 2-ply jack combination with a 45 degree maximum hip skew, or a standard single-ply hip/jack configuration with a maximum 65-degree hip skew. Intermediate seat widths are available for other hip/jack or hip/hip combinations. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. OPTIONS: Other seat widths available. See Hanger Options on pages 200-202 for more information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
45
THJU26
B
1" Typ. Working Point 45
Dimensions (in.) Model No. Min. Carried Member 2x4 2x6 or End. Vert.3 2x4 2x6 or End. Vert.3 W H B
Fasteners Carrying Member 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d Hip 4-10d 7-10d 4-10d 7-10d Jack 4-10d 7-10d 4-10d 7-10d Uplift (160) 745 1310 710 1240
DF/SP Allowable Loads Download Floor (100) 1915 2350 1825 1965 Snow (115) 1915 2350 1825 1965 Roof (125) 1915 2350 1825 1965 Wind (160) 1915 2350 1825 1965 Uplift (160) 645 1125 610 1065
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Download Floor (100) 1645 2020 1570 1690 Snow (115) 1645 2020 1570 1690 Roof (125) 1645 2020 1570 1690 Wind (160) 1645 2020 1570 1690 Code Ref.
THJU26 THJU26-W
518 7 78
5 38 5 38
312 312
F23
1. Tabulated loads are the total allowable loads of the hip and jack members combined; 65%-85% of the total load shall be distributed to the hip member, and the remaining percentage of total load shall be distributed to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published total load. 2. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 3. For full load, the jack requires either a min. 2x6 bottom chord or a min. 2x4 end vertical; the hip requires either a min. 2x6 bottom chord or a min.
2x6 end vertical for hip skews up to 60. For hip skews greater than 60 (THJU26-W only), a min. 2x6 bottom chord or min. 2x8 end vertical is required. 4. With single 2x carrying members use 10dx1 12" nails and use 100% of the table value. 5. For single 2x jacks, 10dx1 12" nails may be substituted for the specified 10d commons with no reduction in load. 6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. 7. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
TJC37
Fasteners
139
LTHJA26
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The LTHJA26 is a lighter capacity version of the THJA26 and offers the lowest cost alternative for light hip/jack load applications. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Shall be attached to a double girder truss to allow for required minimum nail penetration. See footnote 3. 10dx1 12" nails must be installed into bottom of hip members through bottom of hanger seat for table loads. OPTIONS: These hangers can not be modified. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
" Typ. Working Point
5"
LTHJA26
Typical LTHJA26 Installation
Working Point
Model No.
Carried Member Carrying Combination Member Side Hip & Center Jack Double (Terminal) Hip 20-10d 20-10d
LTHJA26
I11, F10
1. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Wind (160) is a download rating. 3. Loads shown are based on a minimum 2-2x6 carrying member. For single 2x carrying members (min. 2x6), use 10dx1 12" nails and use 0.67 of the table value. For 2-2x4 carrying members, multiply the download by 0.50.
4. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load. 5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 6. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
THJA26
Working Point
Model No.
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 720 240 960 Floor (100) 2010 670 2680 Snow (115) 2310 770 3080 Roof (125) 2450 815 3265 Wind (160) 2450 815 3265 Uplift (160) 590 195 785
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 1740 580 2320 Snow (115) 2000 670 2670 Roof (125) 2100 700 2800 Wind (160) 2100 700 2800
Hip
Jack
THJA26
6-10dx112
4-10dx112
I11, F10
140
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Wind (160) is a download rating. 3. Loads shown are based on a minimum 2-2x6 carrying member. For single 2x carrying members (min. 2x6), use 10dx1 12" nails and use 0.67 of the table value. For 2-2x4 carrying members, multiply the download by 0.50.
4. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.85 of the table load. 5. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load. 6. For terminal hips, divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable load for each hip. 7. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
MTHM/MTHM-2
Medium to high load capacity hangers designed to carry 2 or 3 trusses. Accommodates right or left hand hips (at 45-degree skews) and can be used for terminal hips with or without the center common jack. The MTHM-2 accommodates 2-ply hips or jacks. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Shall be attached to a double girder truss to allow for required minimum nail penetration. See footnote 8. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. MTHM Top View Left Hand Hip Installation
MTHM
(MTHM-2 similar)
Typical MTHM Installation (2 Hips and a Jack to Girder Truss) MTHM Top View Terminal Installation Without Center Common Jack
MTHM MTHM-2
170
Model No.
MTHM MTHM-2
Roof/Wind (125/160) Hip Jack Total 1880 625 2505 2260 755 3015 2795 930 3725 2510 835 3345 2905 970 3875
Code Ref.
170
MTHM MTHM-2
DF/SP Allowable Loads 5,6 Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 1215 605 3035 1395 700 3490 1860 930 4650 1860 930 4650 2010 1005 5025 2010 1005 5025 1955 980 4890 1955 980 4890 2470 1235 6175 2470 1235 6175 SPF/HF Allowable Loads 5,6 Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 1055 530 2640 1215 605 3035 1600 800 4000 1600 800 4000 1730 865 4325 1730 865 4325 1680 840 4200 1680 840 4200 2125 1060 5310 2125 1060 5310
Roof/Wind (125/160) Hip Jack Total 1520 760 3800 1860 930 4650 2010 1005 5025 1955 980 4890 2470 1235 6175
Code Ref.
170
Model No.
MTHM MTHM-2
Roof/Wind (125/160) Hip Jack Total 1320 660 3300 1600 800 4000 1730 865 4325 1680 840 4200 2125 1060 5310
Code Ref.
170
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Roof (125/160) is a download rating. 3. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load. 4. For terminal hips divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable load for each hip.
5. Hip loads are for each hip. 6. Load distribution is 40% of total load for each hip and 20% for the jack. Other hip/jack load distributions are allowed if the sum of all three carried members does not exceed the total load and the hip members are equally loaded. 7. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2007 wood member design criteria (see page 213 for details). 8. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1 12" nails with 0.67 of the table values. 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
141
THJM
The new THJM is a non-welded hanger designed to carry radial-end jack framing and provide optimal efficiency for those multi-plane, angled bay roofs over breakfast, study and library alcoves. The unique patent pending design of the THJM accommodates 2x4 girder bottom chords and uses our Strong-Drive SDS screws for easy installation with minimal fasteners. FEATURES: The THJM hangers are designed for installation with SDS 14"x3" screws that are included with the parts. The THJM2-4-SDS3 is designed for four incoming jack trusses with the outer jacks being 22 12 from the face of the girder and the inner jacks being 45 from each other and the outer jacks. The THJM2-5-SDS3 is designed for five jacks coming into the hanger at 30 from the girder and each other. Tabs on the seats of the THJM assist in the placement of the jacks and also include obround holes for optional slant nails (10dx1 12") when increased uplift is required. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Each carried jack truss requires one SDS 14"x3" screw installed into the bottom chord through the bottom of the hanger seat. For installation on girders with 2x6 or 2x8 bottom chords, install one additional SDS 14"x3" screw in the triangular hole on each vertical strap. Install two (2) 10dx1 12" slant nails in the obround holes on each of the seat tabs to achieve the additional uplift load noted in the footnote. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1"
5"
3"
"
3" Typ.
THJM2-4-SDS3
(THJM2-5-SDS3 similar)
U.S. Patent Pending
7"
Working Point
22.5
30
30
30 30 30
30
Fasteners Model No. Carrying Member 3 8-SDS 14"x3" 8-SDS 14"x3" Carried Members (Total) 4-SDS 14"x3" 5-SDS 14"x3" Total Uplift (160) 5355
Code Ref.
THJM2-4-SDS3 THJM2-5-SDS3
1. Tabulated loads are the total allowable loads of all carried members combined; the load on any single carried member shall not exceed 25% of the total published load for the THJM2-4. 2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 3. A minimum 2-ply carrying member is required for the tabulated loads. 4. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads per ANSI/TPI 1-2007.
DSC5R/L-SDS3
(DSC2 similar) (Right hand DSC shown; specify right or left hand when ordering)
U.S. Patent 6,655,096
142
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Simpson Strong-Tie SDS screws minimum penetration is 2 34", minimum end distance is 2 12" for DSC2 and 3 34" for DSC5 and minimum edge
distance is 58" for full load values. 3. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.4 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
THGQ/THGQH
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
A lower cost alternative to bolted hangers, the THGQ and THGQH hangers for multi-ply girder trusses use Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws to provide high load capacities and easier installation compared to bolts. The SDS screws help transfer the load between the plies of the supporting girder when they penetrate all plies. THGQ and THGQH models offer minimum and optional maximum fastener quantities to accommodate varying design needs. Allowable loads for various girder web member sizes provide additional installation options. MATERIAL: THGQ7 gauge, THGQH3 gauge FINISH: THGQGalvanized, THGQHSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Can be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. SDS screws supplied for all round and triangle holes. Installation may not require use of all SDS screws. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. THGQ2-SDS3 The thickness of the supporting girder must be equal to or (THGQ3-SDS4.5 Similar) greater than the screw length. For applications where the length of the supplied screws exceeds the thickness of the supporting girder, 3" or 4 12" screws may be substituted for the longer length screws with no load reduction, or a shim block may be used as approved by the Designer. Girders must be adequately laterally braced to prevent excessive displacement due to secondary torsional stresses (Ref ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5). OPTIONS: THGQH hangers may be skewed 45 degrees, see Hanger Options on pages 200-202. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. THGQ2-SDS3 (Min) THGQ2-SDS3 (Max) THGQH2-SDS3 (Min) THGQH2-SDS3 (Max) THGQ3-SDS4.5 (Min) THGQ3-SDS4.5 (Max) THGQH3-SDS4.5 (Min) THGQH3-SDS4.5 (Max) THGQH4-SDS6 (Min) THGQH4-SDS6 (Max) Dim. (in.) W 3516 3516 3516 3516 Min. Max. Vert. B.C. Web H Depth Size 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x8 2x10 2x8 2x10 2x8 2x10 2x8 2x10 SDS Fasteners Face (22) 4"x3" (28) 14"x3" (22) 14"x3" (28) 14"x3" (18) 14"x3" (28) 14"x3" (18) 14"x3" (28) 14"x3" (22) 14"x412" (28) 14"x412" (22) 14"x412" (28) 14"x412" (32) 14"x412" (38) 14"x412" (32) 14"x412" (38) 14"x412" (34) 14"x6" (40) 14"x6" (34) 14"x6" (40) 14"x6"
1
THGQH2-SDS3
THGQH3-SDS4.5
(THGQH4-SDS6 Similar)
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 3600 3600 4535 4535 3875 3875 7635 9900 3600 3600 4535 4535 3875 3875 9900 9900 3875 3875 9900 9900 Floor (100) 7920 10080 9240 11760 7560 11760 7560 11760 7920 10080 9140 11635 12565 14920 12980 15415 13875 16320 14280 16800 Snow (115) 7920 10080 9770 12435 8275 11950 7940 12350 7920 10080 9140 11635 12565 14920 12980 15415 13875 16320 14335 16865 Roof (125) 7920 10080 9770 12435 8275 11950 7940 12350 7920 10080 9140 11635 12565 14920 12980 15415 13875 16320 14335 16865 Wind (160) 7920 10080 9770 12435 8275 11950 7940 12350 7920 10080 9140 11635 12565 14920 12980 15415 13875 16320 14335 16865 Uplift (160) 2590 2590 3265 3265 2790 2790 5495 7130 2590 2590 3265 3265 2790 2790 7130 7130 2790 2790 7130 7130
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 5700 7260 6655 8465 5445 8465 5445 8465 5700 7260 6580 8375 9045 10740 9345 11100 9990 11750 10280 12095 Snow (115) 5700 7260 7035 8955 5960 8605 5715 8890 5700 7260 6580 8375 9045 10740 9345 11100 9990 11750 10320 12145 Roof (125) 5700 7260 7035 8955 5960 8605 5715 8890 5700 7260 6580 8375 9045 10740 9345 11100 9990 11750 10320 12145 Wind (160) 5700 7260 7035 8955 5960 8605 5715 8890 5700 7260 6580 8375 9045 10740 9345 11100 9990 11750 10320 12145
Joist (10) 14"x3" (14) 14"x3" (12) 14"x3" (26) 14"x3" (10) 14"x412" (14) 14"x412" (12) 14"x412" (26) 14"x412" (12) 14"x6" (26) 14"x6"
Code Ref.
16 16
41516 16 41516 16
F23
1. Allowable uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Connector must be installed centered on girder vertical webs. 3. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit). 4. SDS screws that penetrate all plies of the supporting girder (screws must penetrate a minimum of 1" into the last truss ply) may also be used to
transfer the load through all the plies of the supporting girder. When SDS screws do not penetrate all plies of the supporting girder truss, supplemental SDS screws at the hanger locations may be required to transfer the load to the truss plies not penetrated by the face fasteners, as determined by the Designer. 5. The supporting girder truss must have adequate thickness to accommodate the screw length, so that the screw does not protrude out the back of the girder. 3" or 4 12" long SDS screws may be substituted for the longer SDS screws with no load reduction. 6. For installations to LSL, use SDS 14"x3" and use the DF/SP table loads. 7. Wind (160) is a download rating.
Min. 3-2x required for SDS " x 4" screws (Min. 4-2x required for SDS " x 6" screws)
143
THGBV/THGBHV/THGWV
An extension of the THGB/THGBH/THGW series, these high-capacity hangers are designed for attaching 2-ply, 3-ply or 4-ply sized structural composite lumber (SCL) to a girder truss. The THGBV offers optional installation with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws, while the bolted THGBHV and THGWV offer higher load capacities. Two bucket heights are available for each width to accommodate a range of SCL sizes. Options for skewing or dropping the buckets for conditions where the SCL joist is lower than the girder bottom chord provide additional design flexibility for a variety of SCL-to-truss connections. MATERIAL: 3 gauge FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Maximum 11 78" bottom chord in the carrying member to allow for the minimum bolt end distance. Bolts must be installed symmetrically when using less than 8 bolts on the 8-bolt backplate. Girders must be adequately laterally braced to prevent excessive displacement due to secondary torsional stresses (Ref. ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5). OPTIONS: See Hanger Options pages 200-202 for hanger modifications and associated load reductions. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
7"
Optional for temporary product placement Backplate widens to 8 " on THGBHV7.25 models only
25"
hb
hb
5"
5"
THGBV
4 " for THGWV5.50 6 " for THGWV7.25
THGBHV
7"
8"
Model No. THGBV3.62/9 THGBHV3.62/9 THGBV3.62/11 THGBHV3.62/11 THGBV5.50/9 THGBHV5.50/9 THGWV5.50/9 THGBV5.50/11 THGBHV5.50/11 THGWV5.50/11 THGBHV7.25/9 THGWV7.25/9 THGBHV7.25/11 THGWV7.25/11
25" hb
5"
9 512 11
THGWV
914 - 14 7 1114 - 20
9 714 11
See the Quik Drive Auto-Feed Screw Driving Systems catalog (form C-QD) for more information.
(See page 212 for details)
144
THGBV/THGBHV/THGWV
Fasteners Model No. Width (W) Carried Member Carrying Member
DF/SP Allowable Loads Length of Bolt in Carrying Member 3 Uplift (160) Floor (100) 6030 6910 2570 6910 7980 10105 2570 10915 10915 6030 6910 2570 6 6910 7980 10915 2570 12665 12815 6040 2570 6910 6910 9065 2570 10010 10010 10915 2570 13830 13830 21318 7780 8675 10915 12665 12815 6850 7780 7780 10010 10010 10010 10915 15060 15060 21830 21830 24165 24165 8350 8675 10915 12665 12815 7390 8350 8350 10010 10010 10010 10915 15060 15060 21830 21830 24165 24165 8715 8675 10915 12665 12815 8715 8715 8715 10010 10010 10010 10915 15060 15060 21830 2570 21830 24165 21830 24165 2570 24165 24165 2570 2570 2570 2570 3 Snow (115) 6835 7780 7780 8675 10345 10915 10915 6835 7780 Roof (125) 7375 8350 8350 8675 10505 10915 10915 7375 8350 Wind (160) 8715 8715 8715 8675 10915 10915 10915 8715 8715 2570 2570 2570 Uplift (160)
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 5160 6385 6400 5700 7465 9165 9165 5160 6385 6400 5700 9165 10500 10500 5165 6385 6400 7750 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300 Snow (115) 5840 7185 7200 6245 7675 9165 9165 5840 7185 7200 6245 9165 10640 10710 5845 7185 7200 8410 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300 Roof (125) 6290 7320 7320 6245 7815 9165 9165 6290 7320 7320 6245 9165 10640 10765 6295 7320 7320 8410 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300 Wind (160) 7320 7320 7320 6245 8285 9165 9165 7320 7320 7320 6245 9165 10640 10765
THGBV3.62/9 THGBV3.62/11
412 6 3
THGBHV3.62/9 THGBHV3.62/11
358
10-10d
19-SDS 14"x3"
412 6 3
THGBV5.50/9 THGBV5.50/11
514
10-10d
4- 34" MB
412
5 4
10-10d
8- 4" MB
4 2 6 3
7320 7320 7320 8410 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300
THGBHV7.25/9 THGBHV7.25/11
10-10d
4- 34" MB
412 6 3
THGBHV7.25/9 THGBHV7.25/11
10-10d
6- 4" MB
4 2 6 3
THGBHV7.25/9 THGBHV7.25/11
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
10-10d
8- 34" MB
412 6
514
10-10d
8- 34" MB
412
2570
10-10d
8- 34" MB
2570
1. Allowable loads are based on a SCL (LVL, PSL or LSL) carried member with an allowable F'c of 750 psi and equivalent Specific Gravity of 0.50 or higher. 2. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 3. A 3-ply carrying member is required for the THGWV5.50/9 and THGWV5.50/11; a 4-ply carrying member is required for the THGWV7.25/9 and THGWV7.25/11. For all other models, a minimum 2-ply carrying member is required. 4. Bolts and Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss connector plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met. 5. Wind (160) is a download rating. 6. To achieve published loads, machine bolts (MB) into the girder truss shall be installed with the nut on the opposite side of the hanger with a standard cut washer (except THGWVs). 7. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
145
THGB/THGBH/THGW
High capacity, welded hangers for multi-ply girder trusses. The THGB series offers optional installation with Simpson THGB2 Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws (SDS), (THGB3 and the bolted THGBH and THGW hangers similar) offer higher design loads. For a lower cost alternative that uses SDS screws instead of bolts and offers high load capacities, see the THGQ/THGQH series. MATERIAL: 3 gauge FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Maximum 11 78" bottom chord in the carrying member to allow for the minimum bolt end distance. Bolts must be installed symmetrically when using less than 8 bolts on the 8-bolt backplate. Girders must be adequately laterally braced to prevent excessive displacement due to secondary torsional stresses (Ref ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5). OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 200-202 for THGB/THGBH skew options. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
THGW3 THGBH3
(THGBH2 & THGBH4 similar)
U.S. Patent 6,230,466
2x8 Min.
1" Min.
Blocking of same wood species as truss and bolts may be added for additional uplift
Fasteners Model No. Width (W) Carried Member 10-10d & 2-34" MB Carrying Member 4-34" MB
THGB2
3516
THGB2
3516
10-10d & 19-SDS 14"X3"2 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-34" MB 10-10d & 2-3/4 MB 10-10d & 2-3/4 MB 8-34" MB
THGBH2
3516
Length of Bolt in Carrying Member 3 412 6 3 412 6 3 412 6 3 412 6 3 412 6 3 412 6 3 412 6 3 412 6 3 412 6 412 6 412 6
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Wind (160) 8715 8715 8715 8675 8675 8675 10915 10915 10915 8715 8715 8715 8675 8675 8675 10915 12665 12815 8715 8715 8715 10010 10010 10010 10915 15060 15060 21830 21830 24165 24165 Uplift1 (160) 8145 8145 8145 6245 6245 6245 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 6245 6245 6245 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 8145 Floor (100) 5160 6385 6400 5700 5700 5700 7465 9165 9165 5160 6385 6400 5700 5700 5700 9165 10500 10500 5165 6385 6400 7750 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300 Snow (115) 5840 7185 7200 6245 6245 6245 7675 9165 9165 5840 7185 7200 6245 6245 6245 9165 10640 10710 5845 7185 7200 8410 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300 Roof (125) 6290 7320 7320 6245 6245 6245 7815 9165 9165 6290 7320 7320 6245 6245 6245 9165 10640 10765 6295 7320 7320 8410 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300 Wind (160) 7320 7320 7320 6245 6245 6245 8285 9165 9165 7320 7320 7320 6245 6245 6245 9165 10640 10765 7320 7320 7320 8410 8410 8410 9165 12650 12650 18340 18340 20300 20300
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Uplift1 (160) 9700 9700 9700 8675 8675 8675 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 8675 8675 8675 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700 9700
Floor (100) 6030 6910 6910 7980 7980 7980 10105 10915 10915 6030 6910 6910 7980 7980 7980 10915 12665 12815 6040 6910 6910 9065 10010 10010 10915 13830 13830 21830 21830 24165 24165
Snow (115) 6835 7780 7780 8675 8675 8675 10345 10915 10915 6835 7780 7780 8675 8675 8675 10915 12665 12815 6850 7780 7780 10010 10010 10010 10915 15060 15060 21830 21830 24165 24165
Roof (125) 7375 8350 8350 8675 8675 8675 10505 10915 10915 7375 8350 8350 8675 8675 8675 10915 12665 12815 7390 8350 8350 10010 10010 10010 10915 15060 15060 21830 21830 24165 24165
Code Ref.
THGB3
41516
4-34" MB
THGB3
41516
19-SDS 14"X3"
F23
THGBH3
41516
8-34" MB
THGBH4
6916
4-34" MB
THGBH4
6916
6-34" MB
6916
8-34" MB
41516 6916
8-34" MB 8-34" MB
146
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. A 3-ply carrying member is required for the THGW3-3 and THGW4-3; a 4-ply carrying member is required for the THGW3-4 and THGW4-4. For all other models, a minimum 2-ply carrying member is required. 3. Bolts and Simpson Strong-Tie Strong Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss connector plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met.
4. 10-10d nails for the carried member will achieve the maximum down loads. Uplift loads are 2570 lbs. for DF/SP and 2210 lbs. for SPF/HF. To achieve maximum uplift, install nails and bolts listed in the table. 5. Loads for THGW models are based on end grain bearing. 6. Wind (160) is a download rating. 7. To achieve published loads, machine bolts (MB) into the girder truss shall be installed with the nut on the opposite side of the hanger with a standard cut washer (except THGWs). 8. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
ALTERNATE INSTALLATIONS
Block(s) should be of similar size/grade as the truss member to which it is attached. Blocking should be designed to act as one unit with the truss members. Block(s) should be of sufficient size to accept all carried/carrying member nails, and develop full seat bearing as specified in Simpson Strong-Tie publications. Truss Designer is to confirm blocking size/grade, fasteners required and application. Fasteners used to attach the additional blocking should be independent of the truss hanger fasteners. Example shown: THGBH4 installed
Example shown: HGUS210-2 installed on a 2x6 bottom chord (other applications similar)
Max. 2x10
Use of Wood Blocking to Achieve the Full Design Load Value of a Face Mount Hanger Attached to a Single Ply Carrying (Girder) Member. (Block designed by Engineer of Record or Truss Designer)
Connection Design to Achieve Specified Nailing of a Face Mount Hanger at a Panel Point.
Nails located in joints formed by the intersection of wood members or with edge or end distances less than suggested by NDS have no load resistance. The hanger allowable load value shall be reduced by the nail shear value for each header nail less than the specified quantity. Connection shall be approved by the Truss Designer.
Use of Wood Filler Blocking for Carried Member Width Less than Hanger Width. (Block designed by Designer or Truss Designer)
MSCPT
The MSCPT is a high capacity, top flange welded hanger designed to carry 2 or 3 trusses in a terminal hip installation. The top flange is notched at the center to accommodate vertical and diagonal web members in the girder truss. MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; stirrup11 gauge (MSCPT2, MSCPT2N), 7 gauge (MSCPT2-2, MSCPT2-2N) FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The total load must be evenly distributed about the centerline to avoid eccentric loading. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Minimum vertical carrying member sizes are 2x6 for MSCPT2 and MSCPT2N, and 2x8 for MSCPT2-2 and MSCPT2-2N. Minimum carrying member bottom chord is a 2-ply 2x6. OPTIONS: H1 and H2 may be increased for alignment with larger bottom chords. Hip stirrups can be skewed from 25 to 45. The W1 and W2 of the MSCPT2 may be increased up to 3716", provided the stirrups configuration remains symmetrical. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Dimensions Model No. MSCPT2 MSCPT2N MSCPT2-2 MSCPT2-2N Fasteners Joists 18-10dx112 14-10dx112 20-10d 14-10d
Hip
Jack
Hip
MSCPT2-2 MSCPT2
DF/SP Allowable Loads 1,2 Uplift (160) Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind Code Ref. (100/115/125/160) Jack 1570 1735 Total 7860 7860 8675 8675
W1 H1 & & H2 TF Header W2 (min.) 158 158 3516 3516 514 514 514 514 278 278 278 278 26-16d 26-16d 30-16d 30-16d
Hip Jack Total Hip 750 370 1870 3145 750 1500 3930 750 370 1870 3470 750 1500 4335
F23
SPF/HF Allowable Loads 1,2 Uplift (160) Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind Code Ref. (100/115/125/160) Jack 1500 1500 Total 7500 6940 7500 7500
W1 H1 & & H2 TF Header W2 (min.) 158 158 3516 3516 514 514 514 514 278 278 278 278 26-16d 26-16d 30-16d 30-16d
Hip Jack Total Hip 645 320 1610 3000 645 1290 3470 645 320 1610 3000 645 1290 3750
F23
1. For MSCPT2 and MSCPT2-2 models, allowable hip loads are 0.40 x Total Loads, and Jack Loads are 0.20 x Total Loads. 2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Wind (160) is a download rating. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
147
AHEP
For wood and cold-formed steel trusses, the Simpson Strong-Tie AHEP is a structural purlin that also serves as an installation lateral restraint and spacer during the truss erection process. The AHEP attaches to the leading edge of stepdown hip trusses, eliminating the need for drop-top chords, 2x lumber or gable end fillers. The interlocking design of the AHEP allows them to install linearly, aligned with the end jacks, to maintain framing spacing from eave to hip or peak. Roof sheathing/decking attaches directly to the purlin with knurled pneumatic fasteners or low-profile head, self-drilling screws. Adjustable in length, the AHEP is designed to accommodate a pitch range of 3/12 to 9/12 as a structural purlin and up to 12/12 as an installation lateral restraint and spacer. FEATURES: A structural purlin to which sheathing can be directly attached no need to remove temporary bracing Accurately spaces the installed trusses and helps meet the temporary top-chord lateral restraint recommendations of WTCA/TPI BCSI on step-down hip ends Adjustable in length to accommodate a wide pitch range MATERIAL: 20 gauge (33 mil) FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Prior to installation, the AHEP must be set to the proper length and the two tubes fastened together with four #10 x 34" self-drilling screws through the round holes in the side anges for pitches between 3/12 and 9/12; and in the triangular and upper round hole when the AHEP will be used as an installation restraint and spacer at pitches 9/12 up to 12/12. For trusses spaced 24" o.c., the pitch markings on the inner tube may be used to line up the tubes to the correct length for a given pitch. For other spacings, the length of the AHEP must be set to the calculated sloping length (from leading edge to leading edge of the framing members). To install the AHEPs on wood trusses, use four 10d (.148"x3") nails. The two nails at the bottom of the part (the yoke end) must be clinched. Sheathing is attached to the AHEP with knurled pneumatic fasteners or low-prole-head, self-drilling screws. For efciency, the AHEPs should be installed in line with the end jacks so that framing alignment can be maintained from eave to hip/ridge. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Yoke
AHEP
bend line
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5
6
7
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
The two nails at the bottom of the part (the yoke end) must be clinched
Code Ref.
16 "
16 "
16 "
240 345
240 275
150 175
TSF
Truss Spacer
The TSF is a fast and accurate method for spacing trusses that eliminates layout marking of top plates and can be left in place under the sheathing. Accuracy is improved, spacing errors are minimized, and it is easy to use. MATERIAL: 24 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: See Installation Sequence below. TSF Truss Spacers do not provide bracing of any kind and are not structural members. The TSF is for spacing only. Refer to instructions from architect, engineer, truss manufacturer or other for bracing and installation information. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
FOR
ING SPAC
Y ONL
TSF
Dimensions W 112 1 2
1
O.C. Spacing 16 24
Code Ref.
180
148
STEP 2 As each successive member is positioned, unfold TSF to next notch. The notch teeth grip member and align it for nailing.
STEP 3 If spacer does not align with end truss, break spacer off at notch. Then, hammer spacer flat, fold it under and nail.
1. No load duration increase allowed. 2. Allowable loads apply to wood with a specific gravity of 0.42 or greater. 3. Designer shall insure attached members are adequately designed to resist applied loads. 4. Straight line interpolation can be used to determine allowable loads for pitches between 3.1/12 and 9/12. 5. Nails: 10d = 0.148 dia. x 3" long. Screws: #10 = #10 x 34" long self-drilling screws. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
"
TSBR2-24
(TSBR2-16 similar)
U.S. Patent 6.993,882
1 D
"
Allowable Loads (lbs) Code DF/SP SPF/HF Ref. 1. No load duration Compression Tension Compression Tension increase allowed. 2-10d 540 180 465 155 2. Minimum nailing meets or exceeds the temporary lateral restraint recommendations 4-10dx112" 540 455 465 390 160 of WTCA/TPI BCSI (5/08). 2-10d 500 180 430 155 3. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. 4-10dx112" 500 455 430 390 See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
1" ened
Flat t
TBD22
US Patent Pending
Spacing between TSBR rows per BCSI Table B2-1
.) ax ns ' m ctio (20 d se . ax ace s m br ce ly pa onal s Minimum ss iag Tru n d 10 twee Temporary Bracing be lly n na tio s go sec ace .) Dia ced s sp max bra trus . (8' 4 ax m
Code Ref.
Edge Nail
TBD222 1-10dx112 in face and 1-10dx112 in edge (Min) TBD22 2-10dx112 in face and (Max) 1-10dx112 in edge
1. Allowable loads have been increased for construction and wind loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Minimum nailing meets or exceeds the temporary bracing recommendations of WTCA/TPI BCSI. 3. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
149
TBE
The TBE transfers load from the truss or girder to plates for bearing-limited conditions, and provides exceptional uplift capacity. Replaces nail-on scabs that provide lower load transfer, or in some cases, an additional ply when needed for bearing. One size works with any number of girder plys. The table lists allowable loads for TBE4 used on 2x4 and TBE6 used on 2x6 top plates. The table gives the different loads calculated for TBE with and without wood bearing. See Fastener Schedule below and page 151 for Alternate Installation. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. TBE must be installed in pairs. Top plate size is 2x4 for TBE4, 2x6 for TBE6. Use alternate installation for TBE4 and TBE6 on larger plates or pre-sheathed walls. See page 151. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
TBE4
(TBE6 similar)
Canada Patent 2,044,440
F1
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
F1
NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
F2
Two TBE installed with two-ply girder truss
F2
Allowable Loads 1,2,3 (lbs.) Uplift (160) 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 (100) 1820 2220 2220 2220 1820 2220 2220 2220 1560 1920 1920 1920 1560 1920 1920 1920 1820 2220 2220 2220 1820 2220 2220 2220 1560 1920 1920 1920 1560 1920 1920 1920 Download TBE Only (115) 2095 2230 2230 2230 2095 2230 2230 2230 1795 2100 2100 2100 1795 2100 2100 2100 2095 2555 2555 2555 2095 2555 2555 2555 1795 2210 2210 2210 1795 2210 2210 2210 (125) 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 1950 2100 2100 2100 1950 2100 2100 2100 2275 2735 2735 2735 2275 2735 2735 2735 1950 2400 2400 2400 1950 2400 2400 2400 (160) 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2080 2100 2100 2100 2080 2100 2100 2100 2425 2735 2735 2735 2425 2735 2735 2735 2080 2560 2560 2560 2080 2560 2560 2560 TBE & Wood Top Plate (100) 5100 8785 12065 15345 4785 8155 11120 14085 3790 6385 8615 10845 3885 6175 8300 10425 6975 12535 17690 22845 6480 11545 16205 20865 5065 8935 12440 15945 4900 8605 11945 15285 (115) 5375 8795 12075 15355 5060 8165 11130 14095 4025 6565 8795 11025 3920 6355 8480 10605 7250 12870 18025 23180 6755 11880 16540 21200 5300 9225 12730 16235 5135 8895 12235 15575 (125) 5510 8795 12075 15355 5195 8165 11130 14095 4180 6565 8795 11025 4075 6355 8480 10605 7430 13050 18205 23360 6935 12060 16720 21380 5455 9415 12920 16425 5290 9085 12485 15765 (160) 5510 8795 12075 15355 5195 8165 11130 14095 4310 6565 8795 11025 4205 6355 8480 10605 7580 13050 18205 23360 7085 12060 16720 21380 5585 9575 13080 16585 5420 9245 12645 15925 Lateral (160) F1 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 F2 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965
Equivalent Bearing Length 7 of TBE and Top Plate (in.) (100) 5.44 4.68 4.29 4.09 5.65 4.81 4.37 4.15 5.95 5.01 4.50 4.25 6.07 5.08 4.55 4.29 7.44 6.68 6.29 6.09 7.65 6.81 6.37 6.15 7.95 7.01 6.50 6.25 8.07 7.08 6.55 6.29 (115) 5.73 4.69 4.29 4.09 5.97 4.82 4.38 4.16 6.32 5.15 4.60 4.32 6.45 5.23 4.65 4.36 7.73 6.86 6.41 6.71 7.97 7.01 6.50 6.25 8.32 7.23 6.66 6.37 8.45 7.32 7.32 6.41 (125) 5.88 4.69 4.29 4.09 6.13 4.82 4.38 4.16 6.56 5.15 4.60 4.32 6.71 5.23 4.65 4.36 7.93 6.96 6.47 6.82 8.18 7.11 6.58 6.31 8.55 7.38 6.75 6.44 8.70 7.48 7.48 6.49 (160) 5.88 4.69 4.29 4.09 6.13 4.82 4.38 4.16 6.76 5.15 4.60 4.32 6.92 5.23 4.65 4.36 8.09 6.96 6.47 6.90 8.36 7.11 6.58 6.31 8.76 7.51 6.84 6.50 8.92 7.61 7.61 6.55
Code Ref.
Hem Fir
I13, F12
Hem Fir
1. Loads are for a pair of TBEs. 2. When truss chord wood species is different than the wall top plate wood species, choose the tabulated allowable loads based on the species with the lower tabulated download capacity. 3. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
150
4. Allowable loads are determined only by nail shear calculations or tests of the metal connectors based on the lowest of 0.125" of deflection or the ultimate load with a 3 times factor of safety. The attached wood members must be designed to withstand the loads imposed by the nails. 5. Perpendicular to Plate loads are reduced for Alternate Installation. 6. Parallel to Plate loads are not reduced for Alternate Installation. 7. Equivalent Top Plate Bearing Width is the actual top plate width (TBE4 = 312", TBE6 = 512") plus the enhanced bearing width provided by the TBE.
TBE
ALTERNATE INSTALLATION
(See illustrations at right)
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Alternate Installation Allowable Loads5,6 Perpendicular to Plate Model No. F2 TBE4 TBE6 1000 DF/SP (160) F3 300 F2 860 SPF/HF (160) F3 260
TBE6 Installed on Double 2x8 Top Plate Pre-sheathed shearwall. Bend tab along slot and nail one leg to top of the plate. Alternate Installation Allowable Down Loads are 0.80 and Allowable Uplift Loads are 1.0 of the TBE only table loads on page 150.
1. Use full table loads for uplift and parallel-to-plate allowable loads. 2. Download capacities are 0.80 of table loads. 3. See additional footnotes on opposite page.
TC Truss Connectors
The TC truss connector is an ideal connector for scissor trusses and can allow horizontal movement up to 1 14". The TC also attaches plated trusses to top plates or sill plates to resist uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends of truss as determined by the Designer. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Drive 10d nails into the truss at the inside end of the slotted holes (inside end is towards the center of the truss and clinch on back side). Do not seat these nails into the trussallow room under the nail head for movement of the truss with respect to the wall. After installation of roofing materials nails may be required to be fully seated into the truss. (As required by the Designer or Truss Designer.) Optional TC Installation Bend one flange up 90. Drive specified nails into the top and face of the top plates or install Titen screws into the top and face of masonry wall. See optional load tables and installation details. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1" Slots 2"
1" Slots
3"
1" Slotted seat tabs for easy removal for multi-ply truss installations
For optional installation bend up 90 TC26 only (Bend one time only)
For 2x Truss
TC24
TC26
(TC28 similar)
Install nails to allow horizontal movement of scissors truss. Nails must be clinched on back side.
Model No.
Code Ref.
Optional TC26 Installation for Grouted Concrete Block using a Wood Nailer (8", 10", 12" Wall Installation similar)
TC26
I13, F12
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Grout strength is 2000 psi minimum. 3. Nail values based on single 2x truss. 10d joist nails must be clinched. 4. Optional TC26 installation with 10d nails requires minimum 3" top plate thickness. 5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Optional TC26 Installation for Grouted Concrete Block using Titen Screws
151
Dimensions Fasteners Model No. Top Plate 2x4 Plate 2x6 Plate Base Slot 6-10d 3-10d 6-10d 3-10d
Allowable Loads1 (160) Without Gap2 With 114" Gap3 F1 390 485 F2 305 280 F1 85 155 F2 280 280 170 Code Ref.
HTC4
HTC4
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Truss or rafter must be bearing on top plate to achieve the allowable loads under WITHOUT GAP. 3. When installed with maximum 1 14" space between rafter or truss and top plate use loads under WITH 1 14" GAP. Where loads are not required, space is not limited to 1 14". 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Allow 116" gap between nailhead and truss clip to help prevent squeaking
Nails should not be driven completely flush against the connector, to allow vertical truss movement. Typical HTC4 Installation on a 2x6 Plate
STCT
DTC
STC
Fasteners Model No. Base Slot STC STCT DTC 2-8d 2-8d 4-8d 1-8d 1-8d 2-8d
Code Ref.
170
Gap
To 16" eetrock h rst Sastener Fi F
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Truss or rafter must be bearing on top plate to achieve the allowable loads under WITHOUT GAP. 3. Clips are required on both sides of the truss to achieve F 1 loads in both directions (stagger parts to avoid nail interferences). 4. NAILS: 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Nails should not be driven completely flush against the connector, to allow vertical truss movement.
152
VTCR
The new VTCR is single-sided valley truss clip that provides a positive connection between the valley truss and the supporting framing below. Installed on top of the roof sheathing, it eliminates the need to add a support wedge under the valley truss or to bevel the bottom chord to match the roof pitch. Single-sided for new construction or retrofit applications can be installed after the valley truss is set in place Accommodates pitches from 0/12 to 12/12 Can be installed on either beveled or non-beveled bottom chords Installs with nails or Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD Designed for Connectors structural-connector screws MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: The dome holes assist in installing the fasteners into the supporting framing at approximately 45. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
11 9
3 "
12 10
2"
VTCR
U.S. Patent 6,840,020
"
Model No.
Supporting Roof Pitch < 4/12 4/12 to 12/12 < 4/12 4/12 to 12/12
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift3 (160) 370 370 390 500 Download5 (100/115/125/160) 790 790 790 790
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Uplift3 (160) 320 320 335 430 Download6 (100/115/125/160) 655 655 655 655
Code Ref.
1. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Loads are based on installation over 716 " or 1532" sheathing. For installation over 1932" or 58" sheathing, allowable uplift loads are 285 lbs. (DF/SP) and 245 lbs. (SPF/HF) when installed with nails, or 370 lbs. (DF/SP) and 320 lbs. (SPF/HF) when installed with screws. 3. When attached directly to the supporting framing with either screws or nails, the allowable uplift for pitches less than 4/12 is 240 lbs. (DF/SP) and 205 lbs. (SPF/HF). For pitches 4/12 to 12/12, use the tabulated uplift loads. 4. Allowable uplift loads are based on the lower of the test loads at 316 " deflection or the ultimate load divided by 3. 5. Southern pine allowable download is 750 lbs. 6. Hem fir allowable download is 625 lbs. 7. When the valley truss and supporting framing are of different species, use the lower tabulated values. 8. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. 9. SCREWS: SD #9x1 12" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long, SD #9x2 12" (model SD9212) = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long.
Common Truss
Typical VTCR Roof View (Install the VTCR at each specified truss top chord location.) Typical VTCR Side View 153
GBC
The GBC provides a proven, tested connection for the anchorage of building stability bracing to the top of the gable end wall. With allowable bracing installation angles between 40 to 60, the GBC offers greater flexibility in a connector rated for both tension and compression loads. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The GBC must be installed in pairs to achieve full load capacity. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
US Patent 7,788,873
DF/SP Allowable Loads (160) Perpendicular to Endwall (F2) Toward GBC Away from GBC
SPF/HF Allowable Loads (160) Perpendicular to Endwall (F2) Toward Anchors Away from Anchors Code Ref.
Gable Brace
Top Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Plates 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 7-8d 635 570 425 325 535 480 355 275
GBC
3
2
1
5-8dx112
I13, F12
Wall Top Plate 2" min. Gable Brace Flush at Inside Edge of Plates
1. For 1 4 x 3 2 (or larger) LVL gable brace, the allowable load at 40 to 45 is 635 lbs. towards anchors, 515 lbs. away from anchors. 2. Loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Use a minimum 2x4 gable brace. Larger members may be used. 4. NAILS: 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long, 8dx1 12 = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
STEP 1 Double angle cut the gable brace to sit flat on the wall double top plate and flush against the gable end truss for 2x4 top plate. The double angle cuts should form a 90 angle on the end of the gable brace.
STEP 2 Set each GBC on top of the double top plate so that the bend line slots are flush with the inside edge of the double top plate. Install fasteners into the top of the double top plate.
STEP 3 Bend GBC legs (one time only) over the inside of the double top plate and install fasteners.
STEP 4 Install fasteners into the gable brace. NOTE: Attach the other end of the gable brace to blocking at the roof diaphragm as directed by the Designer.
154
Masonry Connectors
TITEN Screws
Titen screws are 316" and 14" diameter masonry screws for attaching various components to concrete and masonry. Available in hex and phillips head and both carbon and stainless steel (see the Simpson Strong-Tie Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog for information on stainless steel versions). Use with appropriately sized Titen drill bits included with each box. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, use this product in dry and noncorrosive environments only or provide a moisture barrier.
Allowable Loads Concrete Tension 125 305 145 365 Shear 255 415 225 400 Tension 110 150 CMU Shear 205 250 Code Ref.
16 3 16 1 4 1 4
32 5 32 3 16 3 16
170
1. Allowable loads may not be increased for short term loading due to wind or seismic forces. 2. Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. CMU is based on installation into face shell of hollow and grout-filled CMU. 3. The attached member or element may govern the allowable load. The designer shall verify allowable load. 4. Refer to the Simpson Strong-Tie Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog (form C-SAS) for complete information on the Titen screws (see page 212 for details).
WM/WMI/WMU Hangers
See pages 114-122 for sizes, fasteners and load information. WMs are designed for use on standard 8" grouted masonry block wall construction. MATERIAL: See tables on pages 82-85, 114-122, 136; WM, WMI, WMU12 ga. top flange and stirrup FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; hot-dip galvanized available: specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. WMtwo 16d duplex nails must be installed into the top flange and embedded into the grouted wall. Verify that the grouted wall can take the required fasteners specified in the table. MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between blocks with duplex nails cast into grout with a minimum of one grouted course above and below the top flange and one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell. WMU Mid-Wall WMU Top-of-Wall TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of Installation Installation wall to a grouted beam with masonry screws. Refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes (34:12) (see page 215 for details). OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 200-202 for hanger modifications and associated load reductions. WMU may not be modified. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Joist Model W H Top Fasteners Face Joist Masonry Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 625 545 Download Download (100/115) (125) 3475 3750 4175 4175 3380 3380 3380 3380 3525 3795 4175 4175 3380 3380 3380 3380 Code Ref.
Masonry Connectors
WM Mid-Wall Installation
7" - 8"
3" 2"
MID-WALL INSTALLATION WM WM WM/WMI WMU WM WM WM/WMI WMU 112 134 214 to 712 112 to 712 112 134 214 to 712 112 to 712 312 to 30 9 to 28 2-16 Duplex 2-16d Duplex 4-14 x134 Titen 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 I21, L16 170
TOP-OF-WALL INSTALLATION 312 to 30 9 to 28 2-14 x134 Titen 2-14 x134 Titen 4-14 x134 Titen 2-10dx112 6-10dx112 I21, L16 170
1. Uplift loads have been increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. See figures for Top-of-Wall and Mid-Wall installation. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. 3. Products shall be installed such that Titen screws are not exposed to weather. 4. For hanger heights that exceed the joist height, the allowable dowload is 0.50 of the table load. 5. NAILS: 16d Duplex = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
WM
155
Masonry Connectors
HU/HUC/HSUR/L
Hangers
1"
HU and HUC products are heavy duty face mount joist hangers made from 14 gauge galvanized steel. The HUC is a concealed flange version of the HU. Concealed flange hangers have the header flanges turned in. HU is available with header flanges concealed, provided the W dimension is 2 516" or greater, at 100% of the table load. Specify HUC. HU is available with one header flange concealed when the W dimension is less than 2 516" at 100% of the table load. For allowable loads on HU products not listed in the table request technical bulletin T-HUHUCTTN (see page 214 for details). MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: These hangers are attached to grouted CMU walls using 14" x 2 34" hex head Simpson Strong-Tie Titen screws or for concrete walls using 14" x1 34" hex head Titen screws. Titen screws are not provided. Drill the 316" diameter hole to the specified embedment depth plus 12". Alternatively, drill the 316" diameter hole to the specified embedment depth and blow it clean using compressed air. Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchors load capacity. The hangers should be installed such that a minimum end and edge distance of 1 12" is maintained. Stainless-steel HU/HUC hangers and Titen screws available for exterior applications. Use load values in tables for stainless-steel applications. Provide moisture barrier between beam and wall per jurisdictional requirements. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HU410
HUC410
Model No. HU26 HU283 HU210 HU46 HU26-2 HU48 HU28-2 HU410 HU210-2 HSUR/L26-2
Dimensions W 1916 1916 1916 3916 318 3916 318 3916 318 318 H 3116 514 718 5316 538 61316 7 858 81316 41516 B 214 214 214 212 212 212 212 212 212 2716 CMU 4-14x234 Titen 6-14x234 Titen 8-14x234 Titen 12-14x234 Titen 12-14x234 Titen 14-14x234 Titen 14-14x234 Titen 18-14x234 Titen 18-14x234 Titen 12-14x234 Titen
Fasteners Concrete 4-14x134 Titen 6-14x134 Titen 8-14x134 Titen 12-14x134 Titen 12-14x134 Titen 14-14x134 Titen 14-14x134 Titen 18-14x134 Titen 18-14x134 Titen 12-14x134 Titen Joist 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 6-10d 6-10d 6-10d 6-10d 10-10d 10-10d 4-16dx212
Masonry Connectors
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase is allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar. 3. The HU28 can be ordered skewed 45 and achieve the same loads. 4. See page 155 for Titen screw information. Use stainless-steel Titen screws and products in exposed applications. Tabulated loads apply to stainless-steel applications. 5. Noted loads for the HSUR/L shall be 0.8 the table loads for concrete applications. 6. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 7. NAILS: 16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
HSUR/L26-2 Installed on Masonry Block Sidewall HUC410 Installed on Masonry Block End Wall
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Uplift Down (160) (100/115/125) 290 1545 575 2400 575 2400 1085 3950 1085 3950 1085 4350 1085 4350 1810 5085 1810 5085 815 26255
Code Ref.
170
Masonry Connectors
LGUM/HGUM
High-capacity beam or girder hangers for concrete or masonry applications. Installation is made easier using Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws (provided) into the wood member and Titen HD anchors (provided) into the masonry. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners (included). Attach hanger to a concrete or grouted CMU wall using Titen HD anchors. Note the following: - Drill holes using drill bits equal in diameter to the specified Titen HD anchor. - Holes shall be drilled 12" deeper than the specified Titen HD length (i.e. 412" for a 4" long Titen HD anchor) - Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchors load capacity. Titen HD is not recommended for exposed exterior applications. Provide moisture barrier between beam and wall per jurisdictional requirements. OPTIONS: For HGUM onlyOther seat widths available. Order as X version. HGUM available with one flange concealed. LGUM/HGUM available in skews up to 45. See Hanger Options, pages 200-202 . CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Dimensions Model No. Ga W H B
LGUM
W
1"
4"
10 " H
HGUM
W
B
Fasteners CMU/Concrete Joist Titen HD Anchors 4 - 38"x4" 6 - 38"x4" 8 - 38"x4" SDS Screws
Allowable Loads Download (DF, SP, LVL, PSL, LSL) CMU Concrete 15" Min. to Top of Wall (100/115/125) 5595 8250 9575 5610 8290 9715 5625 8335 9860 5600 8260 9620 14965 14940 14770 14740 14545 16015 16015 16015 16015 16015
Code Ref.
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 7 7 7 7 7
3516 3516 3516 41516 41516 41516 6916 6916 6916 358 358 358 514 512 7 714 9
DOUBLE 2x SIZES 4 - 14"x212" 1430 1430 6 - 14"x212" 2435 2435 8 - 14"x212" 3575 3575 TRIPLE 2x SIZES 512 4 4 - 38"x4" 4 - 14"x212" 1430 1430 714 4 6 - 38"x4" 6 - 14"x212" 2435 2435 914 4 8 - 38"x4" 8 - 14"x212" 3575 3575 QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES 5716 4 4 - 38"x4" 4 - 14"x212" 1430 1430 7316 4 6 - 38"x4" 6 - 14"x212" 2435 2435 9316 4 8 - 38"x4" 8 - 14"x212" 3575 3575 4x SIZES 478 4 4 - 38"x4" 4 - 14"x212" 1430 1430 678 4 6 - 38"x4" 6 - 14"x212" 2435 2435 878 4 8 - 38"x4" 8 - 14"x212" 3575 3575 ENGINEERED WOOD & STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER SIZES (Heavy Duty) 514 8 - 58"x5" 24 - 14"x212" 42302 61802 514 8 - 58"x5" 24 - 14"x212" 42302 61802 11 to 514 8 - 58"x5" 24 - 14"x212" 42302 61802 2 1 5 1 1 30 5 4 8 - 8"x5" 24 - 4"x2 2" 4230 61802 514 8 - 58"x5" 24 - 14"x212" 42302 61802 5716 7316 9316 4 4 4
Masonry Connectors
F27
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase is allowed. 2. HGUM uplift loads for concrete applications are 5840 lbs. with a 4" min. distance to top of wall and 6960 lbs. with a 15" min. distance to top of wall. 3. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 4. LGUM must be installed on minimum 6" thick wall and HGUM on minimum 8" thick wall. (Nominal values for CMU) 5. Titen HD anchors may be installed into the head or bed joints. 6. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
Masonry Connectors
"
MBHU
Fasteners
Concrete
Uplift Download Uplift Download Uplift Download (160) 1720 (100/ (100/ (100/ (160) (160) 115/125) 115/125) 115/125) 2440 2440 2440 3260 2715 2715 2715 3485 4190 4190 4190 6970 2210 3345 2210 3345 4005 6065
Masonry Connectors
312 2 - 34"x5" 12 - 14"x212" 1720 1720 312 2 - 34"x5" 12 - 14"x212" 2175 6065
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
F24 4005
1. Each MBHU hanger includes (2) 34"x5" Titen HD anchors and (12) 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS screws.
Minimum one horizontal #5 rebar located in top course
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Minimum CMU compressive strength f'm shall be 1500 psi and concrete compressive strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. 3. Structural composite lumber (SCL) shall have a minimum specific gravity of 0.5. 4. Allowable loads only apply to installation on 8" nominal grouted CMU walls, with minimum one horizontal #5 rebar located in the top course. 5. Products shall be installed such that the Titen HD anchors are not exposed to the weather. 6. Allowable loads are based upon the tested ultimate load with a safety factor of 3.
11 " min.
4" min.
Titen HD anchor
Installation on End of Wall (Minimum Load) Installation Away from Edge of Wall (Maximum Load)
158
Masonry Connectors
MBHA
Masonry Hangers
5"
The MBHA is a single piece, non-welded connector available for solid sawn, truss and engineered wood products. MATERIAL: 10 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 200-202. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. MBHA3.12/9.25 MBHA3.12/11.25 MBHA3.56/7.25 MBHA3.56/9.25 MBHA3.56/11.25 MBHA3.56/11.88 MBHA3.56/14 MBHA3.56/16 MBHA3.56/18 MBHA5.50/7.25 MBHA5.50/9.25 MBHA5.50/11.25 MBHA5.50/11.88 MBHA5.50/14 MBHA5.50/16 MBHA5.50/18 C L 1916 1916 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 Dimensions W H 318 914 318 1114 3916 714 3916 914 9 3 16 1114 3916 1178 9 3 16 14 3916 16 3916 18 512 714 512 914 512 1114 512 1178 512 14 512 16 512 18
eq.
eq.
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
N O Se P -Ti IM g Stron
3"
MBHA
Fasteners1 Model No. Top MBHA MBHA models with H = 714 1-ATR344 1-ATR344 Header Face 1-ATR344 1-ATR345 Joist 18-10d 18-10d
Solid Concrete Allowable Loads DF/SP Uplift7 Maximum Down (160) Load 3775 1885 6050 4380
Grouted CMU Allowable Loads DF/SP Uplift7 Maximum Down (160) Load 3475 1885 5330 4380
Code Ref.
1. ATR is all threaded rod. 2. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar. 3. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 4. Loads are based on installation using Simpson Strong-Tie ET Epoxy-Tie adhesive 6 34" minimum embedment required. All thread rods to be 34" diameter, grade A307 or better. Refer to the Simpson Strong-Tie Anchoring and Fastening
Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog (form C-SAS see page 212 for details). 5. MBHA hangers with height of 714" require a 312" minimum embedment of the face bolt using ET Epoxy-Tie adhesive. All thread rods to be 34" diameter, grade A307 or better. 6. Additional anchorage products to be designed by others. 7. Uplift loads are for Southern Pine. For Doug Fir use 3515 lbs. 8. Table allowable loads were determined using test ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 9. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Masonry Connectors
The Hurricane Tie series features various configurations of wind and seismic ties for trusses and rafters. The H10S provides a high capacity connection from truss/rafter to wall. Also suitable for wood-to-wood applications (see page 174). The HM9 is designed to retrofit roof truss/rafters for block construction. The HM9 hurricane tie provides high uplift and lateral capacity using Simpson Strong-Tie concrete fasteners. The presloped 5/12 seat of the H16 provides for a tight fit and reduced deflection. The strap length provides for various truss heights up to a maximum of 13 12". Minimum heel height for H16 series is 4". The new LTA2 is an embedded truss anchor for grouted CMU and concrete walls that develops high loads with shallow embedment. Designed for 2x4 minimum truss chords, the LTA2 resists uplift and lateral loads parallel and perpendicular to the wall with a minimum heel height requirement. FEATURES: Simplified design of the embedded portion allows for easy positioning close to rebar Ideal for anchoring trusses running perpendicular or parallel to the wall Embedment line stamped on part simplifies installation and helps avoid installation errors MATERIAL: H Tiessee table; LTA218 gauge FINISH: Galvanized; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. H Ties: Connectors attached using hex head Simpson Strong-Tie Titen screws. Attach to grouted concrete block with a minimum one #5 rebar horizontal in the course. Hurricane Ties do not replace solid blocking. LTA2: Whether in grouted CMU or concrete, the LTA2 must be embedded to the depth of the embedment line stamped on the part. A minimum of one horizontal #5 rebar is required at top of concrete or in the top course of grouted CMU. For parallel-to-wall applications, install the LTA2 with anges facing the center of the wall. Minimum edge distance of 1 12" required. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
11"
HGAM10
3"
4 "
7 "
Embedment Line
3 "
"
1 "
HM9
LTA2
U.S. Patent 6,560,943
159
Masonry Connectors
DF/SP Allowable Loads1,2 Lateral Uplift4 (160) (160) F1 F2 595 850 1065 425 1005 200 11058
SPF/HF Allowable Loads1,2 Lateral Uplift4 (160) (160) F1 F2 595 610 915 425 725 200 7958
Code Ref.
HM9KT3 HGAM10KTA H10S LTA1 LTA2 Perpendicular to Wall Installation LTA2 Parallel to Wall Installation H16 H16S H16-2 H16-2S
3,4
18 14 18
1916 158
614 1158
Discontinued See LTA2. 18 10-10dx112 Embed Embed 12109 415 875 1015 415 735 F24 18 18 18 18 18 158 1 8 314 314
5
950
220
800
220 F26
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 212" must be used when framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate. 3. The HM9KT and HGAM10KTA are kits with (20) HM9 and (10) HGAM10 connectors packaged with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws and 214" and 234" Titen screws, respectively. (1 34" Titen screws for concrete installations sold separately.) 4. Minimum edge distance using Titen screws is 112".
5. See page 155 for Titen screw information. 6. Table allowable loads were determined using test ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 7. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws and Titen HD anchors are not exposed to the weather. 8. HGAM10 F2 loads are for forces into the connector. See illustration 2 for loads away from the connector. 9. LTA2 allowable uplift on SP is 1425 lbs. for perpendicular to wall installation and 1390 lbs. for parallel to wall installation. 10. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long, 8dx112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Masonry Connectors
F2
F2
5"
F1
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
F1
Flanges face in Min. edge distance = 1
#5 Rebar Min.
#5 Rebar Min.
F2
680 lbs. (DF/SP) 530 lbs. (SPF)
F1
1 H16S Installed 2 HGAM10 Installed 3 HM9 Attaching Truss
into Masonry
into Masonry
to Masonry
160
Masonry Connectors
131/4"
2 1/2 "
1 1 /2
"
DETAL20 HETA20
(HHETA similar)
HETAL
n. Mi 6"
Masonry Connectors
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
#5 Rebar (min.)
F27
1. Loads have been increased for wind or seismic loading. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Minimum f'c = 2500 psi. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. 3. For simultaneous loads in more than one direction, the connector must be evaluated as described in Note e, page 22 under Instructions to the Designer. 4. Five nails must be installed into the truss seat of the HETAL. 5. Parallel-to-wall load towards face of HETAL is 1975 lbs. 6. It is acceptable to use a reduced number of fasteners provided that there is a reduction in uplift load capacity. See example on page 169. Lateral loads do not apply when fewer than 7 fasteners are used with the HETA and HHETA anchors or less than 6-16d or 7-10dx1 12 fasteners are used with the META anchor. 7. The HHETA allowable F1 load can be increased to 435 lbs. if the strap is wrapped over the truss and a minimum of 12 nails are installed. 8. Minimum spacing for multiple anchor installation is 2 times the embedment depth for full load. See Double Embedded Anchor Installation table on page 162 for loads on closer spaced anchors. 9. Single ply trusses may use either 10dx1 12 or 16d nails. 2 or 3 ply trusses shall use 16d nails. 10. Minimum edge distance for HETA/META is 1 12" for concrete and 2" for masonry. 11. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
161
Masonry Connectors
1 2 2 2
F2
F27
#5 Rebar Min.
F1
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or seismic loading. 2. Minimum f'c = 2500 psi. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. 3. For simultaneous loads in more than one direction, the connector must be evaluated as described in Note e, Typical Installation page 22 under General Instructions for the Designer. with two METAs 1 4. Install with spoons facing outward and straps spaced no more than 8" wider than the truss width. 5. The DETAL20 requires 6-10dx1 12" nails in the truss seat and 6-10dx1 12" nails into each strap. For all other models, install half of the required fasteners in each strap. 6. Lateral loads for META, HETA and HHETA anchors apply only to 2- or 3-ply applications with anchors spaced a minimum of 3" apart. For single-ply applications use lateral loads from the Single Embedded Anchor Installation table on page 161. DETAL lateral loads apply for single-ply application. 7. F1 lateral loads listed may cause an additional 116" deflection beyond the standard 18" limit where the straps are installed not wrapped over the heel as shown. 8. Two HHETA anchors may be installed in a concrete tie beam on a 2- or 3-ply truss with 2 fewer nails for an allowable uplift load of 3050 lbs. 9. Noted F1 lateral loads for the DETAL20 may cause an additional 132" deflection beyond the standard 18" limit. 10. Single-ply trusses may use either 10dx1 12 or 16d nails with allowable loads limited to the single-ply column. 2- or 3-ply trusses shall use 16d nails. 11. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Masonry Connectors
1" Min.
Clear Span
Masonry Application
Model No. MSTAM24 MSTAM36 MSTCM40 MSTCM60 Dimensions Ga W
1
CMU 5- 4 x2 4 Titen 8-14 x214 Titen 14-14 x214 Titen 14-14 x214 Titen
1
Concrete 5- 4 x134 Titen 8-14 x134 Titen 14-14 x134 Titen 14-14 x134 Titen
1
18 1 4 16 114 16 3 16 3
Allowable Tension/Uplift Loads Code DF/SP SPF/HF Ref. (160) (160) 1500 1500 1870 1870 F27 4220 4220 4220 4220
Top of Masonry
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or earthquake loading. 2. Minimum edge distance 1 12" using Titen screws. 3. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 4. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather. 5. See page 155 for Titen screw information. 6. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
MSTAM36
MSTCM40
(Other MSTCM similar)
162
Masonry Connectors
F2 F1
1 Min" . Moisture barrier not shown
DF/SP SPF/HF Allowable Lateral Allowable Uplift Loads1 Allowable Uplift Loads1 Loads (DF/SP/SPF/HF) Code Ref. 10d 10dx112 10d 10dx112 F1 F2 (160) 860 860 1175 1175 (160) 860 860 1175 1175 (160) 750 750 1020 1020 (160) 750 750 1020 1020 (160) 2358 (160) 908 F27
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Twist straps do not have to be wrapped over the truss to achieve the allowable load. 3. Minimum edge distance for Titen screw is 1 12". 4. See page 155 for Titen screw information. 5. Table allowable loads were determined using test ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 6. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather. 7. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 8. Lateral loads apply when on the wall side Titen screws are installed into the first four hexagonal holes from the bend line and on the truss/rafter the first seven nail holes near the bend line are filled. Any other fasteners required can be installed in any open hole. 9. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
MTSM20
MTSM16
Masonry Connectors
Moisture barrier not shown Install a minimum of 6-10d nails into the face 3" Min.
1"
3"
#5 Rebar Min.
MGT
Model No. MGT W 334 SPF/HF DF/SP O.C. Fasteners Allowable Allowable Code Dim Between Concrete/ Girder Uplift Loads Uplift Loads Ref. CMU (160) (160) Anchors 534 738 9 1- 58 2- 34 2- 34 2- 34 22-10d 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d 3965 10980 10530 9250 3330 6485 9035 9250 I20, F19 F26
1. Attached members must be designed to resist applied loads. 2. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 3. To achieve the loads listed for the MGT and HGT, anchorage into a 8" wide concrete tie-beam or grouted and reinforced CMU tie-beam can be made using Simpson Strong-Tie SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive with a minimum embedment depth of 12". Vertical reinforcement may be required to transfer the loads per Designer. 4. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 5. The MGT can be installed with straps vertical for full table load provided all specified nails are installed to either a solid header or minimum double 2x6 web. 6. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 7. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
HGT-2
(HGT-3 and HGT-4 similar)
163
Masonry Connectors
FGTR/LGT/VGT
3" The LGT, VGT and FGTR products are moderate to high load capacity girder 2" LGT3 = 10" tie-downs for new or retrofit applications. LGT4 = 12" LGT connectors provide a low profile connection to the wall for easy C = 1" L installation of drywall. Simple to install and can be installed on the inside or 4" 3" outside of the wall. The Variable Girder Tiedown (VGT) is a higher capacity alternative to the LGT and MGT for girder trusses. It attaches with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws (SDS) to the side of truss and features a predeflected crescent washer that 3" allows it to accommodate top chord pitches up to 8/12. The VGT is also available with one flange concealed for attachment to trusses with no tail. VGT The Face Mount Girder Tie-Down (FGTR) is a non-pitch specific girder tiedown LGT3 = 14" U.S. Patent that offers the highest uplift capacity for retrofit applications. The FGTRHL/R is LGT4 = 15" Pending designed for corner hip applications. MATERIAL: VGT7 gauge; LGT214 gauge; LGT3/LGT412 gauge; FGTRStraps: 7 gauge, Plate: 3 gauge FINISH: VGT, LGTGalvanized; FGTRPowder Coated INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. 4" LGT3 = " Connectors attached using Titen screws shall have hex heads. 6 LGT4 = To achieve the loads listed in the table below, the product shall be attached LGT3-SDS2.5 to a grouted and reinforced block wall or a reinforced concrete wall designed (LGT4-SDS3 similar) by others to transfer the high concentrated uplift loads to the foundation. SDS screws included with LGT3, LGT4, VGT Series and FGTR Series. Typical VGT Installation VGT/FGTR: Screw holes are configured to allow for double installation on a two-ply (minimum) truss. The product can be installed in a single application or in pairs to achieve a higher uplift capacity. Can be installed on roof pitches up to 8/12 or on a bottom chord designed 4" to transfer the loads. FGTR Only 2 of the 4 holes provided on each strap are required to be filled to achieve the catalog loads. The first Titen HD anchor 12"x5" (THD) shall be installed a minimum of 4" from the top of the wall. Fasteners shall not be installed in adjacent holes. VGTWhen installed on trusses with no overhangs, specify VGTR/L. VGTInstall washer component (provided) so that top of washer is horizontal as well as parallel with top of wall. Typical LGT2 Installation into OPTIONS: LGT3 is available with reduced widths of W = 41316" order as LGT3N-SDS2.5. Masonry (LGT3 similar) CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LGT3 = 5" LGT4 = 6" (See Options) LGT3 = 4" LGT4 = 4"
Masonry Connectors
Qty. 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
I TOP
F27
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. To achieve the loads listed for the VGT single and double connector options, anchorage into a 8" wide concrete tie-beam or grouted and reinforced CMU tie-beam can be made using Simpson Strong-Tie SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive with a minimum embedment depth of 12", a minimum end distance of 12" and centered in the 8" member. Vertical reinforcement may be required to transfer the loads per Designer. 3. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar. 4. FGTRMinimum edge distance for Titen HD anchor is 4". 5. FGTRTiten HD anchors should be spaced in every other hole on the part. 6. FGTRThe Titen HD anchors and SDS screws are provided with the part.
Shaded cells grouted and reinforced per Designer (min.) 16" Min. from end of wall
7. LGT2F1 load = 700, F2 load = 170. 8. See page 155 for Titen screw information. 9. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 10. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws and Titen HD anchors are not exposed to the weather. 11. For concrete wall applications use 14 x1 34 Titen screws. 12. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit). 13. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. Moisture barrier not shown (Typ.)
16" Min. from end of wall
FGTR
Patent Pending
164
No. of Plies 2 ply 3 ply 4 ply 2 ply min. 2 ply min. 3 ply min.
Fasteners To Girder To Wall 16-16d Sinker 7-14x214 Titen11 12-SDS 14"x212" 4- 38 x5 Titen HD 16-SDS 14"x3" 4- 38 x5 Titen HD 1-582 16-SDS 14"x3" 32-SDS 14"x3" 2-582 32-SDS 14"x3" 2-582 16-SDS 14"x3" 1-582 32-SDS 14"x3" 2-582 2-12 x5 Titen HD 18-SDS 14"x3" 36-SDS 14"x3" 4-12 x5 Titen HD 18-SDS 14"x3" 2-12 x5 Titen HD
Allowable Uplift Load (160) DF/SP SPF/HF 2150 1850 3285 2365 3285 2365 4940 3555 7185 5175 8890 6400 2230 1605 5545 3990 5000 3600 9400 6770 3850 2770
Code Ref.
LGT2
F26
TOP
I
Masonry Connectors
CCQM/CCTQM/ECCLQM
The new CCQM/CCTQM/ECCLQM embedded column caps are designed for use in raised-pier foundations and applications where heavy timbers rest on concrete or concrete-block columns. The heavy-gauge beam seats and unique SSTB anchor bolts provide the high uplift and lateral resistance needed to help resist high-wind events. Framing is fastened with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS wood screws (included) which install with no pre-drilling and feature a corrosion resistant double-barrier coating Hot-dip galvanized coating for corrosion resistance CCQMIntended for use along a floor support beam and non-corner locations CCTQMAlso for use along a floor support beam and non-corner locations with a side stirrup that accommodates intermediate support beams coming in at 90 ECCLQM-KTIntended for use at the corners with a strap to make the connection from the ECCLQM to the wall framing above MATERIAL: 7 gauge FINISH: Hot-dip galvanized OPTIONS: For variable widths on side stirrups specify W3 (3 14" - 5 12") and add an X to the end of the core model number. Example: CCTQM5.50X-SDSG W3 = 3 58" Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for other coating options. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
L2
11"
L1
7"
W3
11"
7"
7"
L2
W1
W3
W1
W1
12 "
12 "
12"
12
"
12
8 "
"
"
CCQM
CCTQM
ECCLQM
Min. (4) #7 vertical rebar (total for pier)
Dimensions
Model No. Main Side Main Side Channel Stirrup Channel Channel Width Width Length Length (W1) (W3) (L1) (L2) 358 458 512 358 458 512 358 458 5 2
1
4 4 4 7 34 7 34 7 34
Masonry Connectors
1. The MSTQM strap is a component of the ECCLQM kits. It is 12 ga. (0.101"); 3" wide and 48" long. These products feature additional corrosion protection.
Model No.
16" Square Grout-Filled CMU Pier 6 Uplift (160) Main Beam 6750 6750 6240 Side Beam 5375 6240 Total 6750 6750 7300 Lateral (160) 2460 2460 2220
16" Square CMU Shell Filled with 3000 psi Concrete 7 Uplift (160) Main Beam 6855 6855 6240 Side Beam 6720 6240 Total 6855 6855 8260 Lateral (160) 2770 2770 2680 F24 Code Ref.
12 12 16
1. The allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Total uplift load and lateral load is based on tested anchor failure in the pier. 3. Allowable loads are based on either a 16" square grout-filled CMU pier with f'm of 1500 psi or a 16" square CMU shell filled with 3000 psi concrete. A minimum of (4) #7 vertical rebars are required. The Designer shall design and detail the CMU/concrete pier to resist all forces including uplift, shear, and moment. 4. Pier height per Designer. 5. Side beam and main beam uplift loads assume DF members and are not additive. 6. The allowable loads listed for grout-filled CMU apply to solid concrete piers of 2500 psi concrete a minimum of 16" square. 7. The allowable loads listed for CMU shell-filled with 3000 psi concrete apply to solid concrete piers of 3000 psi concrete a minimum of 12" square. 8. The ECCLQM-KT is a kit packaged with (2) MSTQM straps and (32) SDS 14" x 2 12" screws. One strap may be installed on each face of the ECCLQM (as shown), using the SDS screws into the beams and 26-16dx2 12" nails (not provided) into the wall framing. The MSTQM straps allowable tension load is 6240 lbs.
165
MSTA - 49
ST2115
MSTC28
6"
HTP37Z
HRS
HRS416Z
166
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Model No. LSTA9 LSTA12 LSTA15 LSTA18 LSTA21 LSTA24 ST292 ST2122 ST2115 ST2215 LSTA30 LSTA36 LSTI49 LSTI73 MSTA9 MSTA12 MSTA15 MSTA18 MSTA21 MSTA24 MSTA30 MSTA36 MSTA49 ST6215 ST6224 ST9 ST12 ST18 ST22 MSTC28 MSTC40 MSTC52 HTP37Z MSTC66 MSTC78 ST6236 HRS6 HRS8 HRS12 MSTI26 MSTI36 MSTI48 MSTI60 MSTI72 HRS416Z
Ga
Dimensions W 114 114 114 114 114 114 2116 2116 3 4 2116 114 114 334 334 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 2116 2116 114 114 114 114 3 3 3 3 3 3 2116 138 138 138 2116 2116 2116 2116 2116 314
Fasteners (Total)
Allowable Tension Loads (DF/SP) (160) 740 925 1110 1235 1235 1235 1265 1530 660 1875 1640 1640 2975 4205 750 940 1130 1315 1505 1640 2050 2050 2020 2095 2540 885 1105 1420 1420 3455 4745 4745 1850 5860 5860 3845 605 1010 1415 2745 3800 5065 5080 5080 2835
Allowable Tension Loads (SPF/HF) (160) 635 795 950 1110 1235 1235 1120 1505 660 1880 1640 1640 2555 3830 645 810 970 1130 1290 1455 1820 2050 2020 1900 2540 760 950 1330 1420 2980 4305 4745 1600 5860 5860 3845 525 880 1230 2325 3220 4290 5080 5080 2305
Code Ref.
20
18
16
14
12
L 9 8-10d 12 10-10d 15 12-10d 18 14-10d 21 16-10d 24 18-10d 9516 12-16d 121316 16-16d 16516 10-16d 16516 20-16d 30 22-10d 36 24-10d 49 32-10dx112 73 48-10dx112 9 8-10d 12 10-10d 15 12-10d 18 14-10d 21 16-10d 24 18-10d 30 22-10d 36 26-10d 49 26-10d 16516 20-16d 23516 28-16d 9 8-16d 1158 10-16d 1734 14-16d 2158 18-16d 2814 36-16d sinkers 4014 52-16d sinkers 5214 62-16d sinkers 7 20-10dx112 6534 76-16d sinkers 7734 76-16d sinkers 331316 40-16d 6 6-10d 8 10-10d 12 14-10d 26 26-10dx112 36 36-10dx112 48 48-10dx112 60 60-10dx112 72 72-10dx112 16 16-SDS 14"x112"
Typical LSTA Installation (Hanger not shown) Bend strap one time only
I4, L3, F2
Material Dim. Bolts Code Model Thickness Ref. No. Gauge W L Qty Dia 3 PS218 2 18 4 4 7 ga PS418 4 18 4 34 180 PS720 634 20 8 12
1. PS strap design loads must be determined by the Designer for each installation. Bolts are installed both perpendicular and parallelto-grain. Hole diameter in the part may be oversized to accommodate the HDG. Designer must determine if the oversize creates an unacceptable installation.
I4, L3, F2
PS
F26
I4, L3, F2
170
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or earthquake loading. 2 10dx1 12" nails may be substituted where 16d sinkers or 10d are specified at 100% of the table loads except where straps are installed over sheathing. 3. 10d commons may be substituted where 16d sinkers are specified at 100% of table loads. 4. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) or 10d commons may be substituted where 16d commons are specified at 0.84 of the table loads. 5. Use half of the nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads. 6. Tension loads apply for uplift when installed vertically. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
167
HST/MST/MSTC/MSTA
Floor-to-Floor Clear Span Table
Model No. Clear Span 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 Fasteners (Total) 26-10d 26-10d 12-16d sinkers 16-16d sinkers 28-16d sinkers 36-16d sinkers 44-16d sinkers 48-16d sinkers 64-16d sinkers 68-16d sinkers 76-16d sinkers 76-16d sinkers 20-16d 22-16d 32-16d 34-16d 46-16d 48-16d 46-16d 48-16d
Strap Ties
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Allowable Tension Allowable Tension Loads (DF/SP) Loads (SPF/HF) (160) 2020 2020 1155 1540 2695 3465 4235 4620 5860 5860 5860 5860 2465 2710 3695 3695 4830 4830 4830 4830 (160) 2020 2020 995 1325 2320 2980 3645 3975 5495 5840 5860 5860 2135 2345 3425 3640 4830 4830 4830 4830
MSTA49 MSTC28 MSTC40 MSTC52 MSTC66 MSTC78 MST37 MST48 MST60 MST72
When nailing the strap over OSB/plywood, use a 2 12" long nail minimum.
an r Sp Clea
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No.
Fasteners (Total) Nails 30-16d 42-16d 50-16d 68-16d 68-16d Bolts Qty Dia 1 4 2 1 6 2 1 8 2 1 10 2 1 10 2 5 6 8 5 12 8 3 6 4 3 12 4
Allowable Tension Loads (DF/SP) Nails (160) 3700 5080 5310 6730 6730 Bolts (160) 2165 3025 3675 4485 4485 5220 10650 7680 15470
Allowable Tension Loads (SPF/HF) Nails (160) 3200 4480 5190 6475 6475 Bolts (160) 2000 2805 3410 4175 4175 4835 9870 6660 13320
Code Ref.
9"
Code Ref.
18 Max
Strap
9"
I15, L7
168
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads assume a restrained member of 3 12" min. thickness with bolts in single shear. 3. Bolt and nail values may not be combined.
4. Only SA36 can be field-bent for other intermediate beam widths. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Saddle Hanger
I4, L3, F2
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or earthquake loading. 2. 10d commons may be substituted where 16d sinkers are specified at 100% of the table loads. 3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14" long) or 10d commons may be substituted where 16d commons are specified at 0.84 of the table loads. 4. Allowable bolt loads are based on parallel-tograin loading and these minimum member thicknesses: MST2 12"; HST2 and HST54"; HST3 and HST64 12". 5. Use half of the required nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads. 6. Straps not installed over sheathing with 10d (0.148 dia. x 3) nails specified may be substituted with 10dx1 12 (0.148 dia. x 1 12) with no reduction in load. 7. Tension loads apply for uplift as well when installed vertically. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
an r Sp Clea
d Ength Len
Allowable Tension Loads (160) 9215 9215 6490 6490 4585 2490 2490 1705 1705 1370 1370 1030 1030 845 845
DF/SP Model No. Total L Ga Fasteners 160 CMST12 CMST14 CMSTC16 CS14 CS16 CS18 CS20 CS22
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
SPF/HF Fasteners 160 84 - 16d 98 - 10d 66 - 16d 76 - 10d 58 - 16d sinker 30 - 10d 36 - 8d 22 - 10d 26 - 8d 18 - 10d 22 - 8d 14 - 10d 16 - 8d 12 - 10d 14 - 8d End Length 160 38" 44" 30" 34" 25" 16" 19" 12" 14" 10" 12" 8" 9" 7" 8"
End Length 160 33" 39" 26" 30" 20" 15" 16" 11" 13" 9" 11" 6" 9" 7" 6"
Code Ref.
12 14 16 14 16 18 20 22
74 - 16d 86 - 10d 56 - 16d 66 - 10d 50 - 16d sinker 26 - 10d 30 - 8d 20-10d 22 - 8d 16 - 10d 18 - 8d 12 - 10d 14 - 8d 10 - 10d 12 - 8d
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or seismic loading. 2. Use half of the required nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads. 3. Calculate the connector value for a reduced number of nails as follows: Allowable Load = No. of Nails Used x Table Load No. of Nails in Table Example: CMSTC16 in DF/SP with 40 nails total. 40 Nails (Used) Allowable Load = x 4585 lbs = 3668 lbs (Half of the nails in each member being connected) 50 Nails (Table) 4. Tension loads apply for uplift when installed vertically. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
TS Twist Straps
Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members. An equal number of right and left hand units are supplied in each carton. MATERIAL: 16 gauge. FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. TS should be installed in pairs to reduce eccentricity. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
TS
Model No. TS9 TS12 TS18 TS22 L 9 11 8 1734 2158
5
Code Ref.
170
1. Install half of the fasteners on each end of the strap to achieve full loads. 2. Loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3 14") may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.84 of the table loads. 4. Loads are for a single TS. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
FSC
Patent Pending
8" ATR
1. The allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Load values are based on a minimum lumber thickness of 1 12". 3. Standard cut washer is required with the 38" all thread rod. 4. The FSC can be used on offset studs provided the horizontal offset is no greater than 3". Refer to flier F-FSC for more information. 5. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
38 Nails Min. Length 21" 38 Nails Start nails 1" up from end of stud
Model No.
Fasteners Allowable Tension Loads Beam Code Studs/ DF/SP SPF/HF Ref. Width Depth Face Bottom Post (min) (min) (160) (160) 3 312 914 12-10d 4-10d 38-10d 3930 4440 3380 3820 F26
Dimensions Beam
Min. Length 21" No Nails Reqd No Nails Reqd Face Nails Rim Joist
MSTC48B3 MSTC66B3
1114 14-10d
Beam
1. Using fewer than 38 nails in the studs/post will reduce the capacity of the connection. To calculate a reduced capacity use 129 lbs. per nail for DFL/SYP or 112 lbs. per nail for HF/SPF. 2. Nails in studs/post shall be installed symmetrically. Nails may be installed over the entire length of the strap over the studs/post. 3. The 3" wide beam may be double 2x members. 4. MSTC48B3 and MSTC66B3 installed over wood structural panel sheathing up to 12" thick achieve 0.85 of table loads. 5. Loads govern by the lower of .125" deflection from static tests on wood members, steel ultimate divided by 2, or the calculated nail values. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
MSTC48B3
2" Pre-bent Bottom Nails
170
Clear Span
Clear Span
LFTA
FTA
Fasteners (Total)
Allowable Uplift Loads1 (160) Vertical Member Thickness 2 212 3 2515 3120 3385 3000 3750 4400 5020 6210 7600 LFTA 2 1205
Qty 16-10d 4 4 6
Dia 5 8 3 4 7 8
Code Ref.
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Reduce the allowable load for the LFTA according to the code when nails penetrate wood less than 1 34". 3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
and
L Strap Ties
W W 2" 2"
T and L Strap Ties are versatile utility straps. See Architectural Products Group for aesthetically pleasing options with black powder-coated paint. FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 18-19. CODES: See page 20 for Code Listing Key Chart.
Model No. 55L 66L 88L 1212L 66T 128T 1212T Dimensions Ga 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 L 434 6 8 12 6 12 12 H 434 6 8 12 5 8 12 W 114 112 2 2 112 2 2 Fasteners Bolts Nails Qty Dia 5-10d 3 10-16d 3 8 1 12-16d 3 2 1 14-16d 3 2 3 8-16d 3 8 1 12-16d 3 2 1 12-16d 3 2 Code Ref.
2" L
1212HT
180
1212HL
1" Min. Installed in pairs
55L
1. These connectors are not load-rated. 2. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
d1
Typical T d2 Installation
Code Ref.
Minimum Bolt Dimensions End & Edge Model Ga Distances No. 1212HL 1616HL 1212HT 1616HT 7 7 7 7 W 212 212 212 212 H 12 16 12 16 L 12 16 12 16 d1 212 212 212 212 d2 438 438 438 438
Allowable Loads1,2 Tension/Uplift F1 (100/160) 1535 1535 2585 2585 (100/160) 565 565 815 815
170
d1
Typical L Installation
d2
" Typ. 66L 1" Typ. 88L & 1212L
1. 1212HL, 1616HL, 1212HT and 1616HT are to be installed in pairs with machine bolts in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated. 2. Allowable loads are based on a minimum member thickness of 3 12". 3. 1212HT, 1616HT loads assume a continuous beam.
171
PCT
Designed using a section that works in both tension and compression. MATERIAL: 1 12" square tube steel ASTM A500 Grade B FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. PCT18 and 23 are sized to span a maximum hanger seat depth (B dimension) of 4". PCT27 and 38 are sized to span a maximum hanger seat depth (B dimension) of 6". Tube section helps with drilling alignment, through the purlin. Offset angle to allow drilling access through glulam. 2 12" or a 2 916" diameter hole required. Install in pairs. OPTIONS: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for other lengths. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
4" Typ. PCT18, 23, 27 4" Typ. PCT38 Nail Hole for Temporary Placement
L2 L1
PCT
U.S. Patent 6,862,854
Hanger not shown for clarity
Purlin
Glulam
Purlin
1" Typical
Allowable Loads per Pair of PCTs Model No. PCT18 PCT23 PCT27 PCT38 Tube Thickness
1 1 3 3
Total Length L 44 34 52 4 66 58 71 58
3
L1
L2
Capacity Based on Double Shear Application and Length of Bolt in Purlin - DF/SP (160) 3 18 17235 21390 24855 29105 3 12 19110 23645 27705 33020 5 18 19110 23645 28400 40485 5 12 19090 23620 28430 40570 6 34 19050 23525 28255 40190
Code Ref.
8 8
14 14 19 12 19 12
17 34 17 4 23 12 23 12
3
16 16
I15, L7
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Install in pairs.
3. Minimum bolt length is (Purlin width + 3" (PCT) + 1" (nut)). 4. Bolt value assume minimum 10 12" deep purlin. 5. Engineer of record is responsible for evaluating the glulam.
HCSTR
(HCST similar) Install an HCSTR on each side Typical HCSTR4 Installation
Code Ref.
4 4 4
170
1. Allowable loads are for straps used in pairs and include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads assume a carrying member of 5 18" minimum thickness with bolts in double shear. 3. Designed for HC style hinge connectors; contact Simpson Strong-Tie for lengths for HCA and HC3A (only) style hinge connectors.
172
H/TSP
The Hurricane Tie series features various configurations of wind and seismic ties for trusses and rafters. The TSP stud plate tie has now been tested in the top-plate-torafter connection. The H2A features an improved design and higher uplift loads to replace the H2. The H10A has a similar design as the H10 but offers higher uplift capacity. The H10S provides a high capacity connection from truss/rafter to stud. The H2.5Ts truncated design was developed to accommodate trusses with 2x4 bottom chords. The easy to install, five nail pattern is stronger and gets better uplift loads than our popular H2.5 hurricane tie. H1, H10, H10S, H10-2, H11Z and H14 have also been rated for download to provide additional bearing capacity
3" " 10
PLAT LINE PLA TE LIN E E
3" 1"
H1 H2
H2.5
1"
H2.5A H2.5T
H2A
H3
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
H4
H5 TSP
5" 1"
H6
H7Z
6"
11"
H10
(H10R similar)
5"
H10A
3"
H8 H10S
H11Z
H14
173
H/TSP
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Fasteners Model No. H1 H2 H2A H2.5 H2.5A H2.5T H3 H4 H5 H6 H7Z H8 H10 H10A H10S9,10 H10-2 H11Z H14 TSP Ga To Rafters/ Truss 6-8dx112 5-8d 5-8dx112 5-8d 5-8d 5-8d 4-8d 4-8d 4-8d 4-8d 5-10dx112 8-8dx112 9-10dx112 8-8dx112 6-10d 6-16dx212 1 12-8dx112 2 12-8dx112 9-10dx112 9-10dx112 To Plates To Studs
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 18 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 16
4-8d 5-8d 2-8dx112 5-8dx112 5-8d 5-8d 5-8d 4-8d 4-8d 4-8d 8-8d 8-8d 2-8d 8-8d 5-10dx112 8-8dx112 9-10dx112 8-8dx11210 8-8d 6-10d 6-16dx212 13-8d 15-8d 6-10dx112 6-10d
DF/SP Allowable Loads Lateral Uplift (160) (160) F1 F2 585 485 165 335 575 130 55 415 150 150 600 110 110 545 135 145 455 125 160 360 165 160 455 115 200 950 985 400 745 75 995 590 275 11407 590 285 1010 660 215 760 455 395 830 525 760 13507 515 265 13507 515 265 740 310 190 890 310 190
Uplift Load with 8dx112 Nails (160) 455 335 415 480 425 415 360 455 630 550
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Lateral Uplift (160) (160) F1 F2 400 415 140 230 495 130 55 365 130 130 535 110 110 545 135 145 320 105 140 235 140 135 265 100 170 820 845 345 565 75 850 505 235 1015 505 285 870 570 185 655 390 340 715 450 655 1050 480 245 1050 480 245 635 265 160 765 265 160
Uplift Load with 8dx112 Nails (160) 370 230 365 480 425 290 235 265 510 475
Code Ref.
I17, L6, F16 IP1, L18, F25 I17, L6, F16 I17, F16 IP1, L18, F25 I17, L6, F16 I17, F16 F26 I17, F16 I17, L18, F25 IP1, L18, F25 I17, F16 170 IP1, L18, F25 170
1. Loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 2 12" must be used when framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate (exception: connectors installed such that nails on opposite sides dont interfere). 3. Allowable DF/SP uplift load for stud to bottom plate installation (see detail 15) is 400 lbs. (H2.5); 390 lbs. (H2.5A); 360 lbs. (H4) and 310 lbs. (H8). For SPF/HF values multiply these values by 0.86. 4. Allowable loads in the F1 direction are not intended to replace diaphragm boundary members or prevent cross grain bending of the truss or rafter members. 5. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided in the members, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces may be considered.
6. Hurricane Ties are shown installed on the outside of the wall for clarity and assume a minimum overhang of 3 12" installation on the inside of the wall is acceptable (see General Instructions for the Installer notes u on page 22). For uplift Continuous Load Path, connections in the same area (i.e. truss to plate connector and plate to stud connector) must be on same side of the wall. 7. Southern Pine allowable uplift loads for H10A = 1340 lbs. and for H14 = 1465 lbs. 8. Refer to technical bulletin T-HTIEBEARING for H1, H10, H10S, H10-2, H11Z, H14 allowable bearing enhancement loads (see page 214 for details). 9. H10S can have the stud offset a maximum of 1" from rafter (center to center) for a reduced uplift of 890 lbs. (DF/SP), and 765 lbs. (SPF). 10. H10S nails to plates are optional for uplift but required for lateral loads. 11. NAILS: 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long, 8dx1 12 = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
PLATE LINE
1 H1 Installation
3 TSP Installation
4 H2.5A Installation
(Nails into both top plates) (H2.5 similar)
5 H2.5T Installation
(Nails into both top plates)
7 H3 Installation
(Nails into upper top plate)
6 H2.5T Installation
11 9 H4 Installation 174
(Nails into upper top plate)
10 H5 Installation
(Nails into both top plates)
13 H7Z Installation
PLAT LINE E
H/TSP
18
Plate nails for lateral loads only
14 H8 attaching
15
H8 attaching stud to sill (4-8d into plate, 5-8d into stud, refer to footnote 3 for loads)
H10S Installation
16 H8 attaching
17 H10 Installation
Minimum Edge Distance "
22 H14 Installation to
1
Plate nails for lateral loads only
AVOID A MISINSTALLATION
20
H10A Installation
23
H10A and H10 optional nailing connects shear blocking to rafter. Use 8d common nails. Slot allows maximum field-bending up to a pitch of 6/12, use 75% of the table uplift load; bend one time only.
8d commons to header. Fill all three triangle holes to straightened bottom flange.
Products can be on the same side of the wall provided they are configured as shown.
Nailing into both sides of a single ply 2x truss may cause the wood to split.
7. Select hurricane tie based on performance, application, installed cost and ease of installation.
VB Knee Braces
The VB provides lateral resistance force at the bottom of beams when installed approximately 45 or more to the vertical plane. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes. 16-N54A fasteners are included with the brace. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. VB5 VB7 VB8 VB10 VB12 H (Beam Depth) 10" - 15" 15" - 2212" 2212" - 2812" 2812" - 36" 36" - 42" Fasteners (Total) 16-N54A 16-N54A 16-N54A 16-N54A 16-N54A Allowable Tension Loads1 Floor (100) Roof (125) 990 1240 990 1240 990 1240 990 1240 990 1240 Code Ref.
2" Min. Hanger not shown Six N54A Nails
I15, L7
1. Roof loads have been increased 25% with no further increase allowed.
Typical VB Installation
175
H16 Installation
1"
Fasteners Model No. Ga To Rafters/ Truss 8-8dx112 & 2-8d slant To Plates To Studs
DF/SP Allowable Loads1 Uplift (160) 695 6053 Lateral (160) F1 1165 6453 F2 9406 10253
SPF/HF Allowable Loads1 Uplift (160) 500 5203 Lateral (160) F1 840 5553 F2 675 8803 Code Ref.
2"
HS24
U.S. Patents 5,603,580
HGA10KT 14 4-SDS 14"x112" 4-SDS 14"x3" HS24 H15 H15-2 H16 H16S H16-2 H16-2S 18 8-8d
3 "
2"
Discontinued See H10S, H14 or H16 Discontinued See LGT2 or H16-2 10-10dx112 18 2-10dx112 1 18 2-10dx1 2 10-10dx112 18 2-10dx112 10-10dx112 18 2-10dx112 10-10dx112
F26
F2 F1
HGA10
H16-2 Installation
176
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces should be considered. 3. HS24 DF/SP allowable loads without slant nailing are 605 lbs. (uplift), 590 lbs. (F1), 640 lbs. (F2). For SPF/HF loads multiply these values by 0.86. 4. For H16-2S, S = short. 5. Allowable loads in the F1 direction are not intended to replace diaphragm boundary members or prevent cross grain bending of the truss or rafter members. Additional shear transfer elements shall be considered where there may be effects of cross grain bending or tension. 6. HGA10 F2 load is for load acting toward the connector. For load away from the connector, allowable load is 780 lbs. DF/SP and 495 lbs. SPF/HF. 7. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long, 8dx1 12 = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
HS24 Installation
L
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Structural-Connector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
1"
LTS12
(MTS and HTS similar)
Model No. LTS12 LTS16 LTS18 LTS20 MTS12 MTS16 MTS18 MTS20 MTS30 MTS24C MTS30C HTS16 HTS20 HTS24 HTS28 HTS30 HTS30C
Fasteners L 10d 12 16 18 20 12 16 18 20 30 24 30 16 20 24 28 30 30 12-10d 12-10d 12-10d 12-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 16-10d 20-10d 20-10d 20-10d 20-10d 20-10d 10dx1 2 12-10dx112 12-10dx112 12-10dx112 12-10dx112 14-10dx112 14-10dx112 14-10dx112 14-10dx112 14-10dx112 14-10dx112 14-10dx112 16-10dx112 24-10dx112 24-10dx112 24-10dx112 24-10dx112 24-10dx112
1
DF/SP Allowable Uplift Loads 10d (160) 775 775 775 775 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1260 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 10dx112 (160) 720 720 720 720 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1150 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
SPF/HF Allowable Uplift Loads 10d (160) 665 665 665 665 860 860 860 860 860 860 860 1085 1245 1245 1245 1245 1245 10dx112 (160) 620 620 620 620 860 860 860 860 860 860 860 990 1245 1245 1245 1245 1245
Code Ref.
MTS30
F1 F2
(HTS30 similar)
MTS30C
(HTS30C similar)
F26
I17, F16
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. LTS12 thru LTS20, MTS16 through MTS30, HTS24 through HTS30C (except HTS30) have additional nail holes. 3. Install half of the fasteners on each end of strap to achieve full loads.
4. All straps except the MTS30 and HTS30 have the twist in the center of the strap. 5. Twist straps do not have to be wrapped over the truss to achieve the load. 6. May be installed on the inside face of the stud. 7. Allowable lateral loads are F1 = 75 lbs. and F2 = 125 lbs. when the following installation requirements are met. The first 7 nail holes each side of the bend must be filled with 10dx1 12 minimum nails. All additional fasteners may be installed in any remaining strap holes. 8. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
HH Header Hangers
For fast, accurate installation of door and window headers and other cross members. HH header hangers can speed up the job, strengthen the frame, and eliminate the need for trimmers. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attachment to 2x studs will result in two round holes not being filled in the studs and load reductions as noted in table. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model W No. HH4 Min. Post Size 2x Dbl 2x 3x 2x Dbl 2x 3x Fasteners Stud 7-10dx112 7-16dx212 9-16d 10-10dx112 10-16dx212 12-16d Header 4-10dx112 4-16dx212 4-16d 6-10dx112 6-16dx212 6-16d (100) 855 1010 1195 1220 1440 1595 DF/SP Allowable Loads F1 F2 F3 (115) (125) (160) 965 1035 575 1140 1195 710 1195 1195 710 710 1380 1480 1065 1595 1595 1065 1595 1595 1065 1065 Code Ref. 170 I14, L5, F13 170 I14, L5, F13
HH4
HH Load Directions
312 21316
HH6
512
518
1. Loads have been increased with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. For 3x posts, 16dx2 12" nails may be substituted with no reduction in load. 3. For SPF/HF lumber use 0.86 x DF/SP allowable loads. 4. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long, 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
LGT/MGT/VGT/HGT
Girder Tiedowns
3" 2"
LGT3 = 10" LGT4 = 12" LGT3 = 5" LGT4 = 6" (See Options) LGT3 = 4" LGT4 = 4"
The LGT, MGT, VGT and HGT are girder tiedowns for moderate to high load capacity applications. The LGT and VGT are also suitable for retrofit applications. LGT connectors provide a low profile connection to the studs for easy installation of drywall. Simple to install and can be installed on the inside or outside of the wall. LGT connectors also provide exceptional bearing enhancement for heavy download applications. The LGT series has been extended to include the new LGT4-SDS3 for 4-ply girders. LGT can be installed on roof pitches up to 8/12 or on a bottom chord designed to transfer the load. The Variable Girder Tiedown (VGT) is a higher capacity alternative to the LGT and MGT for girder trusses. It attaches with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws (SDS) to the side of truss and features a predeflected crescent washer that allows it to accommodate top chord pitches up to 8/12. The VGT is also available with one flange concealed for attachment to trusses with no tail. The HGT offers the highest uplift capacity for girders and can be installed on trusses and beams with top chord slopes up to 8/12. MATERIAL: HGT, VGT-7 gauge, LGT2-14 gauge, MGT, LGT3, LGT4-12 gauge. FINISH: HGT-Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; LGT, MGT, VGT-Galvanized INSTALLATION: When the HGT-3 is used with a 2-ply girder or beam, shimming is required. Fasten to act as one unit. Before installing fasteners, ensure LGT3-SDS2.5 makes complete contact with bottom of truss. SDS screws included with LGT3, LGT4 and VGT Series. VGTScrew holes are configured to allow for double installation on a two-ply (minimum) truss. VGTThe product can be installed in a single application or in pairs to achieve a higher uplift capacity. VGTWhen installed on trusses with no overhangs, specify VGTR/L. VGTInstall washer component (provided) so that top of washer is horizontal as well as parallel with top of wall top plate. LGT3-SDS2.5The four large hexagon holes are intended for CMU and concrete applications. See page 157-158 for masonry applications. OPTIONS: LGT3 and LGT4 are available with reduced widths of W = 4 34" and W = 6516" order as LGT3N-SDS2.5 and LGT4N-SDS3. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
O.C. Dim. No. of Plies Between Anchors 5 34 7 38 9 Fasteners Nails or Anchor Diameter 14-16d Sinkers 26-16d Sinkers 30-16d Sinkers 1- 58 1- 58 2- 58 2- 58 1- 58 2- 58 2- 58 2- 58 2- 58 Girder 16-16d Sinkers 12-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x3" 22-10d 16-SDS 14"x3" 32-SDS 14"x3" 32-SDS 14"x3" 16-SDS 14"x3" 32-SDS 14"x3" 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d
4"
C = 1" L
3"
3"
VGT
U.S. Patent Pending
LGT3-SDS2.5
(LGT4-SDS3 similar)
Qty.
SPF/HF DF/SP Allowable Allowable Code Uplift Loads Uplift Loads Ref. (160) (160) 2050 3685 4060 3965 4940 7185 8890 2230 5545 10980 10530 9250 1785 2655 29256 3300 3555 5175 6400 1605 3990 6485 9035 9250
1. Attached members must be designed to resist applied loads. 2. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 3. LGT2F1 load = 700 lbs.; F2 load = 170 lbs. with installation of 4-16d sinkers optional nail holes. 4. LGT3F1 load = 795 lbs.; F2 load = 410 lbs. 5. LGT4F1 load = 2000 lbs.; F2 load = 675 lbs. with installation of 7-16d sinkers in optional nail holes. 6. LGT4Uplift for DF/SP girder and SPF studs is 3860 lbs. 7. MGT can be installed with straps vertical for full table load provided all specified nails are installed to either a solid header or minimum double 2x6 web. 8. LGT connectors can provide bearing enhancement loads for truss download reactions. The DF/SP allowable load shall be
Install a minimum of 6-10d nails into the face
= 2060 lbs. for LGT2 and 4100 lbs. for LGT3 HGT-2 = 4" HGT-3-4 = 6" and LGT4 (for SPF/HF values use a 0.68 multiplier). HGT For more information refer to technical bulletin Install two LBP58" washers T-HTIEBEARING (see page 214 for details). on top of each crescent washer 9. Girder tiedowns installed on the outside of the wall require (total four 58" washers) for wood a 3 12" overhang to achieve table loads. installation. All washers and 10. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be crescent washers are required. installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Crescent washers are supplied. Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required 5 through the plate using a maximum of 32" bit). 11. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
3"
1"
3"
178
MGT
1 2 ply 1 3 ply 1 4 ply 1 2 ply min. 1 2 ply min. 2 ply min. 2 3 ply min. 1 2 ply min. 2 2 ply min. 1 2 ply 1 3 ply 1 4 ply
LGT2
HGT-2
I17, IL15, F16
The Stud Plate Tie series offers various solutions for connecting the stud to the top and bottom plates. All models can be used to make a connection to either the top or bottom plate, and several are suitable for double top plates and studs. MATERIAL: DSP/SSP/SPH18 gauge; TSP16 gauge; all others20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. TSP/DSP/SSPsill plate installation-fill all round holes. TSP/DSP/SSPtop plate installation-fill all round and triangle holes SP1/SP2/SP3/SP5one of the 10d common stud nails is driven at a 45 angle through the stud into the plate. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
SSP
U.S. Patent 7,065,932 7,356,973
Typical SSP Installed to Sill Plate (DSP similar for Double Stud)
DSP
U.S. Patent 7,065,932 7,356,973
Typical DSP Installed to Top Plate (SSP similar for Single Stud)
3-10dx112 1-10dx112 3 11 SSP 1 8 6 16 3-10d 4-10d 1-10d 6-10dx112 8-10dx112 2-10dx112 3 11 DSP 2 4 6 16 6-10d 8-10d 2-10d 6-10dx112 3-10dx112 TSP 112 778 6-10dx112 9-10dx112 6-10d
Allowable Uplift Loads (160) Double Single Sill Plate Top Plate DF/SP/SPF DF/SP SPF/HF 350 420 325 435 455 420 775 660 545 825 825 600 4705 425 7554 10154
Code Ref.
F26
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 2. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces should be considered. 3. Allowable loads for DSP installed to a rim joist are 660 lbs. (DF/SP), 545 lbs. (SPF/HF). 4. Noted values only apply to DF/SP members. For SPF values, multiply by 0.86. 5. Southern pine allowable uplift load is 585 lbs. 6. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
TSP
Typical TSP Installed to Top Plate (1) Typical RSP4 Stud to Single Bottom Plate
U.S. Patent 5,697,725
Dim. Model No. SP1 SP2 SP3 SP4 SP5 SP6 SP8 SPH4 or SPH4R SPH6 or SPH6R SPH8 W 312 312 412 3916 412 5916 7516 3916 4116 5916 6116 Plate Stud Width L 5116 658 658 714 5116 734 8516 834 814 914 834 2x 2x 3x 2x 3x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 4x 6x 8x 4x 6x 8x 8x
Fasteners Stud1 6-10d 6-10d 6-10d 6-10dx112 6-10d 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 10-10dx112 12-10dx112 10-10dx112 12-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 4-8dx112 4-8dx112
7516 838
Allowable Uplift Loads DF/SP SPF/HF Plate Side8 Center9 Side8 Center9 (160) (160) (160) (160) 4-10d 585 585 535 535 6-10d 1065 1065 605 605 6-10d 1065 1065 605 605 440 885 380 760 4-10d 585 585 535 535 440 885 380 760 440 885 380 760 620 1240 530 1065 680 1360 585 1170 620 1240 530 1065 680 1360 585 1170 620 1240 530 1065 680 1360 585 1170 4-8dx112 315 315 285 285 4-8dx112 450 450 370 370
Code Ref.
I17, F16 170 I17, F16 170 I17, F16 I17, F16 170 I17, F16 170 I17, F16 I17, L6, F16
2x Stud
SP1
Side (eccentric) load when uplift loads are only applied to one face of top plate (footnote 8) Center (concentric) load when uplift loads are applied at centerline of top plate (footnote 9)
1. SP1, 2, 3 and SP5: drive one stud nail at an angle through the stud into the plate to achieve the table load (see illustration). 2. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 3. RSP4see Installation details (1) and (2) for reference. 4. RSP4 F2 is 250 lbs. (installation 1) and 250 lbs. (installation 2). F1 load is 210 lbs. for both installations. 5. Maximum load for SPH in Southern Yellow Pine is 1490 lbs for center loading and 745 lbs for side loading. 6. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces should be considered.
7. For retrofit application see technical bulletin T-STRAP (see page 215 for details). 8. Use Side (eccentric) load when uplift loads are applied to only one face of the top plate. Typical SP5 9. Use Center (concentric) loads when uplift loads are applied at the centerline of the top Installed plate, or where equal loads are applied to (SP3 similar both sides of the top plate. Center loads may installed also be used for stud to bottom plate loads. at double 10. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, top plate) 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long, Typical SPH4R installed on 8dx112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long. bottom of 2x stud wall See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. (Sill plate anchorage not shown)
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
1"
3x Stud
179
A34
A35
LTP5
DF/SP SPF/HF Allowable Loads Model Type of Direction Allowable Loads Fasteners No. Connection of Load Floor Roof Floor Roof (160) (160) (100) (125) (100) (125) A34 1 2 8-8dx112 9-8dx112 F1 F2 6 A1, E C1 A2 A35 3 12-8dx112 C2 D 4 LTP4 5 6 12-8dx112 12-8dx112 12-8dx112 F1 F2 6 G H G H 395 395 295 210 295 295 230 595 595 515 515 585 545 485 455 365 210 365 365 230 695 670 645 645 620 545 515 455 395 210 380 370 230 695 670 670 670 620 545 340 340 255 180 255 255 200 510 510 445 445 505 470 415 390 315 180 315 315 200 600 575 555 555 535 470 445 390 340 180 325 320 200 600 575 575 575 535 470
Joists to Beams
LTP5
1. Allowable loads are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 3". 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. Some illustrations show connections that could cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In this case, mechanical reinforcement should be considered. 4. LTP4 can be installed over 38" structural sheathing with 8dx112 nails and achieve 0.72 of the listed load, or over 12" and achieve 0.64 of the listed load. 8d commons will achieve 100% load. 5. The LTP5 may be installed over structural sheathing up to 12" thick using 8dx112 nails with no reduction in load. 6. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve F 2 loads in both directions. 7. NAILS: 8dx112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
1 A34
2 A35
3 A35
4 A35
LTP4 attaching Top Plates to Rim Joist 6 LTP5 Installed over Plywood Sheathing
1 RBC
U.S. Patent 7,293,390
Fasteners To Wall
SPF/HF DF/SP Allowable Allowable Code Loads Loads Ref. Lateral Lateral To Blocking (160) (160) 6-10dx112 6-10dx112 6-10dx1 2
1
1 RBC 2 3
45 to 90 < 30 30 to 45
Late
ral
1. Allowable loads are for one anchor attached to blocking minimum 1 12" thick. 2. RBC can be installed with up to 34" gap and achieve 100% of the listed load. 3. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 4. When attaching to concrete use 3-14x1 34" Titen screws. 5. RBC installed over 1" foamboard has a load of 395 lbs. (160) in a parallel to wall (F1) load direction for Douglas Fir. For SPF, the load is 340 lbs. 6. RBC may be installed over 12" structural sheathing using 10dx112 nails with no load reduction. 7. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
A Angles
Our line of angles provides a way to make a wide range of 90 connections. MATERIAL: A21 and A2318 ga.; all other A angles12 ga. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Model No. A21 A23 A33 A44 A66 A88 A24 A311
Dimensions W1 W2 2 2 3 4916 578 8 378 11 112 112 3 438 578 8 2 358 L 138 234 112 112 112 2 212 2
Fasteners Base Post Bolts Nails Bolts Nails 2-10dx112 2-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10dx112 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 2-38 3-10d 2-38 3-10d 4-10d 3-38 4-10d 3-38 1-12 1-12 2-10d 1-12 1-12 4-10d
Allowable Loads DF/SP (160) F2 F1 245 175 585 565 750 330 750 295
A21/A23 Installation
180
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. For SPF/HF lumber use 0.86 of table loads. 3. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
A311 Installation
Z Clips
Z clips secure 2x4 flat blocking between joists or trusses to support sheathing. MATERIAL: See table INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Z clips do not provide lateral stability. Do not walk on stiffeners or apply load until diaphragm is installed and nailed to stiffeners. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. Z2 Z4 Z28 Z38 Z44 Ga 20 12 28 28 12 Dimensions W 2516 112 2516 2516 212 H 112 312 112 212 312 B 138 218 138 138 2 TF 138 134 138 138 138 Fasteners (Total)
1
Z4
(Others similar)
1. Z28 and Z38 do not have nail holes. Fastener quantity and type shall be per Designer. 2. Allowable loads have been increased 25% for roof loading (Z clips) with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Z4 loads apply with a nail into the top and a nail into the seat. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical Z2 Installation
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. Model Ga No. W1 &W2 HL33 7 314 HL35 7 314 HL37 7 314 HL53 7 534 HL55 7 534 HL57 7 534 HL43 3 414 HL46 3 414 HL49 3 414 HL73 3 714 HL76 3 714 HL79 3 714 Dimensions
1. Allowable loads have been Allowable Loads Code increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no Ref. further increase allowed; reduce L D1 D2 D3 D4 Qty Dia Uplift F1 where other loads govern.
Bolts (Total)
HL53
HL55
114 114 114 114 114 114 112 112 112 112 112 112
2 4 6 4 8 12 2 4 6 4 8 12
1 1
2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
3 3
4 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
910 910 910 910 910 910 1555 1555 1555 1555 2115 2115
1580 for Hem Fir. 3. Parts should be centered on 1580 the face of the member to 1580 which they are attached. 4. Wood members for the 3 1580 and 5 series must have a 1580 minimum width and thickness of 3 12" for table loads to apply. 1580 170 5. Wood members for the 4 and 7 series must have a minimum 1580 width and thickness of 5 18" 2025 for table loads to apply. 6. Parts must be used in pairs. 2025 7. Lag bolts of equal diameter 2025 (minimum 5" long) may be substituted for machine bolts 3800 into beam with no reduction 3800 in load.
L90
LS
GA1
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Structural-Connector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Model No. GA1 GA2 L30 L50 L70 L90 LS30 LS50 LS70 LS90
Fasteners 4-10d 6-10d 4-10d 6-10d 8-10d 10-10d 6-10d 8-10d 10-10d 12-10d
DF/SP Allowable Loads1,2,3 Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) 185 185 185 185 335 385 415 450 220 240 240 240 335 385 420 445 445 510 555 565 555 640 695 740 355 395 395 395 475 540 585 730 595 675 730 915 715 810 875 1040
Load Direction
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) 160 160 160 160 290 335 335 335 190 205 205 205 290 335 360 385 380 435 475 485 480 550 600 640 305 335 335 335 410 465 505 630 510 580 630 785 615 695 755 895
See Installation Notes
1. L anglesloads are for condition F1 or F2; LS anglesloads are for condition F1 only. 2. GA1 and GA2 angles table loads are F1 loads for F2 are 220 lbs. and 335 lbs. (100) and 280 lbs. and 415 lbs. (125), respectively. 3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 4. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve F 2 loads in both directions. 5. L angles may be installed with 10dx1 12 nails and achieve full load. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Shipped at 45
182
LS Top View
Load Direction
2"
6 "
" diameter HDG machine bolts or threaded rods with nuts and washers (Simpson RFB#4x7 HDG)
DTT2Z
2x8 Min. Standard cut washer required between nut and seat (provided)
1 "
1 "
DTT2
DTT2 installed as a lateral connector for a deck guardrail post. For more information on guardrail post connections, see technical bulletin T-GRDRLPST.
Floor sheathing nailed at 6" max. on center to joist with holdown Continuous flashing (per code), not shown
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
2"
C Anchor L Diameter
13
Fasteners
16 16
2 2
Allowable Tension Load DF/SP SPF/HF (100) (160) (100) (160) 1825 1825 1440 1800 2000 2145 2145 2145 1440 2105 1835 2105
Deck joist
DTT2
13
1. The allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Load values are valid if the product is flush with the end of the framing member or installed away from the end. 3. The guardrail post illustration above addresses an outward force on the guardrail. An additional DTT2 can be added at the lower bolt to address an inward force.
DPTZ
The DPTZ Deck Post Tie products are used to attach 2x4 (DPT5Z) or 4x4 (DPT7Z) vertical posts to the side of stringers, rims or other wood members. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use specified HDG fasteners. See General Notes. Install in pairs. Install with two 38" through bolts into side member and 5-10dx1 12 to post for DPT5Z or 5-10d for DPT7Z.
" 3
DPT7Z
(DPT5Z similar) Typical DPT7Z Stairway Installation (DPT5Z similar)
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Structural-Connector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
183
6 11 "
"
"
1 "
LSC
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Fastener Schedule Model No. Rim Joist Installation Supported1,7 Supported LSC Standard 2 Standard Cantilever 5,6 Cantilever 5,6
1
DF/SP Allowable Loads Stringer Narrow Face 1 - 10dx112" 1 - 10dx112" 1 - SD #9x112" 1 - 10dx112" Floor (100) 950 865 755 755 520 545 Snow (115) 1000 865 755 755 520 545
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 815 670 650 650 445 445 Snow (115) 860 670 650 650 445 445 170 Code Ref.
Stringer Wide Face 8 - 10dx112" 8 - SD #9x1 2" 8 - 10dx112" 8 - SD #9x112" 8 - 10dx112" 8 - SD #9x112"
1
TA Staircase Angles
For use in structurally-sound staircase framing. The TA eliminates costly conventional notching. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: TA9Z/TA10ZZMAX coating; TA9SS/TA10SSstainless steel; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. ORDER: May be ordered as kits with model numbers TA9ZKT and TA10ZKT. Each kit includes two ZMAX TAs and Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x1 12" screws. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
TA9Z
TA10Z
Fasteners Stringer 3-SDS 14"x112" 3-SDS 14"x112" 4-SDS 14"x112" Tread 2-SDS 14"x112" 4-SDS 14"x112" 3-SDS 14"x112"
184
1. Loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code. 2. See page 28 for SDS screw information.
1. Supported installations require bearing support within 12" of LSC. 2. Standard installations require bearing support within 4' of the LSC. 3. When cross-grain tension forces cannot be avoided in the members, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces may be considered. 4. A minimum distance of 34" measured from the lowest rim-joist fastener to edge of rim joist is required. 5. A minimum distance of 3 12" measured from the LSC tabs to the end of the rim joist is required.
6. A maximum rim joist cantilever length of 12" measured from face of bearing support to end of rim joist is permitted for cantilever installation. 7. Simpson Strong-Tie SD #9x1 12" screws may be substituted for 10dx1 12" nails to achieve published nail values if the extra screw is installed in the narrow face of stringer. 8. NAIL: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. Nails shall be hot-dip galvanized for LSCZ and stainless steel for LSCSS. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information. 9. SCREWS (LSCZ only): SD #9x1 12" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long (see pages 29-30).
DJT14Z
The DJT14Z Deck Joist Tie is designed to attach 2x deck joists to the side of 4x or larger support posts. The DJT14Z can be installed with either nails or bolts. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use specified HDG fasteners. See General Notes. Recommended: install on post first. Minimum 2x4 joist and 4x4 post. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
Allowable Loads Nails Bolts Floor (100) 1100 Roof (125) 1375 Floor (100) 1400 Roof (125) 1400
Dia 8 MB
1. Loads are for one DJT14Z. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code, provided they do not exceed the roof loads. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
FC Framing Clips
For fast, accurate framing. Three-dimensional nailing pattern results in high-strength joint values. Ideal for fence construction. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. Typical FC Load Installation
Model No. FC4 FC6 W 3916 512 Fasteners 8-16d 10-16d Allowable F1 Loads (100) 800 920 Code Ref. I14, L5, F13
FC
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. A 2 12" minimum lumber thickness is required to achieve the full load. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
BT Brick Ties
Brick Ties provide a connection between the wood structure and brick faade. MATERIAL: 22 gauge FINISH: Galvanized, available in Type 304 stainless steel (order as BTBSS). INSTALLATION: Holes sized for 10d commons. See code for spacing requirements. CODES: IRC 2003/2006, R703.7.4 TO ORDER: BT-R100 = retail pack of 100 BTB = bulk carton of 500
" 6
BTB BT-R100
Typical BT Installation
ML24/ML26 Angles
The ML angle combines strength and versatility through the use of Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS screws. Fastener holes are staggered to minimize wood splitting and opposing hole patterns allows for back to back installation without fastener interference. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: ML24Z/ML26ZZMAX coating; ML24SS/ML26SSstainless steel; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x112" are not provided with the angle. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
ML24
(ML26 similar)
2"
2"
Load Direction
Fasteners (Total)
(100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125) (160) 515 515 515 440 440 830 440 900 440 935
185
Pipe Grip Ties attach wood fence rails to metal fence posts, eliminating rotted and failed wood posts. The PGT is suitable for standard applications as well as corners and splices. The PGTIC2Z-R is an interior corner pipe grip tie. The PGT1.5Z-R is for 112" pipe (1 78" outside diameter), and the PGT2Z-R for 2" pipe (2 38" outside diameter). MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: ZMAX coating, also available in G90. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. PGTIC2Z-R to Post Install two set screws (supplied) with 38 socket in predrilled holes. PGTIC2Z-R to Rails Use Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive 14"x112" SDS wood screws (not supplied). Install on vertical pipes, offsetting corners to allow for the correct rail alignment. Use 3 to 4 PGTs per pipe; line up to stringline. Fasten PGT with 14" hex head bolt (supplied). PGT attaches to rails with four Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x112" HDG wood screws (not supplied). See page 28 for SDS screw information. 14" lag bolts may be used. Follow the code requirements for predrilling. Nail fence boards to rails. Field bend PGT flanges to fit corner and angled conditions (bend one time only).
PGT2Z-R
(PGT1.5Z-R similar)
PGTIC2Z-R
Top View 45 Corner Installation Typical PGT2Z-R Fence Installation Corner Installation Top View
7 " 2"
PGT2E
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
FB/FBR
Fence Brackets
FB and FBR fence brackets make the connection between fence rails and posts simple and strong. Eliminates the need for toe nailing or screwing. Clean, versatile connections make planning and building fences, deck/porch railings and louvers easier and faster. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Holes are sized for 8dx1 12", 8d commons or SD9x1 12" screws into the supporting member. FB24R is sized for 10dx1 12" or SD10x1 12" screws. FB26 is sized for SD10x1 12" screws. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
FB24
(FB24R Similar)
FBR24 FB26
Ga
Member Size
186
Code Ref.
180
1. FB26 has an allowable load for F1 of 365 lbs. 2. FBR24: R = rail (not rough). 3. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long, 8dx1 12 = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
3"
Block 5"
11"
34"
5"
28"
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
MP Mending Plates
Versatile and easy-to-use mending plates for wood-to-wood connections. No nails or notching of wood required. For non-structural applications only; not for truss applications. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Place plate over two pieces of aligned wood with arrows aligned at joint. Hammer the plate to embed the prongs. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. MP14 MP24 MP36 Dimensions W L 1 4 2 4 3 6 Code Ref. 180
L
M EN
T NO R FO US TR
MP36
(other sizes similar)
NG PL E AT DI
SE S
MENDING PLATE
NOT FOR TRUSSES
Typical MP Installation
1. Connectors are not load rated.
Model No. TP15 TPA37 TPA39 TP35 TP37 TP39 TP311 TP45 TP47 TP49 TP411 TP57 TPA57
Dimensions W L 11316 5 312 7 312 9 1 3 8 5 318 7 318 9 318 11 1 4 8 5 418 7 418 9 418 11 3 5 4 7 5 7
Code Ref.
TPA
180
TP
1. Connectors are not load rated.
187
Miscellaneous
RR
4-10dx112 4-10dx112
1. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code, provided they do not exceed the table roof loads. 2. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical RR Installation
PSCL
Span Rating 24/0 24/16 32/16 40/20 48/24 Maximum Roof Sheathing Span No. of Clips Code Panel Per Span Ref. Thickness With Clip Without Clip 3 8 24 20 1 7 16 24 24 12 15 1 32, 2 32 28 12 180 5 8, 1932 40 32 1 3 4 48 36 2
(PSCA similar)
1. Span rating and Maximum Roof Sheathing Spans are for reference only, refer to IBC Table 2304.7 (3) for additional important information. 2. Maximum roof sheathing span with single PSCA is 24". For spans > 24" use two PSCAs.
Use the SBV for shelving, counter brackets, window ledge supports, at a very competitive price. The CF-R is used where a moderate size shelf bracket and reinforcing angle is needed. When used for tilt-up perimeter forming, the nail hole placement ensures substantial re-use. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. SBVReversible for nominal 10" or 12" shelves of any thickness. CF-R (Retail Pack)Recommended spacing is 36" for 2xs and 18" for 1xs. Use the 5" leg for 6" lumber and the 6" leg for 8" lumber. Holes are sized for 1 4" fasteners or 10d commons. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Miscellaneous
SBV
6" or 8"
DS Drywall Stop
Eliminates costly blocking at top plate, end walls, and corners. A typical residence will use several hundred of these inexpensive clips with a substantial savings in blocking and labor. The installation prongs provide even more labor savings. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: 16" on center or less, using 8d commons. DS should not be used where gypsum board is used for structural loads. CODES: ICC ESR-2614, Florida FL-10865.4
Typical DS Installation
DS
188
Miscellaneous
RTC/FWH
The RTC series secures two wood members to a vertical post forming a 90 corner. The RTC42 and RTC44 are heavy-duty structural connectors. Based on loads of 40 lbs. per sq. ft., a 10'x10' deck can be built using 2x8 joists and 4 RTC42s. See the table for post and joist sizes. RTBa bracket for intersecting 2x members. FWH4 way connectors for 2x members with bendable flanges. RTAconnects two 2x wood members at a 90 angle. RTFconnects two members in a pass-through application. RTR and RTUa 2x member crosses another. MATERIAL: RTC4414 gauge; RTA216 gauge; RTR and RTB20 gauge; all others18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install vertical members first, then attach horizontal members for easier alignment. Seat wood member in bracket with a C-clamp before securing to aid positioning and prevent skewing. Always follow manufacturers instructions when using power tools and building equipment. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size.
RTC42
(RTC22 and RTC24 similar)
SD8X1.25
WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet and corrosive environments. Accordingly, use the SD8X1.25 screw in dry, interior, and non-corrosive environments only.
RTR
Model No.
Fasteners (Total)
Allowable Downloads1 Roof (125) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 560 810 2160 1980 2345 N/A N/A N/A N/A
FWH2 2x RTA12 1x RTA2Z 2x RTA4 4x RTB22 2x RTC22Z 2x RTC24 2x4 4x4 RTC42 4x4 4x4 RTC44 4x4 RTF2Z 2x4 RTT22 2x RTR 2x RTU2 2x
Floor Post Joist (100) 8-SD8x1.25 8-SD8x1.25 N/A 4-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 N/A 4-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 N/A 7-SD8x1.25 5-SD8x1.25 N/A 4-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 N/A 5-SD8x1.25 6-SD8x1.25 N/A 9-SD8x1.25 11-SD8x1.25 450 14-SD8x1.25 8-SD8x1.25 650 14-16d 8-10dx112 1730 14-16d Sinkers 15-16d Sinkers 1580 14-16d 15-16d 1875 4-SD8x1.25 8-SD8x1.25 N/A 3-SD8x1.25 7-SD8x1.25 N/A 2-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 N/A 2-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 N/A
170
RTA2Z Installation
I18, F17
RTB22 Installation
FWH2 Installation
170
1. Allowable loads must be equally distributed on both joists. 2. Loads are for Doug Fir Larch. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
RTT Installation
Miscellaneous
Thre aded
(An y)
Anyth g Len
1. Consider allowable loads for 4x4 post. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. NAILS: 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
(An y)
189
Miscellaneous
NS/NSP/PSPNZ
Nail Stoppers
Nail Stoppers help prevent nails from piercing pipes and electrical lines. Installed over utilities that pass through framing members. PSPN516Z and PSPN58Z Protecting Shield Plate Nail Stoppers meet IRC, IBC and the International Plumbing Code. PSPN516Z meets structural and protection requirements with one strap. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized, PSPNZMAX coating, see Corrosion Information, page 18-19. INSTALLATION: PSPN516Z 16d commons (see footnote 2 below). Other models 8d commons or prongs. For more information request flier F-REPRPROTECT (see page 213 for details). CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. PSPN516Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at top plates International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 P2603.2.1 & R602.6.1 International Building Code- 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.8 International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 PSPN516Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at bottom plate. International Building Code- 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.8 International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 PSPN58Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at top plates and bottom plate. International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 P2603.2.1 NS1 Nail stops to protect supply lines from drywall nails or screws. International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 Table E3702.1
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details. These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD StructuralConnector screw. See page 30 for the correct substitution and SD screw size. 1. PSPN516Z12-16d nails into sill plate achieves 1365 lbs. for DF/SP, and 1180 lbs. for SPF/HF. 190 16-16d nails in to top plates achieves 1820 lbs. for DF/SP, and 1575 lbs. for SPF/HF. 2. To meet the prescriptive IRC requirement 16d box nails (0.135" dia. x 3 12") may be used. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
NS NSP PSPN58Z
Typical NS Installation
W 1 12 1 12 1 12 1 12 5 5
L 3 6 2 12 5 8 16 516
Code Ref.
CTS218
CTS218
Miscellaneous
One-Sided Installation
Two-Sided Installation
190
Model No.
Installation One Sided One Sided Two Sided Two Sided Two Sided One Sided One Sided Two Sided Two Sided Two Sided
Allowable Loads DF/SP Allowable Loads SPF/HF Code Compression (160) Tension (160) Compression (160) Tension (160) Ref. 1020 2270 880 1970 2045 4540 1760 3940 24 -10dx1 2370 4540 2040 3940 3725 6810 3205 5910 4740 9080 4080 7880 160 1175 2480 1010 2150 2350 4960 2020 4300 24 - SD#9x112 2735 4960 2350 4300 4130 7440 3550 6450 5470 9920 4700 8600 Fasteners
The CTS218 is designed to repair wood members such as top plates, studs and trusses and is our first strap that handles both tension and compression loads. The unique rolled edges of the strap allow it to span gaps as wide as 4 12" and its 1 12" width enables installation on the narrow face of 2x lumber. Tested specifically for top/bottom plate repair with various multi-strap configurations Meets the requirements of the IBC and IRC for repairing top plates that have been cut or notched to accommodate plumbing or HVAC ductwork MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. One-sided installations install one or two CTS straps on the same side of the member. Two-sided installation install CTS straps on opposite sides of member. For three-part installations, install two parts on one side, one part on opposite side. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. International Residential Code - 2009 R602.6.1 International Building Code - 2009 2308.9.8
Miscellaneous
RPS
Dimensions Notch Model Ga Width No. W L RPS18 112 18 516 512" 112 22 516 RPS22 512" 16 112 22 516 112 28 516 RPS28 12" 112 28 516
Fasteners Allowable Tension Allowable Tension (Total) Loads (DF/SP) Loads (SPF/HF) Nails (160) (160) 12-16d 1380 1190 12-16d 1380 1190 16-16d 1805 1585 12-16d 1380 1190 16-16d 1805 1585
Code Ref.
For installations on both sides of the plate, arrows should always point to the right.
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or earthquake loading. 2. To meet the prescriptive IRC requirement 10dx112 (0.148" dia. x 112" long) may be used. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical RPS Installation (Only one strap may be necessary to meet IRC requirements)
HSS
US Patent 6,176,057
HSS2-3
Miscellaneous
STEP 1 Install HSS (HSS2-3 shown) over stud with flanges bent at a 90 angle.
STEP 2 Bend HSS (HSS2-3 shown) flanges one time only. Screw into position.
Model No. SS1.5 SS2.5 SS3 SS4.5 HSS2-SDS1.5 HSS2-2-SDS3 HSS2-3-SDS3 HSS4-SDS3
Fasteners
Code Ref.
12-10dx112 12-10dx112 12-10d 14-10d 12-SDS 14"x112" 12-SDS 14"x3" 12-SDS 14"x3" 12-SDS 14"x3"
I16, F15
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code, provided they do not exceed roof loads. 2. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
SS
Miscellaneous
NCA/TB/LTB
Bridging
Space bridging to avoid contact noises.
NCANailless installation eliminates callbacks for nail squeaks. Designed for secure grip before the drive-home blow, and deeper prong penetration. Precision-formed into a rigid V section. TBTension-type bridging with maximum nailing flexibility. Use just two of the seven nail holes at each end. LTBStaggered nail pattern accommodates 2x8 and 2x10 joists. Use just two of the six nail holes at each end. LTB40 has rigid prongs that install easily into the joist, and embossments that allow crisp bends. MATERIAL: LTB22 gauge; NCA and TB20 gauge (except NCA2x12-1618 gauge). FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Support floor joists with a depth-to-thickness ratio of six or more with bridging at intervals not exceeding 8'. If span is greater than 8', install on 2x8 or larger joists. If span is greater than 16', use more than one pair. Tension bridging works only in tension, so must be used in cross pairs. Install bridging tightly; loose installation may allow floor movement. NCA may be installed before or after sheathing, from the top or bottom. Simply locate the bend line approximately 1" from the joist edge. NCA has nail holes in one end for use if a prong is bent during installation. Fully seat nails if they are used; otherwise, they may lead to squeaks. TB requires two 10dx1 12 fasteners per end. LTB requires two 6d commons per end. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart. Code Reference: IRC 2003/2006, R502.7.1
NCA
TB
LTB20
12 TB20 TB20 TB20 TB20 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42
16 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42
19.2 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42
Joist Spacing (inches) 24 30 32 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB30 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48
36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB54 TB54 TB54
42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB56 TB56
48 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB56 TB56 TB56 TB60 TB60 TB60 TB60
2x8 or 2 x 10
16" Centers
Miscellaneous
Joist Size 2x8 2x10 2x12 2x14 2x16 2x8 2x10 2x12 2x14 2x16 2x10 2x12 2x14 2x16
Spacing (in.) 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 24 24 24 24
NCA Model No. NCA2x8-12 NCA2x10-12 NCA2x12-12 NCA2x8-16 NCA2x10-16 NCA2x8-16 NCA2x10-16 NCA2x12-16 L 11916 1212 1358 1514 151316 1514 151316 1678
TB Model No. TB20 TB20 TB20 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 L 20 20 20 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 36 36 36 36
Code Ref.
Install from below as shown, or from above. Drive upper end into joist approximately 1" from the top.
For all bridging avoid contact between steel members (this may cause squeaks).
192
Typical TB Installation
TB56
Miscellaneous
WB/WBC/TWB/RCWB
Wall Bracing
Simpson Strong-Tie Wall Bracing products offer effective options to resist racking during construction. Additionally the RCWB and WB/WBC can be used to fulfill the same code bracing requirements as a 1x4 let-in brace, but are cost effective and faster to install. Not designed to replace structural panel shearwall load-carrying component. The WBC (coiled WB) multiple product dispenser pack weighs less than 40 pounds, making storage and transportation easy. WB106C15 pieces per roll, WB126C12 pieces per roll, WB143C10 pieces per roll. The RCWB features a rolled edge (the TWB has two rolled edges) for extra strength and safety. MATERIAL: WB and WBC16 gauge; TWB22 gauge; RCWB20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. WB and WBC: Install in X pairs or in opposing V fashion. Use with 16" or 24" o.c. 2x4 (min.) studs. RCWB and TWB: Use with 16" o.c. studs. Use minimum of 2x4 studs with TWB. Use minimum of 2x6 studs with RCWB (2x4 min. for interior, non-bearing wall). Establish a run-line using the bracing as a straight edge. Single cut a saw kerf 58" deep (TWB) or 118" deep (RCWB) along the run line. If the wall is pre-framed on the floor, place the part into the saw kerf, and put one nail into the top plate. Tilt the wall up and plumb before nailing off top plate, bottom plate and studs according to the nailing schedule. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1"
WB
WBC
Break off WBC at predetermined length
TWB
Rolled edges for strength and safety
RCWB
Model No. WB106 WB106C CWB106 TWB10 RCWB12 WB126 WB126C CWB126
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
L 9'-5 58" 9'-6" 9'-9" 11'-4" 11'-4 38" 11'-4 34" 11'-4" 11'-4" 11'-4 38" 11'-4 34" 11'-4" 14'-3" 14'-2" 14'-2"
Angle and Wall Height 8' @ 60 8' @ 60 8' @ 55 8' @ 45 8' @ 45 8' @ 45 8' @ 45 9' @ 53 9' @ 53 9' @ 53 9' @ 53 10' @ 45 10' @ 45 10' @ 45
Fasteners Plates 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d Studs 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d
Discontinued See other products this page. I16, L9, F15 I16, F15 I16, L9, F15
Discontinued See other products this page. I16, L9, F15 I16, F15 I16, L9, F15
Miscellaneous
1. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
193
Miscellaneous
ICFVL
The ICFVL Ledger Connector System is engineered to solve the challenges of mounting wood or steel ledgers to insulated concrete form (ICF) walls. The ICFVL is designed to provide both vertical and lateral, in-plane performance. There are many benefits over traditional anchor bolting, including better on center spacing in most cases, faster installation and no protrusions. The embedded legs of the ICFVL are embossed for additional stiffness and the hole allows for concrete to flow through and around the connector. The exposed flange on the face of the ICF provides a structural surface for mounting either a wood or steel ledger. MATERIAL: ICFVL14 gauge; ICFVL-CW and ICFVL-W16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: ICFVL in ICF WARNING: For use with a minimum 4" thick core. Industry studies show Snap a chalk line for the bottom of the ledger. that hardened Mark required on center spacing. fasteners can experience Use ICFVL to mark kerfs locations. performance problems in wet environments. Cut kerfs as marked. Accordingly, use this Insert ICFVL flush to the face of the ICF. product in dry Pour concrete. environments only. Wood Ledger Attachment ICFVL-W or -CW Slip appropriate ledger connector underneath the ledger. Install the eight ICF-D3.62 screws partially into the ledger. Position the ledger level to the chalk line and drive the screws through the wood and into the ICFVL. Steel Ledger Attachment Position the ledger level to the chalk line and against the ICFVL. Attach with four 14 -14x 3 4", #3 drill point screws (not provided). All screws should be located at least " from the edge of the ICFVL. Space screws evenly. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
5"
ICFVL
Patent Pending
6"
Allowable Loads (lbs) Fasteners 8-ICF-D3.62 4- 14 x 34 3 Download (100/115/125) 1940 1660 Lateral F1 (160) 1905 1525
1. Fasteners for wood ledger (ICF-D3.62) are provided with the part and fasteners for steel ledger are not provided. 2. Loads apply to ICF foam thicknesses of 2 34" or less. 3. Alternately, #14 x 34" fastener may be used. 4. Tabulated loads may not be increased. 5. Concrete f'c = 2500 psi minimum. 6. When combining download and lateral loads, Designer shall evaluate as follows: Design Download/Allowable Download + Design Lateral Load/Allowable Lateral Load 1.
12" o.c. 48 48 11 15
24" o.c. 48 48 22 30
36" o.c. 48 48 33 45
48" o.c. 48 48 44 48
12" o.c.
24" o.c.
36" o.c.
48" o.c. 48 48 36 48
12" o.c. 24 24
24" o.c. 48 48
36" o.c. 48 48
48" o.c. 48 48
12" o.c. 42 42
24" o.c. 48 48
36" o.c. 48 48
48" o.c. 48 48
170
170
1. The Designer may specify different spacing based on the load requirements. 2. Spacings are based on perpendicular to grain capacity of bolt in wood ledger compared to tested value of ICFVL. Additional connectors required for out-of-plane loads. 3. See flier F-ICFVL for additional connection details. 4. For steel ledgers, the 68 mil ledger spacing is closer than the 54 mil ledger because the calculated load of a bolt is higher in a thicker piece of steel. 5. Steel ledger values are based on steel. Fu = 60 ksi. 6. Maximum ICF foam thickness is 2 34".
in. 4" M
MISINSTALLATION!
1
ICFVL
194
2
Typical Wood Ledger Installation with ICFVL and ICFVL-W
Ledger Type
Connector Type
ICFVL SPACING TO REPLACE ANCHOR BOLTS (in)1,2,3 5 8"Dia. Anchors at (2)-58" Dia. Anchors at
Code Ref.
Miscellaneous
BP BEARING PLATES
Bearing Plates give greater bearing surface than standard cut washers, and help distribute the load at these critical connections. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Textured flat black powder-coat INSTALLATION: See General Notes. CODES: See page 20 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Thickness
3 3
16 16 1 4 5 16 5 16 3 8
Bolt Dia.
1
Code Ref.
2 8 5 8 3 4 7 8 1
5
190
BP
Typical BP Installation
195
HSTPC
1" Min.
PSPC
I4, L3, F2
1" Min.
180
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are based on parallel-to-grain loading and a minimum member thickness of 3 12" with machine bolts in single shear. Straps must be centered about splice joint and bolt edge distances must meet NDS minimum requirements. 3. Designer must determine allowable loads when combining bolts parallel and perpendicular to grain.
CCPC CBPC
Ga
7 7 7 7
170
1. 1212HL, 1616HL, 1212HT and 1616HT are to be installed in pairs with machine bolts in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated. 2. Allowable loads are based on a minimum member thickness of 3 12". 3. 1212HT, 1616HT loads assume a continuous beam.
COLUMN BASES
Model No. CB44PC CB46PC CB48PC CB66PC CB68PC CB88PC CB810PC Ga 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 Dimensions W1 3 916 3 916 3 916 512 512 712 712 W2 312 512 712 512 712 712 912 Bolts Qty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Dia 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4 Allowable Tension Loads (160) 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 6650 6650 Code Ref.
IL8
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. See page 63 for glulam beam sizes. Add PC to the model, i.e. CB5-6PC. 3. Minimum side cover for full loads is 3" for CBs. 4. Install with bottom of base flush with concrete. 5. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports).
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. 3. Downloads are determined using F'c perpendicular equal to 625 psi on seat area; reduce where end bearing value of post, L/R of post, or other criteria are limiting. 4. See pages 67 for glulam beam sizes and end conditions. Add PC to the model, i.e. CC3 14-4PC. 5. Column caps for end conditions available to order, add an E to the start of the model number. See page 67 for load values.
Bolts Header Joist Without Top Flange (100) 3465 3465 5170 3465 5170 (125) 4330 4330 6460 4330 6460
Allowable Loads No Triangle Theory (100) 12675 16290 19710 16290 19710 (125) 13215 16290 19710 16290 19710 Triangle Theory (100) 11865 11865 13570 11865 13570 (125) 12730 12730 14865 12730 14865 Code Ref.
196
1. Allowable loads assume a 5 12" carrying member. 2. Specify desired height, minimum height listed in the table. 3. Glulam widths listed in table. To specify other widths add an X to the name and specify. 4. See Glulam Connectors section of this catalog for additional information on these products. 5. Refer to page 95 footnote #4 For triangle theory explanation.
1" Min.
1" Min.
2 8 3 4 3 4
Code Ref.
170
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are based on parallel-to-grain loading and a minimum member thickness of 3 12" with machine bolts in single shear. Straps must be centered about splice joint and bolt edge distances must meet NDS minimum requirements. 3. Designer must determine allowable loads when combining bolts parallel and perpendicular to grain.
OHS135 OHS195
OU (7 ga)
170
OS OHS
1. OL, OHL, OT and OHT must be installed in pairs with machine bolts in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated. 2. Allowable loads are based on a minimum member thickness of 3 12". 3. OT, OHT loads assume a continuous beam.
HEAVY ANGLES
Model No. OHA33 OHA36
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Ga 7 7
OHA
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Minimum side cover for full loads is 3" for CBs. 3. Install with bottom of base flush with concrete. 4. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports).
COLUMN BASES
Model No. OCB44 OCB46 OCB48 OCB66 OCB68 OCB88 OCB810 Ga 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Dimensions W1 3 916 3 16 3 916 512 512 712 712
9
Allowable Uplift Loads (160) 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 6650 6650 8 8 8 8 8 4 4
Code Ref.
OCB (3 ga)
Allowable Loads1,2 Uplift (160) 685 1365 1365 2050 2050 1365 1365 2050 2050 1365 2050 2050 Floor (100) 1270 2545 2545 3815 3815 2545 2545 3815 3815 2545 3815 3815 Roof2 (125) 1590 3175 3175 4765 4765 3175 3175 4765 4765 3175 4765 4765 170 Code Ref.
Bolts
H Header Joist 5 7 9 11 13 7 9 11 13 9 11 13 2-34 4-34 4- 4 6-34 6-34 4-34 4- 4 6-34 6-34 4-34 6- 4 6-34
3 3 3
170
3 3
COLUMN CAPS
Model Ga No. OCC44 OCC46 OCC66 OCC68 OCC88 3 3 3 3 3 Dimensions W1 3 58 3 58 512 512 712 W2 3 58 512 512 712 712 L 9 12 12 12 15 H 412 712 712 712 712 Bolts Beam Post Qty Dia Qty Dia 5 5 2 8 2 8 5 5 4 8 2 8 5 5 4 8 2 8 5 5 4 8 2 8 3 3 4 4 2 4
Allowable Loads Uplift Down (160) (100) 1465 15310 2800 24060 4040 30250 4040 37810 7440 54600
Code Ref.
170
1. Allowable uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Downloads are determined by nominal sawn beam allowable bearing at 625 psi on seat area; reduce where shear value of beam, end bearing value of post, L/R of post, or other criteria are limiting. 3. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. 4. For end conditions specify OECC.
1. Load values allowed assume a carrying member of not less than 3 12". 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless a limited by other criteria. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code provided they do not exceed those in the roof column. 3. Additional glulam beam widths are available. Add an X to the name and specify width, i.e. OU68X, W = 5.25. 4. Skew and slope options not available.
197
CJT5
(Others similar)
WARNING: This connector requires special attention to ensure correct installation. The beam must be installed perpendicular to the support member. The connections components may be damaged if the beam is rotated from its opposite end during or after installation. Damaged components may not be noticeable and may reduce the connectors load carrying capacity.
Model No.
Min. Joist Size 4x8 4x10 4x12 4x12 318x712 318x9 318x1012 318x12 312 x912 312 x912 312 x912 312 x1178
Dimensions H1 5 916 7 8 916 10 5 916 7 8 916 10 5 916 7 8 916 10 H2 4 716 5 1516 7 716 8 1516 4 716 5 1516 7 716 8 1516 4 716 5 1516 7 716 8 1516 SDS
Fasteners Pins (2 34 " or 4 34 ") 2 DOUGLAS FIR 3 4 5 6 GLULAM BEAM 3 4 5 6 PSL 3 4 5 6 Uplift (160) 1655 2460 3255 4005 1655 2460 3255 4005 1655 2460 3255 4005
Allowable Loads Floor (100) 1050 2440 3005 3535 1240 2440 3005 3535 1840 2145 3005 3535 Snow (115) 1050 2805 3455 3990 1240 2805 3455 4065 2115 2145 3455 4065 Roof (125) 1050 2815 3755 3990 1240 2900 3755 4420 2160 2145 3755 4420
Code Ref.
CJT3 CJT4 CJT5 CJT6 CJT3 CJT4 CJT5 CJT6 CJT3 CJT4 CJT5 CJT6
6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12
I18, F17
I18, F17
I18, F17
OHU
Model No. OHU46-SDS3 OHU48-SDS3 OHU410-SDS3 OHU412-SDS3 OHU414-SDS3 OHU66-SDS3 OHU68-SDS3 OHU610-SDS3 OHU612-SDS3 OHU614-SDS3
Joist Size 4x6 4x8 4x10 4x12 4x14 6x6 6x8 6x10 6x12 6x14
170
198
1. Allowable uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
1. Center pin in beam. Short pin (2 34") for use with 3 18 GLB, 4x sawn lumber or 3 12" wide PSL. Long pin (4 34") for use with 5 18 GLB, 6x sawn lumber or greater widths. 2. See technical bulletin T-CJT for additional load information with long pins (see page 213 for details).
Typical CJT Installation (Note that pins should be centered within beam)
SDS 14"x3"
U.S. Patent 6,109,850 5,897,280
S IM P S O N
En
P 4 S X 6
CPS46
ce
"
S TR O N G -T IE
STANDOFF BASES
1" Diameter
s
10d Nail
CPS4
(other sizes similar except CPS46)
10"
PBVPC
Post or Column Size 4x4 4x6 5x5 6x6 8x8 6" Dia 10" Dia
Fasteners H Post 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-SDS14x3 4-SDS14x3 Anchor Bolt 8 " 2-58" 5 8 " 5 8 " 5 8 " 5 8 " 5 8 "
5
Allowable Loads Uplift 4490 4490 4490 4490 4490 3800 3800 Down3 5195 5865 5865 7745 8315 9250 19225
Code Ref.
1 1 1 1 114 1 1
170
I3
1. Allowable uplift load capacities are for solid sawn posts with specific gravity of 0.36 minimum except the PBV, which is based on round Viga (Ponderosa Pine) wood posts. 2. All allowable uplift loads are based on a lowest ultimate load from testing divided by a reduction factor of 4. Concrete anchorage to be designed by others, refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog (form C-SAS, see page 212 for details). Allowable uplift capacities shall not exceed those shown in the table. 3. Download capacities are calculated based on the standoff bearing area and a concrete strength of 2500 psi except the PBV, which is based on the wood bearing strength (700 psi for Ponderosa Pine). 4. Allowable loads may not be increased for short term loading. 5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
Model No. HL33PC HL35PC HL37PC HL53PC HL55PC HL57PC HL43PC HL46PC HL49PC HL73PC HL76PC HL79PC
Ga 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 3 3 3 3
Dimensions W1 & W2 L 314 314 314 534 534 534 414 414 414 714 714 714 5 D1 D2 D3 2 2 2 2 2 2 D4 212 212 212 212 114 114 212 712 114 212 212 114 5 3 6 9 3 6 9 114 212 712 114 212 112 112 112 112 3 3 3 3
Allowable Loads Uplift 910 910 910 910 910 910 1555 1555 1555 1555 2115 2115 F1 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 2025 2025 2025 3800 3800
Code Ref.
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
112 2 34 2 34 2 34 3 3 3 2 34 2 34
170
112 2 34
Uplift
Optional Gusset
HL53PC
HL55PC
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Use 0.85 times table load for Hem Fir. 3. Parts should be centered on the face of the member to which they are attached. 4. Wood members for the 3 and 5 series must have a minimum width and thickness of 3 12" for table loads to apply. 5. Wood members for the 4 and 7 series must have a minimum width and thickness of 5 18" for table loads to apply. 6. Parts must be used in pairs. Lag bolts of equal diameter (minimum 5" long) may be substituted for machine bolts into beam with no reduction in load.
199
Skewable
Butt Cut
Slopeable
Concealed
Upl t
Weldable
Std. 45 45
U U U U U U U U U U, W
209 209 204 209 204 204 203 203 209 209 209 205 205 204 203
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
U, W U U U
LGU LGUM LSU/LSSU LTHJA LTHMA LU LUC LUS MGU MIU MTHM MUS SUL/SUR SULC/SURC THGB/THGBH/ THGBV/THGBHV THGQH THJA THJU
45 45
U U U U U U
Std. 45
U U
U U U U
45 Std. 45 Std. 45 45
45
U Std. U U U U
Hanger Options
6712
U U
1. Refer to the specific product pages for uplift, nailer, and weld information. 2. Refer to the listed pages for each model series for restrictions, required load reductions, and additional information regarding the hanger modifications.
200
ALTERNATE WIDTHS
Uplift
Skewable
Butt Cut
Slopeable
Concealed
Saddle Hanger
Ridge Hanger
Na er
Weldable
45 45 45 45 50 50 50 45 50 50 50
45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
U, N, W U, N, W U U, W U, W U, W U, N, W U, N, W U U, W U, W U, W U, W U, N U U
206 208 208 206 203 205 205 205 206 206 205 205 205 206 208 208 207 207 206 208 209 208
Std. Std.
45 84 45
45 45 45
N, W U, N, W U, N U, N, W
ITS LB
45 45 45 45 20-45 25-45
45
U, N, W U, N U U U, N
45 45 45
U, N N U, N U
Hanger Options
45 45 45 45
= Available for some models
N, W N, W U, N, W
201
W410 X
Base Model
SLD30
SKL20
TFDL20
TFO20
Top Flange Open (20)
OSR
Offset Top Flange Right
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Seat Skewed Top Flange Sloped Left (20) Down Left Down (SKR = Skewed (20) Right) (30) (TFDR =
(SLU = Seat Up) Top Flange Down Right)
X = Modification
Height 1 (H1) is the joist height before the slope cut has been made. Net Height (Net H) is the joist height after the slope cut has been made. Provide H1 when ordering a connector. Connectors are made assuming dry lumber is being used in continuously dry conditions.
202
Hanger Options
Simpson Strong-Tie will calculate the Net H dimension based on the mathematical formula of H1/cos angle.
HANGER OPTIONS
U/HU
See Hanger Options General Notes. Not all slope and skew combinations are available. SLOPED, SKEWED, AND SLOPED/SKEWED For low-cost, code-reported 45 skews, see SUR/SUL and HSUR/HSUL. See also LSU/LSSU connectors. These options only apply to wood-to-wood connections. U/HU may be skewed to a maximum of 45 and sloped to a maximum of 45. Hangers 5 12" or less in width may be skewed to 67 12. Hangers skewed 51- 67 12 require a square cut. For all options, uplift loads are 0.75 of table loads. For skewed hangers 3 916" and less in width, the allowable download is 100% of the table load. For skewed hangers over 3 916" in width the allowable download is 80% of the table load. For slope only, the allowable download is 100% of the table load. For combined slopes and skews, the maximum allowable download is 0.80 of the table load. STRAIGHT OR CONCEALED FLANGE HU is available with the A flanges straight at 100% of the table loads if W 3 12". If W < 3", use N10 nails at 0.64 of the table load. If W 3", use 10d nails at 0.84 of the table load. HU is available with A flanges concealed, provided the W dimension is 2 516" or greater, at 100% of the table load. Specify HUC. HU is available with one flange concealed when the W dimension is less than 2 516" at 100% of the table load. For skewed only HUC hangers, the flange on the acute side can be concealed at 100% of the table load. See table for skew limitations. For sloped only hangers, flanges can be concealed at 100% of the table load. For sloped and skewed hangers, the flange on the acute side can be concealed at 0.80 of the table load. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for skew limitations. When nailing into the carrying members end grain, the allowable load is 0.67 of the table load. For welding see technical bulletin T-HUHUC-W (see page 214 for details).
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
A Flange
A Flange
A Flange
Acute Side
Specify Angle 51 to 67
Specify Angle
Specify Angle
WM/WMI/WMU
See Hanger Options General Notes. INSTALLATION: Bevel-cut the joist for skewed hangers (see illustration). HANGER HEIGHT For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT WM/WMI may be skewed and/or sloped to 45 maximum. The allowable load is 100% of the table load. OFFSET TOP FLANGE The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header. The allowable load is 0.50 of the table roof load. UPLIFT (WMU Only) No modifications on WMU.
Hanger Options
GH Girder Hanger
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT GH hangers may be skewed to a maximum of 45; bevel cut required. The allowable loads are 100% of the table load. Specify GHD for saddle-style hangers. GHD may not be skewed.
HANGER OPTIONS
HTU
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT Skewable up to 67 12. Available in single and 2-ply size. No bevel cut required. Allowable Loads for Skewed HTU Hangers
Fasteners Skew Angle Model No. Carried (Degree) Carrying Member Member HTU26 < 51 51-6712 < 51 51-6712 < 51 51-6712 < 51 51-6712 < 51 51-6712 < 51 51-6712 20-16d 20-16d 26-16d 26-16d 32-16d 32-16d 20-16d 20-16d 26-16d 26-16d 32-16d 32-16d 14-10dx112 12-10dx112 20-10dx112 17-10dx112 26-10dx112 22-10dx112 14-10d 12-10d 20-10d 17-10d 26-10d 22-10d DF/SP Allowable Loads1,2 Uplift (160) 1315 970 2015 1485 2715 2005 1335 1110 2470 1710 3600 2255 Download (100/115/125) 2945 2595 3060 2815 3175 3040 2555 2700 3890 3775 4935 4790
Specify Angle 51 to 67 Specify Angle A Flange A Flange Acute Side
HTU28
HTU210
HTU26-2
HTU28-2
HTU210-2
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable downloads may not be increased. 3. Maximum hanger gap between end of joist (truss) and face of carrying member is 18". 4. See F-HTU for SPF loads. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 24-25 for other nail sizes and information.
HGUS/HHUS
See Hanger Options General Notes. HHUS SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT HHUS hangers can be skewed to a maximum of 45 and/or sloped to a maximum of 45. For skew only, maximum allowable download is 0.85 of the table load. For sloped only or sloped and skewed hangers, the maximum allowable download is 0.65 of the table load. Uplift loads for sloped/skewed conditions are 0.72 of the table load, not to exceed 2475 lbs. The joist must be bevel-cut to allow for double shear nailing. HGUS SKEWED SEAT HGUS hangers can be skewed only to a maximum of 45o. Allowable loads are: HGUS Seat Width Joist Down Load Uplift W < 2" bevel or square cut 0.62 of table load 0.46 of table load 2" < W < 6" bevel cut 0.67 of table load 0.41 of table load 2" < W < 6" square cut 0.46 of table load 0.41 of table load W > 6" bevel cut 0.40 of table load 0.41 of table load
Specify Angle
Acute Side
Top View HHUS Hanger Skewed Right (joist must be bevel cut) All joist nails installed on the outside angle (non-acute side).
THJU
See Hanger Options General Notes. HANGER WIDTHS THJU is available in intermediate seat widths between 5 18" (THJU26 width) and 7 78" (THJU26-W width). Allowable download and uplift for all intermediate widths is 100% of the THJU26-W table loads. For double hip installation, divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable load for each hip. Order as THJU26X and specify width; see table for reference.
Hanger Options
204
HANGER OPTIONS
THGQH
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT THGQH may be skewed 45. Carried members may be bevel cut. For Hem-Fir or Spruce-Pine-Fir members, multiply tabulated allowable loads for the skewed THGQH by 0.86. Connector must be installed centered on girder vertical webs.
Model # Max. B.C. Depth (in.) 17 14 13 Min. Vertical Web Size 2x6 2x8 2x8 2x10 2x8 2x10 Fasteners Face 18-SDS 14"x3" 28-SDS 14"x3" 30-SDS 14"x4 12" 36-SDS 14"x4 12" 34-SDS 14"x6" 40-SDS 14"x6" Joist 18-SDS 14"x3" 18-SDS 14"x4 12" 18-SDS 14"x6" DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 4570 3875 3180 Down (100/115/125) 6090 9470 10270 12480 11890 13990
THGB/THGBH/THGBV/THGBHV
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT THGB/THGBH/THGBV/THGBHB hangers can be skewed to a maximum of 45. The maximum allowable down load and uplift load for skew is 0.87 of the table load. DROPPED BUCKET THGBV/THGBHV backplates can be extended to allow for up to a 6" dropped bucket. Allowable loads are 100% of the table loads. Order as X version, specify the total backplate height, BK_PLT, equal to the hanger height (H) plus the dropped bucket amount (db). Ex: a THGBV3.62/9 with a 4" dropped bucket would have a total backplate height of 27 14". Typical THGBV Installation with Dropped Bucket
THGBV = THGBHV 23" = 25"
db (6"
max.)
GLT/HGLT/GLS/HGLS/GLTV/HGLTV
See Hanger Options General Notes. INSTALLATION: Bevel-cut the carried beam for skewed hangers. HANGER HEIGHT For hangers exceeding the joist height by 12", allowable load is 50% of the table roof load. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT GLT/GLTV/HGLT/HGLTV and GLS/HGLS series may be skewed to a maximum of 50 or sloped to a maximum of 45. For skews greater than 15, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50. For sloped only, the maximum allowable load is 6500 lbs. for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, 9165 lbs. for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. For skewed only, the maximum allowable load is 6550 lbs. for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, 7980 lbs. for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. The deflection at full loading may reach 14". Sloped and skewed GLT/GLS/GLTV configurations have a maximum allowable load of 5500 lbs. Sloped and skewed combinations are not allowed for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. Sloped and/or skewed seat hangers may not be installed in non-backed nailer/header installations. SLOPED TOP FLANGE A top flange may be sloped down left or down right to 30 with or without a sloped and/or skewed seat (see illustration). Reduce allowable table loads using straight-line interpolation (see page 207). OFFSET TOP FLANGE The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header. Minimum seat width 3 14". The maximum allowable load is 0.50 of the table roof load for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, and 0.45 for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. For skewed and offset top flange hangers, the maximum allowable load is 3500 lbs. No uplift load.
Specify Low Side, High Side, or Center Flush with Header (Low Side Flush Shown) Specify Angle
Typical HGLT Top Flange Sloped Down Left with Low Side Flush
Center Flush Shown High Side Flush Shown
Hanger Options
C L
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Typical GLT Sloped Down, Skewed Right When ordering, specify Low Side Flush, Center Flush or High Side Flush
205
HANGER OPTIONS
B/LBV/HB/HHB/GB/HGB
See Hanger Options General Notes. MATERIAL: Gauge may vary from that specified depending on the manufacturing process used. Hanger configurations, height and fastener schedules may vary from the tables depending on the joist size, skew and slope. CODES: Modified hangers, due to their numerous variations, are not in code reports. LOADS: For multiple modifications on the same connector, use the single multiplier factor that yields the lowest design loads. INSTALLATION: Fastener quantities will typically increase beyond the amount specified in the standard hanger tables. Web stiffeners are required for I-joists. Fill all holes with the table-specified fastener types. Bevel cut the carried member for skewed applications.
Low Side Shown
Specify Angle
B Hanger Sloped Down and Skewed Left with Sloped Top Flange Installation When ordering, specify Low Side Flush, Center Flush or High Side Flush
Specify Angle Specify Angle
Specify Angle
Typical LBV Sloped Down Installation with Full Backing Reduction Factors for Allowable Loads for Modified Hangers1
Carried Member Modifications Sloped Down 45 6 1.00 1.00 6 0.82 1.00 0.80 1.00 8 0.84 1.00 0.87 1.00 9 14 0.70 1.00 Sloped Skewed Up Only 45 6 0.91 1.00 6 0.66 1.00 0.95 1.00 8 0.70 1.00 0.70 1.00 45 6 1.00 1.00 6 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 0.71 0.96 1.00 9 14 0.90 1.00 9 14 0.54 0.90 0.70 1.00 1114 0.47 0.71 0.59 1.00 Sloped Down & Skewed 45 14 1.00 1.00 14 0.82 1.00 1.00 1.00 14 0.84 0.71 0.87 1.00 9 14 0.91 1.00 9 14 0.64 0.90 0.80 1.00 1114 0.62 0.71 0.70 1.00 Sloped Up & Skewed 45 14 0.91 1.00 14 0.64 1.00 0.80 1.00 14 0.69 0.71 0.70 1.00
Hanger Series
Condition
Support Member Modifications5 Top Flange Top Flange Down Open/Closed 35 1114 (90-x)/90 1.00 144 (90-x)/90 1.00 (90-x)/90 1.00 144 (90-x)/90 1.00 (90-x)/90 1.00 30 9 14 (90-x)/90 1.00 9 14 (90-x)/90 1.00 (90-x)/90 1.00 1114 (90-x)/90 1.00 (90-x)/90 1.00
Angle Limit Minimum Height LBV All Widths Download Uplift Download Uplift Download Uplift Download Uplift Download Uplift Download Uplift
Minimum Height HB Less than 212" Wide2 2 2" and Wider3 HHB GB HGB
1
Hanger Options
Factory Weld
SADDLE HANGER
Specify Angle
206
Saddle hangers are made to order; add D to model (e.g. BD412); specify S (for saddle) dimension. They may be used for most conditions except at end wall locations and are preferred for nailer applications. Minimum S dimension (saddle width) is 3 916". Minimum supporting member width is 3 12". Minimum nailer thickness apply (see page 81 and 110). Saddle hangers achieve catalog load listed. Saddle hangers on stud walls do not achieve catalog loads.
1. Use this table to calculate allowable loads for modified hangers. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate allowable load for the header condition including headers. 2. B and HB hangers less than 2 12" wide are assumed to use 10dx1 12 joist nails. 3. B and HB hangers 2 12" or wider are assumed to use 16dx2 12 or 16d common nails in the joist. 4. For B and HB hangers with TF Down that are less than 5 38" in width, minimum hanger height is 11 14 inches. 5. These hangers may deflect an additional 132" at design load. 6. For HB hangers on nailers, 100% of allowable nailer uplift value may be used. (See nailer table) 7. For hangers with slope and skew less than 14" use 1150 lbs. for B hangers and 1430 lbs. for HB hangers. 8. In the table the term x refers to the angle of the modification. 9. For top flange closed option, install upper nails slightly angled downward to avoid interference with top flange.
HANGER OPTIONS
W/WNP/WNPU/WP/WPU/HW/HWU
See Hanger Options General Notes. Models that have an I in the model number (e.g., HWI) have the same properties and modifications as the standard models without the I in the name (e.g., HW). INSTALLATION: Some models are available in Type A (Bevel Cut) and Type B (Square Cut) styles; all models are available in Type B style. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie when ordering. Bevel-cut the joist for skewed Type A hangers (see illustration). Butt-cut the joist for Type B hangers. Hangers with a skew greater than 15 may have all the joist nails on the outside angle. Skewed HWs have face nails and require a minimum header depth of 3 12". HANGER HEIGHT For hanger heights exceeding the joist height by more than 12", the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT Non-skewed hangers can carry the design load when the seat slope is within 14 :12 of the joist slope. Designer must check that wood bearing is not limiting. W/WNP/WP/HW series may be skewed to a maximum of 84 and/or sloped to a maximum of 45. For slope only, skew only, or slope and skew combinations, the allowable load is 100% of the table load. Sloped seat hangers are assumed backed. For non-backed installations, specify non-backed, which adds more joist fasteners low on the joist flange. UPLIFT LOADS (WPU, WNPU, HWU only) Uplift loads not available on W, WNP, WP, HW hangers. See page 203 for WMU. Hangers can be sloped to 45 and/or skewed 45 at 100% of the uplift load. Skew option is only on hangers with W 3 916" or less. Specify the slope up or down in degrees from the horizontal plane and/or the skew right or left in degrees from the perpendicular vertical plane. Specify whether low side, high side or center of joist will be flush with the top of the header (see illustration). Uplift loads are not available for open/closed TF, TF sloped, and offset options. SLOPED TOP FLANGE A top flange may be ordered sloped down left or down right to 35 with or without a sloped and/or skewed seat (see illustration). Reduce allowable table loads using straight-line interpolation Example: For a top flange sloped down 30, reduce load to [(90-30)/90] x table load. OFFSET TOP FLANGE The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header (see illustration). The allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. For skewed and offset top flange hangers, the maximum allowable load is 0.50 of the table load or 2000 lbs., whichever is lower. For type B hangers skewed and top flange offset in the opposite direction, hangers 3 12" and less wide have allowable load of 25% of the table load or 1335 lbs. whichever is lower, and for hangers wider than 3 12", the allowable load is 30% of the table load or 1620 lbs. whichever is lower. OPEN/CLOSED TOP FLANGE The top flange may be opened more or closed less than the standard 90 (see illustration) to a maximum of 30, except the HW which cannot be closed. W and WI hangers must use 10dx1 12" nails for closed application. Reduce allowable loads using straight-line interpolation (see sloped top flange). SADDLE HANGER To order, add D to model and specify S dimension (see illustration). Saddle hangers achieve catalog load listed. Saddle hangers on stud walls do not achieve catalog loads. Recommended S dimension is 116" oversized for carrying members 2 12" wide and less or 18" oversized for greater than 2 12" wide. RIDGE HANGER (not available for uplift models) Top flange may be sloped to a maximum of 35 to accommodate a ridge (see illustration). Specify angle of the slope. Reduce allowable load using straight-line interpolation. See Open/Closed example.
Low Side Flush
Specify Angle
Specify Angle
Typical W Top View Skewed Left Type A Hanger (Bevel Cut Joist Shown)
Specify Low Side, High Side, or Center Flush with Header (Low Side Flush shown)
Typical HW Top Flange Sloped Down Left with Low Side Flush
110
Hanger Options
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Typical HW Sloped Down, Skewed Right with Type A Hanger (Joist end must be bevel cut) When ordering, specify Low Side Flush, Center Flush or High Side Flush
207
HANGER OPTIONS
LEG/MEG/EG
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT TOP FLANGE MODELS ONLY The LEG/MEG/EG series can be skewed up to 45. The maximum allowable load is 10,000 lbs. for LEG and MEG, 14,250 lbs. for EG. SLOPED SEAT TOP FLANGE MODELS ONLY The LEG/MEG/EG series can be sloped up to 45. The maximum allowable load is 9665 lbs.; see illustration. NO SLOPED AND SKEWED COMBO AVAILABLE. OFFSET TOP FLANGE The LEG/MEG (only) top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header (see illustration). The maximum allowable load is 5665 lbs. (Min. H = 11" for MEG, 9" for LEG) No skews allowed on offset hangers.
Specify Angle
EGQ
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT The EGQ can be skewed a maximum of 45. The maximum allowable download when skewed is 16,300 lbs. The maximum allowable uplift when skewed is 5770 lbs. Joist must be bevel cut for skewed seat installation. SLOPED SEAT The EGQ can be sloped up or down a maximum of 45. The maximum allowable download when sloped is 15360 lbs. The allowable uplift when sloped is 100% of the table load. Sloped seat installation requires an additional 14 joist screws (supplied with the connector). NO SLOPED AND SKEWED COMBO AVAILABLE.
18" - 22"
HUTF/HUITF
See Hanger Options General Notes. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT HUTF can be skewed to a maximum of 45 or sloped to a maximum of 45. HUTF can be skewed and sloped down only, provided W 2 38". Hangers with a skew greater than 15 may have all the joist nailing on the outside angle. No skew with slope up options available. For the skewed-only HU34TF, HU24-2TF and HU44TF, the allowable loads are 0.50 of the table load. All other models have a maximum allowable load of 0.60 of the table loads. For skews greater than 15, uplift loads are 0.75 of the table loads. For sloped and skewed combinations, the allowable loads are 0.70 of the table loads. For sloped down only hangers, allowable load is 0.78 of the table load. CONCEALED FLANGE HUTF is available with one A flange concealed at 0.85 of the catalog table load. HUTF is also available with both flanges concealed provided the W dimension is 2 916" or greater, at 0.85 of the table load. Specify HUCTF for both flanges concealed. No skew options available.
Specify Angle
Specify Angle
208
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
LGU/MGU/HGU/HHGU/LGUM/HGUM
See Hanger Options General Notes. CONCEALED FLANGE LGU, MGU, HGU, HHGU and HGUM hangers are available with one flange concealed. Specify flange to conceal. Allowable Loads for one flange-concealed option: LGU 1.00 of published load MGU 0.88 of published load HGU 0.75 of published load HHGU 0.75 of published load HGUM see table below MGU3.63, MGU5.25 and HGU5.25 flanges cannot be concealed. Concealed Flange Allowable Loads with One Flange Concealed
Fasteners Model No. W (in) H (in) CMU/ Concrete Titen HD Anchors HGUM 514 to 9 11 to 30 8-58"x5"
End of Wall CMU Wall DF/SP/SCL Beam Uplift Download (160) 1285 5750
Outside corner
Concrete Wall CMU/Concrete Wall DF/SP/SCL Beam DF/SP/SCL Beam Uplift Uplift Download Download (160) (160) 3150 7025 3150 7555
SKEWED LGU, MGU, HGU, LGUM and HGUM hangers are available skewed up to 45. Apply the following reduction factors to published loads: Reduction Factors for Skewed LGU, MGU, HGU
Model LGU MGU/HGU less than 6" wide MGU/HGU 6" and wider Beam Cut Square Cut Bevel Cut Square Cut Bevel Cut Square Cut Bevel Cut Download 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.80 0.75 0.80 Uplift 0.60 0.60 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55
For LGUM and HGUM see table below. Concealed flanges are not available with skewed models. LGUM/HGUM Allowable Loads for Skewed (L/R) Applications
Model No.
C-2011 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/10
Fasteners CMU/Concrete Joist Titen HD SDS Anchors Screws 4- 38"x4" 4- 14"x2 12"
Allowable Loads CMU/Concrete (DFL, SP, LVL, PSL, LSL) Uplift Download (160) (100/115/125) 565 1965
15" min. to end of wall
LGUM26-2X LGUM26-3X LGUM26-4X LGUM46X LGUM28-2X LGUM28-3X LGUM28-4X LGUM48X LGUM210-2X LGUM210-3X LGUM210-4X LGUM410X HGUM5.25X HGUM5.50X HGUM7.00X HGUM7.25X HGUM9.00X
6- 38"x4"
6- 14"x2 12"
1085
3080
8- 38"x4"
8- 14"x2 12"
1605
4190
12" min. to end of wall 0 Specify angle 45
Hanger Options
MBHA
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT Seat can be skewed at 45 only. The maximum allowable download is 3495 lbs. and 1585 lbs. uplift for Height 7 14". For all other models, use the table listed download and uplift of 2390 lbs. Typical MBHA Skewed Right Installation
209
POST CAPACITIES
Post Allowable Compression Loads for Douglas Fir Larch
Lumber Framing Size 2x4 3x4 2-2x4 4x4 3-2x4 4x6 4x8 4x10 2x6 3x6 2-2x6 4x6 3-2x6 6x6 6x8 Grade #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #1 #1 Perp to Grain, Pc (lbs) 3280 5470 6565 7655 9845 12030 15860 20235 5155 8595 10315 12030 15470 18905 25780 Compression Capacity Parallel to Grain, Pc (lbs) (100) Nominal Top Plate Height (ft) 8 9 10 11 12 3170 2580 2120 1765 1490 5285 4305 3535 2945 2485 6340 5165 4240 3535 2985 7395 6025 4945 4120 3480 9510 7745 6360 5300 4475 11540 9420 7745 6460 5460 15090 12345 10165 8485 7175 19080 15650 12910 10790 9130 8970 7975 6965 6050 5260 14945 13290 11610 10085 8765 17935 15950 13935 12105 10515 20925 18605 16255 14120 12270 26905 23925 20900 18155 15775 25260 23560 21565 19480 17435 34450 32125 29410 26560 23775 Compression Capacity Parallel to Grain, Pc (lbs) (160) Nominal Top Plate Height (ft) 8 9 10 11 12 3345 2680 2180 1805 1520 5570 4470 3635 3010 2530 6685 5365 4360 3610 3040 7800 6260 5090 4215 3545 10030 8045 6545 5420 4555 12215 9810 7980 6610 5560 16035 12890 10500 8700 7320 20365 16395 13360 11080 9325 11030 9280 7780 6570 5600 18385 15465 12965 10950 9335 22060 18560 15560 13140 11200 25735 21650 18155 15330 13070 33090 27840 23340 19715 16800 34255 30165 26140 22575 19535 46715 41130 35650 30785 26640
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
Perp to Grain, Pc (lbs) 2230 3720 4465 5205 6695 8925 3505 5845 7015 8180 10520
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
Compression Capacity Parallel to Grain, Pc (lbs) (100) Nominal Top Plate Height (ft) 8 9 10 11 12 2775 2250 1850 1540 1305 4625 3745 3080 2570 2170 5545 4495 3695 3085 2605 6470 5245 4310 3595 3040 8320 6745 5545 4625 3910 11095 8990 7395 6165 5215 7745 6885 6035 5255 4575 12905 11475 10060 8760 7625 15485 13770 12070 10515 9150 18065 16070 14085 12265 10675 23230 20660 18110 15770 13730
Compression Capacity Parallel to Grain, Pc (lbs) (160) Nominal Top Plate Height (ft) 8 9 10 11 12 2930 2340 1905 1575 1325 4885 3895 3175 2630 2210 5865 4675 3805 3155 2655 6840 5455 4440 3680 3095 8795 7015 5710 4730 3980 11730 9355 7615 6310 5310 9600 8055 6770 5725 4885 16000 13425 11280 9545 8145 19200 16110 13540 11450 9770 22395 18795 15795 13360 11400 28795 24165 20305 17180 14660
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
210
POST CAPACITIES
Bearing length
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
6080 10135 12160 14190 18240 19325 23510 27500 8860 14765 17715 20670 26575 35845 48880
5820 9705 11645 13585 17465 18500 22510 26330 8635 14390 17265 20145 25900 34940 47645
5305 8840 10610 12375 15915 16855 20510 23990 8185 13640 16370 19100 24555 33125 45170
1 5045 8410 10090 11775 15135 16035 19510 22815 7960 13270 15920 18575 23885 32215 43930
Size 2x4 3x4 2-2x4 4x4 3-2x4 4x6 4x8 4x10 2x6 3x6 2-2x6 4x6 3-2x6 6x6 6x8
Grade #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #1 #1
Allowable Tension Pt, lbs. (160) Bolt Diameter (in) 0 6930 11550 13860 16170 20790 22330 26390 29785 9570 15950 19140 22330 28710 43560 59400
1
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
5815 9695 11635 13570 17450 18740 22150 25000 8590 14320 17185 20045 25775 39105 53325
5570 9280 11140 12995 16705 17945 21205 23935 8375 13955 16750 19540 25120 38115 51975
5075 8455 10150 11840 15220 16350 19320 21805 7940 13230 15880 18525 23815 36135 49275
1 4825 8045 9655 11260 14480 15550 18380 20745 7720 12870 15445 18015 23165 35145 47925
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
4760 7930 9520 11105 14275 19035 6930 11555 13865 16175 20795
4555 7595 9115 10630 13670 18225 6755 11260 13515 15765 20270
4150 6920 8305 9685 12455 16605 6405 10675 12810 14945 19215
1 3950 6580 7900 9215 11845 15795 6230 10385 12460 14535 18690
Size 2x4 3x4 2-2x4 4x4 3-2x4 4-2x4 2x6 3x6 2-2x6 3-2x6 4-2x6
Grade #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2
Allowable Tension Pt, lbs. (160) Bolt Diameter (in) 0 6615 11025 13230 15435 19845 26460 9010 15015 18020 21020 27025
1
4-Inch Wall
6-Inch Wall
5550 9255 11105 12955 16655 22210 8090 13480 16175 18870 24265
5315 8860 10630 12405 15945 21265 7885 13140 15765 18395 23650
4845 8070 9685 11300 14530 19375 7475 12455 14945 17440 22420
1 4605 7680 9215 10750 13820 18430 7270 12115 14535 16960 21805
1. Allowable (ASD) loads are based on the 2005 National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) for lumber with a moisture content of 19% or less. 2. Compression parallel to grain loads are based on an effective post height, le, equal to the nominal height plus 1 18" (due to the most common pre-cut stud lengths) minus 4 12" (thickness of 3 - 2x plates). L/d ratio is based on d = 3 12" for 4-inch wall and d = 5 12" for 6-inch wall. 3. Shaded values are limited by the Perpendicular to Grain bearing allowable load, Pc , when posts bear on wood sill plates. Where posts and sill plates are different species, Designer shall limit allowable load to the lower of the post capacity or the perpendicular to grain capacity for each species used. 4. Perpendicular to grain allowable loads do not include the NDS Bearing Area Factor, Cb. For posts whose bearing area is not closer than 3" from the end of a sill plate, the Pc values may be multiplied by Cb. lb (in) Cb 1.5 1.25 2.5 1.15 3 1.13 3.5 1.11 4.5 1.08 5.5 1.07 6 1 lb = Bearing Length (post thickness) Cb = Bearing Area Factor per NDS 3.10.4
5. Allowable tension loads are based on net section assuming hole size equal to bolt diameter plus 116" with the hole drilled on the 3 12" face of post for a 4-inch wall and on the 5 12" face of post for a 6-inch wall. Tension loads have been increased for wind or seismic loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 6. Values do not consider combined axial and out-of-plane bending.
211
LITERATURE REFERENCE
Simpson Strong-Tie maintains an extensive library of literature, providing information on a wide variety of subjects ranging from specific product lines and alternate product installations to industry issues and specifier guides. On the following pages is a list of many of our most popular literature items, many of which are referenced in this catalog. You can access the complete library by visiting www.strongtie.com or you can call 800-999-5099 and have publications mailed to you.
Additional Connection Details for Connectors Used with Insulated Concrete Forms (F-ICFVL)
212
LITERATURE REFERENCE
Application and Specification Information for the Roof Boundary Clip (F-RBC)
Code Compliant Repair and Protection Guide for the Installation of Utilities in Wood Frame Construction (F-REPRPROTECT)
RUZ and NRUZ Retrofit Hangers for Panelized Roof Construction (F-RUZNRUZ)
Field Guide for Proper Installation Various of Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors (S-INSTALL)
Coil Strap Alternative Nailing Schedule and Lap Splice Spacing (T-CMST)
213
LITERATURE REFERENCE
Uplift Design Loads for Top Flange Hangers Installed on Nailers or I-beams (T-NAILERUPLFT)
Alternate Uplift Options for IUS, IUT and ITT Hangers (T-OPTUPLIFT)
214
LITERATURE REFERENCE
Using a Membrane Barrier with Preservative-Treated Wood for Additional Corrosion Protection (T-PTBARRIER)
Corrosion Issues Related to the Use of New Chemicals in Preservative-Treated Wood (T-PTWOOD)
The Effects on Load Values Caused by Installing a Sloped Joist into a Non-Sloped Hanger (T-SLOPEJST)
Top Flange Hangers Installed over a Plywood or OSB Sheathed Wall (T-TOPFLAN)
Detailing Requirements for Sheathing Designed to Resist Combined Shear and Uplift from Wind (T-WLSHEATH)
215
NOTES
217
SOFTWARE
Simpson Strong-Tie offers three software programs to simplify product selection and specification. Each of these programs is available on CD ROM or for free download at www.strongtie.com.
Connector Selector
The Connector Selector finds the products that are appropriate for your connection and sorts them by lowest installed cost. Solutions are available for a wide variety of applications using solid sawn lumber, engineered wood and structural composite lumber, glulam beams and wood trusses. Available in U.S. (Allowable Stress Design) and Canadian (Limit States Design) versions.
Strong-Wall Selector
The Strong-Wall Selector helps specifiers choose a lateral force resisting system using Wood or Steel Strong-Wall Shearwalls. Optimized or Manual input provides the most cost effective solution or allows designers to choose and check whether any type and number of walls satisfy the shear load requirements.
ATS Selector
The ATS Selector recommends the correct ATS system components based upon load requirements and building code options input by the Designer. It can also recommend the corresponding compression post designs. Resulting calculations can be printed and AutoCAD drawings can be inserted into plans.
For assistance specifying post-installed anchors for concrete and masonry, visit www.simpsonanchors.com to download the Anchor Selector software. Two versions are available for allowable stress design and ultimate strength design, including cracked concrete.
This catalog reflects changes in the allowable loads and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products. This catalog is effective until December 31, 2012, and supersedes all information in all earlier publications, including catalogs, brochures, fliers, technical bulletins, etc. Use this edition as a current printed reference. Information on allowable loads and configurations is updated annually. We post our catalogs on www.strongtie.com. Please visit our site, and sign up for any information updates. Allowable loads in this catalog are for the described specific applications of properly-installed products. Product modifications, improper loading or installation procedures, or deviations from recommended applications will affect connector allowable load-carrying capacities.
218
At Simpson Strong-Tie, we believe quality is not only about the products we produce, but about the experience and interactions our customers have with us. We work hard to provide value to all our customers whether theyre specifying our product or installing it. That means providing things like engineering support, training, product testing, job site visits and nationwide product availability. These services are integral to how we do business with our customers. In these tough economic times, we also believe its very important to support the communities we live and work in, which is why for many years weve donated our time and products to Habitat for Humanity. Our local and national support is providing safe, affordable housing to people in need. Simpson Strong-Tie is committed to supporting our customers and communities while delivering high-quality, innovative structural and fastening products. Youve trusted us for more than 50 years, and we will continue to earn that trust.
engineering support
training
product testing
Every day we work hard to earn your business, blending the talents of our people with the quality of our products and services to exceed your expectations. This is our pledge to you.
Home Ofce 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Tel: 925/560-9000 Fax: 925/847-1603 Northwest USA 5151 S. Airport Way Stockton, CA 95206 Tel: 209/234-7775 Fax: 209/234-3868 Southwest USA 12246 Holly Street Riverside, CA 92509 Toll Free: 800/999-5099 Northeast USA 2600 International Street Columbus, OH 43228 Tel: 614/876-8060 Fax: 614/876-0636 Southeast USA 2221 Country Lane McKinney, TX 75069 Tel: 972/542-0326 Fax: 972/542-5379 Quik Drive Factory 436 Calvert Drive Gallatin, TN 37066 Tel: 888/487-7845 Fax: 615/451-9806 INTERNATIONAL FACILITIES Please visit our website for address and contact information for our European facilities.
Kent Specials Factory 22035 W. Valley Highway Kent, WA 98032 Toll Free: 877/564-2041 Eagan Warehouse & Specials Factory 3711 Kennebec Drive, Suite 700 Eagan, Minnesota 55122 Tel: 651/681-2061 Fax: 651/681-2046 Eastern Canada 5 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, ON L6T 5G5 Tel: 905/458-5538 Fax: 905/458-7274 Western Canada 11476 Kingston Street Maple Ridge, B.C. V2X 0Y5 Tel: 604/465-0296 Fax: 604/465-0297 Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems 136 Ofcial Road Addison, IL 60101 Tel: 630/543-2797 Fax: 630/543-7014 Distribution Centers Eneld, CT; High Point, NC; Jacksonville, FL; Jessup, MD; Langley, B.C.; Ontario, CA
2012 ADDENDUM
At Your Service
INTRODUCTION
For more than 50 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has focused on creating structural products that help people build safer and stronger homes and buildings. A leader in structural systems research and technology, Simpson Strong-Tie is one of the largest suppliers of structural building products in the world. The Simpson Strong-Tie commitment to product development, engineering, testing and training is evident in the consistent quality and delivery of its products and services. Simpson Strong-Tie product lines include: Structural connectors for wood and cold-formed-steel construction Strong-Wall prefabricated shearwalls Strong Frame ordinary moment frames ATS Anchor Tiedown systems for multi-story buildings Quik Drive auto-feed screw driving systems Stainless-steel and corrosion-resistant fasteners Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems anchors and fasteners for concrete and masonry
For more information, visit the companys Web site at www.strongtie.com. The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. No Equal pledge includes:
Quality products value-engineered for the lowest installed cost at the highest rated performance levels Most thoroughly tested and evaluated products in the industry Strategically-located manufacturing and warehouse facilities National code agency listings Largest number of patented connectors in the industry European locations with an international sales team In-house R&D, and tool and die professionals In-house product testing and quality control engineers Member of AITC, ASTM, ASCE, AWPA, ACI, AISC, CSI, ICFA, NBMDA, NLBMDA, SETMA, STAFDA, SREA, NFBA, WTCA and local engineering groups.
TAbLE OF CONTENTS
Important Information & General Notes ............................... 5 Discontinued Products ..................................................... 6-7 bPS Bearing Plate ................................................................ 8 AbW Post Base .................................................................... 8 LRU Rafter Hanger ............................................................... 9
Karen Colonias
MTHMQ/MTHMQ-2 Multiple Truss Hangers ....................... 11 CHC Component Hoist Clip ................................................ 12 MSTD Marriage Strap ......................................................... 13 PGT2A Pipe Grip Tie ........................................................... 13 H/TSP Seismic & Hurricane Ties ................................... 14-15 SDWS and SDWH Structural Wood Screws ................... 16-20 SDWF Structural Wood Screw for Floor-to-Floor Connection ............................................. 21 RTUD Ratcheting Take-Up Device ....................................... 22 STRONG FRAME Moment Frame ...................................... 23 Connectors for Cold-Formed Steel Curtainwall Construction ............................................ 24
800-999-5099 | www.strongtie.com
Terry Kingsfather
President
See www.strongtie.com for important updates to the 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog.
Since the 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog is effective for two years, we want to make sure that our customers are still up to date. Therefore, a list of corrections is now available at www.strongtie.com/corrections. This list will be continually updated if new questions and issues arise.
VALUE-ADDED SOFTWARE
Simpson Strong-Tie offers software solutions to make product selection and specification easier. Visit www.strongtie.com to download your free versions.
Connector Selector
Finding the right connector just got easier. Input the details of your application and the Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software suggests appropriate connectors and lists them by their installed cost. The program offers solutions for solid-sawn lumber, I-joists, engineered wood and trusses, and can also take into consideration factors such as wood species and masonry type. Save, print or email your solutions as well as autogenerated job files and material lists.
DISCONTINUED PRODUCTS
Products that will be discontinued in 2012
Simpson Strong-Tie is dedicated to continuously expanding our line of structural connectors with innovative new products that address the changing needs of our customers. As new connectors are introduced that improve upon older designs, it becomes necessary to discontinue the old versions in the name of efficiency and product-line simplicity. The table below lists products that are no longer included in the Wood Construction Connectors catalog as well as the products recommended to replace them. While technical information for discontinued products will be maintained on our website for a number of months, Simpson Strong-Tie asks that our customers begin to substitute the replacement products shown below in their designs and inventories. While it is hard to say when they will no longer be available from our distribution partners, production of some of these connectors ended in late 2011 and others will be phased out of production in 2012. For the most current information on discontinued products visit www.strongtie.com/discontinued. If you have questions about any of the products shown below, please call (800)999-5099 for assistance. DiscontinueD ProDuct AB44 rePlacement ProDuct Post Bases
(Avail. until 12/12)
ABW44Z ABW44RZ ABW46Z ABW46RZ ABW66Z ABW66RZ ABW44Z ABW44RZ ABW46Z ABW46RZ ABW66Z ABW66RZ
F-C2011ADD 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
AB44R AB46
(Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12) (Avail. until 12/12)
AB46R
(AB46 and AB66 similar)
aB44
AB66
AB66R ABE44
ABE44RZ ABE46
aBe44
aBW44Z
ABE46R
(ABE46 and ABE66 similar)
ABE66
ABE66RZ
(Limited availability)
MTHMQ
(MTHM-2 similar)
MTHM-2
(Limited availability)
(MTHMQ-2 similar)
mtHmQ
(Limited availability)
SP3
N/A N/A
(SP3 similar)
sP5
SP5
(Limited availability)
N/A
DISCONTINUED PRODUCTS
DiscontinueD ProDuct H2 rePlacement ProDuct Hurricane ties
(Limited availability)
H2A H2ASS H2AZ H2.5A H2.5ASS H2.5AZ H10A H10AR H10ASS H10AZ DecK-BoarD ties EB-TY Hidden Deck Fastening System
(See our Fastening Systems catalog for more information) eB-tY H2.5a H2a H10a
H2SS H2Z
H2.5
H2.5
H2.5SS H2.5Z
H2
H10
H10R
H10SS
H10
H10Z
DBt1
DBT1
FB14
N/A
NSP1
NS1 NS2 CPS4 CPS5 CPS6 CPS8 N/A N/A DPPCBK4 DPPCBK4 ancHor Bolts
ns1 ns2
NSP2
APS8
APS10 APS12
cPs4
(Limited availability)
DPc4a
DPC4G
(Limited availability)
DPPcBK4
l-Bolt
(Limited availability)
N/A
N/A
7
W
1 2"
Max.
BPS12-6
Thickness (ga) 3 3 3
2 8 3 4
1. Model number shown is for standard, unfinished plates. For hot-dip galvanized finish add HDG to the end of the model number.
L
Anchor bolt per Designer
aBW
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD structural-connector screw, see footnote 5 for substitution information.
Nominal Post Size 4x4 Rough 4x4 4x6 Rough 4x6 6x6 Rough 6x6
Dimensions W 3916 4 3916 4 512 6 l 3916 4116 5916 6 5916 6 H 214 2916 3 21316 3 21316
Fasteners anchor Dia. 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Nails 8-10d 8-10d 10-10d 10-10d 12-10d 12-10d
allowable loads (DF/SP) uplift (160) 1005 1005 845 845 1190 1190 Down (100) 7180 7180 4590 4590 12935 12935
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Downloads may not be increased for short term loading. 3. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for ABW values with structural composite lumber columns. 4. NaIlS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. 5. SCrEWS: Strong-Drive SD #9x1 12" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long. Full table loads apply.
LRU
Rafter Hanger
The LRU hanger is an economical field slopeable hanger designed to make the rafter-to-ridge connection with solid-sawn rafters 2x6 - 2x12 in size. FEaTurES: Unique design allows the LRU to be installed either before or after the rafter is in place Slopes up or down to 45 For added versatility the fasteners on the face of the hanger are placed higher on the flange allowing the bottom of the rafter to hang below the ridge beam (see Max. C1 dimension) Double-shear nailing provides higher loads with fewer fasteners Installs with nails or Strong-Drive SD structural-connector screws maTErIal: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized (G90) INSTallaTIoN: See the General Notes in our 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog (C-2011). Joist fasteners must be installed at an angle through the rafter or joist into the header to achieve the table loads. See alternate installation on the right for retrofit applications.
lru28
When an existing roof deck prevents the horizontal installation of fasteners, Strong-Drive SD #10x212" screws may be installed sloped upward to match the roof pitch (45 max.). Use table values for an installation with 10d nails when SD screws are sloped. Nails may not be installed sloped upward.
1. Minimum ridge beam depths shown assume rafter and ridge beam are flush at the top. 2. Minimum ridge beam depths have been determined to ensure the Max. C1 dimension for the LRU is not exceeded. Actual ridge beam size shall be determined by the Designer. 3. The International Residential Code requires the ridge to be not less in depth than the cut end of the rafter unless the ridge is designed as a beam.
C1
These product are approved for use with the Strong-Drive structural-connector screw. See footnote 4 for subsitution information.
DF/SP allowable loads1 uplift (160) 770 645 880 805 1100 1100 1305 1305
2
SPF/HF allowable loads1 roof (125) 1270 990 1355 1050 1620 1430 1905 1430 uplift (160) 660 555 760 695 945 945 1120 1120
2
H 514 61516 8 16
3
B 11516 11516 1 16
15
Floor (100) 1020 855 1300 1050 1535 1285 1535 1285
Snow (115) 1170 980 1355 1050 1620 1430 1755 1430
Floor (100) 875 730 1110 900 1310 1095 1310 1095
Snow (115) 1000 835 1165 900 1395 1230 1500 1230
roof (125) 1085 850 1165 900 1395 1230 1625 1230
158
101116
11516
312
1. Allowable loads are based on a minimum 3" wide carrying member. For single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1 12" nails into the face and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the allowable load to 0.81 of the tabulated value for 10d nails. Alternatively, see footnote 4. 2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 3. NaIlS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long. 4. SCrEWS: JoistStrong-Drive SD #10x2 12" (model SD10212) = 0.161" dia. x 2 12" long; FaceSD #10x1 12" (model SD10112) = 0.161" dia. x 1 12" long. Use SD #10x2 12" into to the joist and face and use table loads for 16d nails. For single 2x carrying members, use SD #10x2 12" into the joist and SD #10x1 12" into the face and use table loads for 10d nails.
ECCllQmDG-KT
Side Stirrup Width (W3) 358 358 458 458 512 512
512
Number of 4 " x 212 " SDS Screws Side Beam 16 Deck Beam 6
16" Square3,6 Grout-Filled Cmu Pier uplift main Beam 6240 Side Beam 6240 Total 7300 lateral 2220
16" Square3,7 Cmu Shell w/ 3000 psi Concrete uplift main Beam 6240 Side Beam 6240 Total 8260 lateral 2680
model No.
main Beam 16
ECCLQMDG-KT
1. Uplift and lateral loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading, with no further increase allowed. 2. Total Uplift and Lateral Loads are based on tested anchor failure in the pier. 3. The Designer shall design and detail the CMU/concrete pier to resist all forces including uplift, shear and moment. A minimum of (4) #7 vertical rebars are required. 4. Pier height per Designer. 5. Deck joist connection, side beam and main beam uplift loads assume DF members and are not additive. 6. The allowable loads are for 16" square grout-filled CMU piers with f'm of 1500 psi or 16" square solid concrete piers of 2500 psi concrete. 7. The allowable loads listed for 16" square CMU shell, filled with 3000 psi concrete, apply to solid concrete piers of 3000 psi concrete, a minimum of 12" square. 8. The ECCL(L/R)QMD-KT is a kit packaged with two MSTQM straps and thirty eight SDS 14"x2 12" screws. One strap may be installed on each face of the ECCL(L/R)QMD-KT (as shown), using the SDS screws into the beams and 26-16dx2 12 nails (not provided) into the wall framing. The allowable tension load for the MSTQM straps is 6240 lbs. 9. The MSTQM strap is 0.101" thick 12 gauge, 3" wide and 48" long.
10
S2.5
MTHMQ/MTHMQ-2
The MTHMQ and MTHMQ-2 are redesigned versions of our medium-to-high load capacity hangers for carrying 2 or 3 trusses. The new design offers concealed flanges and installs with Strong-Drive SDS screws for easier installation. FEaTurES: Accommodates right or left hand hips (at 45 skews) and terminal hips with or without the center jack Strong-Drive SDS screws (included) are easy to install and enable the hangers to achieve higher loads with fewer fasteners Concealed-flange design allows for attachment to vertical web members Min. and max. fastening options for added versatility maTErIal: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized (G90) INSTallaTIoN: See the General Notes in our 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog (C-2011). Use the Strong-Drive SDS screws provided with the hanger. Can be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum load. For all installations, fill the fastener holes in the bottom of the hanger seat. For installations at panel points with 2x6 bottom chords, do not fill the triangle holes unless approved by the Truss Designer.
7"
3716"
(MTHMQ-2-SDS3 similar)
mTHmQ-SDS3
Single Ply
Single Ply
Fasteners Carrying member 10-SDS 14"x3" 14-SDS 14"x3" 12-SDS 14"x3" 16-SDS 14"x3" Hip 4-SDS 14"x3" 4-SDS 14"x3" 5-SDS 14"x3" 5-SDS 14"x3" Jack 1-SDS 14"x3" 1-SDS 14"x3" 1-SDS 14"x3" 1-SDS 14"x3"
DF/SP allowable loads uplift Download (160) (100/115/125/160) Jack Total Hip Jack Total 145 145 265 265 585 585 1065 1065 1965 655 2715 905 2905 970 3330 1110 2620 3620 3875 4440
SPF/HF allowable loads uplift Download (160) (100/115/125/160) Jack Total Hip Jack Total 105 105 190 190 420 420 765 765 1415 1955 2090 2395 470 650 700 800 1885 2605 2790 3195
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. A minimum 2-ply carrying member is required for the tabulated loads. With single 2x carrying members, use 14"x1 12" Strong-Drive SDS screws into the carrying member and reduce the load to 0.60 of the table value. 3. For installations on 2x6 carrying members not at a panel point, the four uppermost face fasteners are not installed. For installations on 2x6 carrying members at a panel point, fasteners are installed into the round holes only (minimum vertical member sizes are 2x6 and 2x8 for the MTHMQ and MTHMQ-2, respectively). 4. Tabulated two-member allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load.
5. For terminal hips divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable load for each hip. 6. Tabulated three-member loads assume that each hip carries 40% of the total load and the jack carries 20% of the total load. Other hip/jack load distributions are allowed if the sum of all three carried members does not exceed the total load and the hip members are equally loaded. 7. The total allowable download for the MTHMQ-2-SDS3 (Min) for a 3-member connection at the 115/125/160 load duration is 5400 lbs. (DF/SP) and 3890 lbs. (SPF/HF). 8. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads as determined by the Designer in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007. 9. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
11
CHC
The new CHC component hoist clip provides a tested, load-rated solution for the safe lifting and placement of assembled wood components. The CHC is load-rated with Strong-Drive SDS screws for easy installation and removal, and superior shear and withdrawal strength during lifting. FEaTurES: Attaches easily to wood members using Strong-Drive SDS screws (sold separately) May be used alone or in pairs for increased load Tested in multiple load directions for versatility maTErIal: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTallaTIoN: See the General Notes in our 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog (C-2011). Use all specified fasteners. Fasteners require full penetration into the framing members. Use one time only. Lifting devices should be connected to the CHC with a closed-loop attachment of sufficient strength to carry the allowable load.
114"
45-90
114"
8"
Patent pending
CHC
1. Allowable loads are based on the lowest ultimate test load of 3 test specimens, or the average of 6 specimens, divided by 5. 2. No load duration increase allowed. 3. Allowable loads are based on installation over sheathing on stud walls with double 2x top plates and max. 58" sheathing. 4. Fasteners require full penetration into the framing members. 5. All lifting devices and spreader bars that are used in conjuction with the CHC shall be of sufficient strength to carry the required load. Spreader bars must also have sufficient rigidity to resist bending of the lifted component.
610
90
12
612"
18"
916"
(MSTD5 similar)
mSTD4
Total l 18 27
Fasteners CmSTC16 16 - 16d Sinker 24 - 16d Sinker HTT 12 - 16d Sinker 18 - 16 Sinker
1. Install on minimum 4x4 blocking. 2. 10d common nails may be substituted at 100% of table load. 3. Allowable tension loads include a load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or earthquake. 4. NaIlS: 10d common = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 16d sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 14" long.
PGT2A
The new PGT2A pipe grip tie is an economical, time-saving solution for building fences with 2" steel posts. Pipe Grip Ties attach wood fence rails to metal fence posts, eliminating rotted and failed wood posts. maTErIal: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized (G90) INSTallaTIoN: See the General Notes in our 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog (C-2011). Use all specified fasteners. Install on 2" (2 38" outside diameter) vertical pipes, offsetting corners to allow for the correct rail alignment. Use 3 to 4 PGT2As per pipe; line up to string line. Fasten PGT2A with 14" hex head bolt (supplied). PGT2A attaches to rails with four Simpson Strong-Tie SDS 14"x1 12" wood screws (not supplied). See page 28 of our 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog (C-2011) for SDS screw info. 14" lag bolts may be used. Follow the code requirements for predrilling. Nail or screw fence boards to rails. Field bend PGT2A flanges to fit corner and angled conditions. (bend one time only).
658"
238"
114"
238"
PGT2a
3" " 10
E
3"
H2a
3" 1"
(H2ASS similar)
1"
(H2.5ASS similar)
2" 1"
H2.5a
3"
6"
5"
H10ar
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Structural-Connector screw. See footnote 13 for correct substitution.
model No. H1 H2 H2A H2ASS H2.5 H2.5A H2.5ASS H2.5T H3 H4 H5 H6 H7Z H8 H10 H10A H10ASS H10AR H10S9,10 H10A-2 H10-2 H11Z H14 TSP
DF/SP allowable loads To Studs 5-8dx112 5-SS8D 8-8d 8-8d 8-8d uplift (160) 585 575 400 415 600 440 545 455 360 455 950 985 745 995 11407 970 1050 1010 1245 760 830 13507 13507 740 890 lateral (160) F1 485 130 130 150 110 75 135 125 165 115 400 75 590 590 565 490 660 815 455 525 515 515 310 310 F2 165 55 55 150 110 70 145 160 160 200 275 285 195 285 215 260 395 760 265 265 190 190
To Plates
uplift with 8dx112 Nails (160) 455 400 415 480 365 425 415 360 455 630 550
14
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed: reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 2 12" must be used when framing anchors are used on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate (exeption: connectors installed such that nails on opposite side dont interfere). 3. Allowable DF/SP uplift load for stud to bottom plate installation (see detail 15) is 390 lbs. (H2.5A); 265 lbs. (H2.5ASS); 360 lbs. (H4) and 310 lbs. (H8). For SPF/HF values multiply these values by 0.86. 4. Allowable loads in the F1 direction are not intended to replace diaphragm boundry members or cross grain bending of the truss or rafter members. 5. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided in the members, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces may be considered. 6. Hurricane Ties are shown on the outside of the wall for clarity and assume a minimum overhang of 3 12". Installation on the inside of the wall is acceptable (see General Instructions for the Installer notes u on page 22
in the 2011 Wood Construction Connectors catalog C2011). For uplift Continuous Load Path, connections in the same area (i.e. truss to plate connector and plate to stud connector) must be on the same side of the wall. 7. Southern Pine allowable uplift loads for H10A = 1340 lbs. and for the H14 = 1465 lbs. 8. Refer to Simpson Strong-Tie technical bulletin T-HTIEBEARING for H1, H10, H10S, H10-2, H11Z, H14 allowable bearing enhancement loads. 9. H10S can have the stud offset a maximum of 1" from rafter (center to center) for a reduced uplift of 890 lbs. (DF/SP) and 765 lbs. (SPF). 10. H10S nails to plates are optional for uplift but required for lateral loads. 11. Some load values for the stainless-steel connectors shown here are lower than those for the carbon-steel versions. Ongoing test programs have shown this to also be the case with other stainless-steel connectors in the product line that are installed with nails. Visit www.strongtie.com/corrosion for updated information. 12. NaIlS: 16dx2 12 = 0.162" dia. x 2 12" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 12 = 0.148" dia. x 1 12" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2 12" long, 8dx1 12 = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long. 13. SCrEWS: Strong-Drive SD #9x1 12" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 1 12" long (for the models marked with the orange flag only). Full table loads apply.
18 6-8dx1 2 4-8d Discontinued See H2a 18 5-8dx112 2-8dx112 18 5-SS8D 2-SS8D 18 5-8d 5-8d 18 5-8d 5-8d 18 5-SS8d 5-SS8d 18 5-8d 5-8d 18 4-8d 4-8d 20 4-8d 4-8d 18 4-8d 4-8d 16 8-8d 16 4-8d 2-8dx112 18 5-10dx112 5-10dx112 18 8-8dx112 8-8dx112 18 9-10dx112 9-10dx112 18 9-SSN10 9-SSN10 18 9-10dx112 9-10dx112 18 8-8dx112 8-8dx11210 18 9-10dx112 9-10dx112 18 6-10d 6-10d 18 6-16dx212 6-16dx212 1 12-8dx112 13-8d 18 2 12-8dx112 15-8d 9-10dx112 6-10dx112 16 9-10dx112 6-10d
6"
(H10ASS similar)
318"
13
H10a
5"
16"
312"
614"
H10a-2
6 916"
SPF/HF allowable loads uplift (160) 400 495 345 365 535 380 545 320 235 265 820 845 565 850 1015 835 905 870 1070 655 715 1050 1050 635 765 lateral (160) F1 415 130 130 130 110 75 135 105 140 100 345 75 505 505 485 420 570 700 390 450 480 480 265 265 F2 140 55 55 130 110 70 145 140 135 170 235 285 195 285 185 225 340 655 245 245 160 160
uplift with 8dx112 Nails (160) 370 345 365 480 310 425 290 235 265 510 475
1 H1 Installation
2 H2a Installation
(H2ASS similar)
3 TSP Installation
4 H2.5a Installation
6 H2.5T Installation
14 H8 attaching
15
H8 attaching stud to sill (4-8d into plate, 5-8d into stud, refer to footnote 3 for loads)
16 H8 attaching
17 H10S Installation
F2
F1
19 H10a Installation
20 H10a-2 Installation
21
H10A optional nailing connects shear blocking to rafter. Use 8d common nails. Slot allows maximum field-bending up to a pitch of 6/12, use 75% of the table uplift load; bend one time only.
PLAT LINE E
PLATE LINE
5 H2.5T Installation
13 H7Z Installation
18
8d commons to header. Fill all three triangle holes to straightened bottom flange.
15
SDWS/SDWH
The Strong-Drive SDWS and SDWH screws are designed to be an easy-to-install, high-strength alternative to through-bolting and traditional lag screws for a wide range of fastening applications. FEaTurES: Bold thread design that provides superior holding power Patented 4CUT tip ensure fast starts, reduces installation torque and eliminates the need for pre-drilling in most applications Knurled shank section above the threads makes driving easier Under-head nibs that offer greater installer control when seating the head Large head provides maximum bearing area Available in lengths up to 10" for maximum versatility Double-barrier coating provides corrosion resistance equivalent to hot-dip galvanization, making it suitable for many exterior and preservative-treated wood applications Strong-Drive SDWS Screw: 0.220" diameter Deep 6-lobe reduces cam-out, making driving easier Low-profile head design provides a clean look and less interference after installation Installs best with a low-speed 12" drill motor with a T-40 bit (bit included in each package) Strong-Drive SDWH Screw: 0.195" diameter Hex drive reduces cam-outs for easier driving Installs best with a low-speed drill motor with a 516" hex driver (driver included in each package) FINISH: Tan double-barrier coating INSTallaTIoN: See the General Notes in our 2011 Fastening Systems catalog (C-FS11).
0.75"
Identification on all SDWS screw heads
0.64"
Identification on all SDWH screw heads
Lengths
Stamp
WS22
3"
0.220"
Lengths 3"
0.195"
Stamp
193
3
WS22
4
WS22
194
5
WS22
196
6
WS22
198
8
WS22
10"
SDWS
U.S. Patents 5,897,280; 7,101,133
10"
SDWH
U.S. Patents 5,897,280; 7,101,133
1910
10
16
SDWS
mini-Bulk Bucket1 Fasteners Per Pack 50 50 50 50 50 50 Packs Per master Carton 6 6 6 6 6 6 model No. SDWS22300DB-R50 SDWS22400DB-R50 SDWS22500DB-R50 SDWS22600DB-R50 SDWS22800DB-R50 SDWS221000DB-R50 Fasteners Per Pack 950 600 600 500 400 250
12 12 12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10 10 10
1. Retail and mini-bulk packs include one deep, 6-lobe, T-40 driver bit; bulk packs include two driver bits.
DF/SP allowable loads Shear (100) Wood Side member Thickness 1.5 255 405 405 405 405 405 2 405 405 405 405 405 2.5 305 360 405 405 405 3 360 405 405 405 3.5 325 365 395 395 4 365 395 395 4.5 355 395 395 6 395 395 8 395
SPF/HF allowable loads Shear (100) Wood Side member Thickness 1.5 185 385 405 405 405 405 2 290 290 365 365 365 2.5 215 290 365 365 365 3 290 365 365 365 3.5 195 310 310 310 4 310 310 310 4.5 210 280 280 6 280 280 8 280
1. All applications are based on full penetration into the main member. 2. Allowable loads are shown at the wood load duration factor of CD = 1.0. Loads may be increase for load duration per the building code up to a CD = 1.6. Tabulated values must be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors per the NDS.
3. Minimum fastener spacing requirements: 6" end distance, 1 716 " edge distance, 5 8" between staggered rows of fasteners, 4" between non-staggered rows of fasteners and 8" between fasteners in a row. 4. For in-service moisture content greater than 19%, use CM = 0.7.
Min. stagger
Spacing requirements
17
SDWS
Douglas Fir-larch, Southern Pine, Spruce Pine Fir and Hem Fir lumber allowable Withdrawal loads
model No. SDWS22300DB SDWS22400DB SDWS22500DB SDWS22600DB SDWS22800DB SDWS221000DB Fastener Thread length, length, Tl l (in.) (in.) 3 4 5 6 8 10 112 238 234 234 2 4
3
reference Withdrawal Design value, W (lbs/inch) DF and SP main member 164 179 214 214 214 214 HF and SPF main member 151 160 187 187 187 187
maximum reference Withdrawal Design value, Wmax (lbs) DF and SP main member 245 425 590 590 590 590 HF and SPF main member 225 380 495 495 495 495
234
1. The tabulated reference withdrawal design value, W, is in pounds per inch of the thread penetration into the side grain of the main member. 2. The tabulated reference withdrawal design value, WMax, is in pounds where the entire thread length must penetrate into the side grain of the main member. 3. Tabulated reference withdrawal design values, W and WMax, must be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors from the NDS as referenced in the IBC or IRC. 4. Embedded thread length is that portion held in the main member including the screw tip. 5. Values are based on the lesser of withdrawal from the main member or pull-through of a 112" side member. 6. For in-service moisture content greater than 19%, use CM = 0.7.
2009 IrC Compliant Spacing for a Sawn lumber Deck ledger to Band Joist
loading Condition Nominal ledger Size Screw model No. Band Joist material and minimum Size 1" OSB 1" LVL 118" OSB 1516" LVL 114" LSL 2x SP, DF 2x SPF, HF 1" OSB 1" LVL 118" OSB 1516" LVL 114" LSL 2x SP, DF 2x SPF, HF 1" OSB 1" LVL 118" OSB 1516" LVL 114" LSL 2x SP, DF 2x SPF, HF 1" OSB 1" LVL 118" OSB 1516" LVL 114" LSL 2x SP, DF 2x SPF, HF maximum Deck Joist Span up to 6 ft. up to 8 ft. up to 10 ft. up to 12 ft. up to 14 ft. up to 16 ft. up to 18 ft. maximum on-Center Spacing of Fasteners (in.) 14 16 22 10 12 15 15 16 16 11 12 12 10 12 16 7 9 12 12 12 12 8 9 9
8 10 13 6 7 9 9 10 10 7 7 7
7 8 11 5 6 8 8 8 8 6 6 6
6 7 9 4 5 7 7 7 7 5 5 5
5 6 8 4 4 6 6 6 6 4 4 4
5 5 7 3 4 5 5 5 5 4 4 4
F-C2011ADD 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
2x
SDWS22400DB
2x
SDWS22400DB
2-2x
SDWS22500DB
2-2x
SDWS22500DB
1. SDWS screw spacing values are equivalent to 2009 IRC Table R502.2.2.1. The table above also provides SDWS screw spacing for a wider range of materials commonly used for band joists, and an alternate loading condition as required by some jurisdictions. 2. Solid-sawn band joists shall be Spruce-Pine-Fir, Hem-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine species. Ledger shall be Hem-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine species. 3. Fastener spacings are based on the lesser of single fastener ICC-ES AC233 testing of the
Wood structural panel sheathing max. thickness fastened per code Band joist per Table Floor joist or blocking
Strong-Drive SDWS screw with a safety factor of 5.0 or ICC-ES AC13 ledger assembly testing with a factor of safety of 3.0. Spacing includes NDS wet service factor adjustment. 4. Multiple ledger plies shall be fastened together per code independent of the SDWS screws. 5. Screws shall be placed at least 1 12" from the top or bottom of the ledger or band joist, 6" from the end of the ledger with 3" between rows and spaced per the table. See figure below. 6. Structural sheathing between the ledger and band shall be a maximum of 12" thick and fastened per code.
1 2"
Ledger fastener spacing may be offset up to 3" to avoid interference with joist attachment
SDWS wood screws stagger vertically space in accordance with Table 112" minimum from bottom of ledger and band joist
18
(Wood-framed lower floor acceptable, concrete wall shown for illustration purposes)
SDWH
mini Bulk Fasteners Per Pack 50 50 50 50 50 Packs Per master Carton 6 6 6 6 6 model No. SDWH19300DB-R50 SDWH19400DB-R50 SDWH19600DB-R50 SDWH19800DB-R50 SDWH191000DB-R50 Fasteners Per Pack 1000 800 600 500 250
12 12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10 10
234
DF/SP allowable loads Shear (100) Wood Side member Thickness 1.5 285 370 370 370 370 2 300 265 265 265 2.5 195 265 265 265 3 265 265 265 3.5 265 265 265 4 225 265 265 4.5 225 260 260 6 225 260 8 225
SPF/HF allowable loads Shear (100) Wood Side member Thickness 1.5 230 330 350 350 350 2 235 265 265 265 2.5 195 265 265 265 3 265 265 265 3.5 265 265 265 4 215 265 265 4.5 180 215 250 6 215 250 8 215
0.195 x 10
1. All applications are based on full penetration into the main member. 2. Allowable loads are shown at the wood load duration factor of CD = 1.0. Loads may be increase for load duration per the building code up to a CD = 1.6. Tabulated values must be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors per the NDS.
3. Minimum fastener spacing requirements: 6" end distance, 1 716 " edge distance, 5 8" between staggered rows of fasteners, 4" between non-staggered rows of fasteners and 8" between fasteners in a row. 4. For in-service moisture content greater than 19%, use CM = 0.7.
58" 58"
Min. stagger
XXX XXX
Spacing requirements
19
SDWH
Douglas Fir-larch, Southern Pine, Spruce Pine Fir and Hem Fir lumber allowable Withdrawal loads
model No. SDWH19300DB SDWH19400DB SDWH19600DB SDWH19800DB SDWH191000DB Fastener Thread length, length, Tl l (in.) (in.) 3 4 6 8 10 112 2 8
3
reference Withdrawal Design value, W (lbs/inch) DF and SP main member 177 192 197 197 197 HF and SPF main member 120 147 164 164 164
maximum reference Withdrawal Design value, Wmax (lbs) DF and SP main member 265 455 545 545 545 HF and SPF main member 180 350 450 450 450
2 4
3
234 2 4
3
1. The tabulated reference withdrawal design value, W, is in pounds per inch of the thread penetration into the side grain of the main member. 2. The tabulated reference withdrawal design value, WMax, is in pounds where the entire thread length must penetrate into the side grain of the main member. 3. Tabulated reference withdrawal design values, W and WMax, must be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors from the NDS as referenced in the IBC or IRC. 4. Embedded thread length is that portion held in the main member including the screw tip. 5. Values are based on the lesser of withdrawal from the main member or pull-through of a 112" side mem ber. 6. For in-service moisture content greater than 19%, use CM = 0.7.
2009 IrC Compliant Spacing for a Sawn lumber Deck ledger to Band Joist
loading Condition Nominal ledger Size Screw model No. Band Joist material and minimum Size 1 OSB 1 LVL 40 psf Live 10 psf Dead 2x SDWH19400DB 118" OSB 1516" LVL 114" LSL 2x SP, DFL 2x SPF, HF 1 OSB 1 LVL 60 psf Live 10 psf Dead 2x SDWH19400DB 118" OSB 1516" LVL 1 4" LSL
1
maximum Deck Joist Span up to 6 ft. up to 8 ft. up to 10 ft. up to 12 ft. up to 14 ft. up to 16 ft. up to 18 ft.
18
13
11
15 9
12 7
9 5
8 5
7 4
6 3
5 3
13
10
11
Wood structural panel sheathing 1 2" max. thickness fastened per code Band joist per Table 112" minimum from top of ledger and band joist
Ledger fastener spacing may be offset up to 3" to avoid interference with joist attachment
XXX
XXX
(Wood-framed lower floor acceptable, concrete wall shown for illustration purposes) 20
1. SDWH screw spacing values are equivalent to 2009 IRC Table R502.2.2.1. The table above also provides SDWH screw spacing for a wider range of materials commonly used for band joists, and an alternate loading condition as required by some jurisdictions. 2. Solid-sawn band joists shall be Spruce-Pine-Fir, Hem-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine species. Ledger shall be Hem-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine species. 3. Fastener spacings are based on the lesser of single fastener ICC-ES AC233 testing of the Strong-Drive SDWH screw with a safety factor of 5.0 or ICC-ES AC13 ledger assembly
testing with a factor of safety of 3.0. Spacing includes NDS wet service factor adjustment. 4. Screws shall be placed at least 1 12" from the top or bottom of the ledger or band joist, 6" from the end of the ledger with 3" between rows and spaced per the table. See figure below. 5. Structural sheathing between the ledger and band shall be a maximum of 1 2" thick and fastened per code.
SDWF
The Simpson Strong-Tie SDWF structural wood screw is designed to simplify the floor-to-floor connection while providing superior performance over the life of the structure. The unique design of the SDWF allows it to attach the top and bottom walls together from the top, spanning the floor system and providing an easy-to-install connection within the continuous load path of the structure. A key to the long-term performance of the SDWF lies in the innovative TUW take-up washer that is installed between the screw and the bottom plate of the top floor. As the structure settles due to shrinkage and construction loading, the threaded portion under the head of the screw ratchets up through the tabs of the TUW (which is secured in place). The interlock between the tabs of the take-up washer and the threads under the head of the SDWF prevent the screw from sliding back under load, providing a simple yet reliable means of shrinkage compensation up to 34" per story. FEaTurES: Faster to install than other methods drive the screw and the connection is made Shrinkage compensation ensures a tight connection even after initial shrinkage and settlement occur Fastening can be done before or after exterior sheathing is applied for added flexibility Installs from inside the structure, eliminating exterior work on the upper stories and enhancing job safety 1 The TUW take-up washer installs with (4) #9x2 2" Strong-Drive SD structural-connector screws (provided) maTErIal: Carbon steel FINISH: SDWFE-Coat ; TUWGalvanized INSTallaTIoN: See the General Notes in our 2011 Fastening Systems (C-FS11) and Wood Construction Connectors catalogs (C-2011). To choose the appropriate SDWF length, add 6" to the joist size. SDWF installs best with low-speed, high torque (200 in-lbs minimum) drill with a 516" hex-head driver. See details for minimum edge/end fastener distances. To install: Drive the SDWF into the upper-wall bottom plate vertically (90 2), until the head is a minimum of 2" above the plate. Slide the TUW over the SDWF head and center. Continue driving the SDWF until the washer head contacts the TUW tabs and bends them until they engage the shank of the SDWF directly under the head. Secure the TUW to the upper-wall bottom plate with #9x2 12" SD screws (provided).
Patent pending
TuW
4" M
in.
SDWF
1114 - 14 16 - 18
295
215
180
1. Table based on testing conducted in accordance with ICC-ES AC233. Design values presented are based on average ultimate divided by 5. 2. Allowable loads are shown at a wood load duration factor of CD = 1.0. Loads may be increased for load duration up to CD = 1.6.
2 Max.
maximum SDWF Screw Spacing (in.) along Wall Bottom Plate for Wind uplift Bottom Plate Single 2x4 SP DF SPF Single 2x6 SP DF SPF Interstory unit Wind uplift lbs. Per lineal Foot (plf) 100 plf 150 plf 200 plf 250 plf 300 plf 350 plf 400 plf 450 plf 500 plf 550 plf 600 plf 48 48 46 42 42 40 38 38 36 34 34 34 32 32 32 30 30 30 30 30 26 28 26 22 28 24 20 26 22 18 26 20 16
100 plf 150 plf 200 plf 250 plf 300 plf 350 plf 400 plf 450 plf 500 plf 550 plf 600 plf 56 56 52 48 48 46 44 44 42 40 40 38 38 38 34 36 34 30 34 30 26 34 26 22 32 24 20 30 22 18 28 20 16
21
rTuD4
(Sold separately)
BPrTuD3-4
model No.
Deflection Seating at allowable Increment, allowable load load, r (lbs.) (in.) a (in.) 6665 0.048 0.011
RTUD4
16
length (in.) 3
Width (in.) 3
Thickness (ga.) 3
In order for rod systems to perform properly, it is important that they effectively compensate for shrinkage within the wood structure. Without take-up devices gaps can occur between wood members and key elements of the rod system such as nuts and bearing plates (see photo). This can result in excessive movement during a seismic or wind event.
22
1. ATR: all-thread rod tensile capacity shown is for ASTM F1554 Grade 36, A36 or A307 standard steel, Fu = 58ksi. 2. Allowable loade are for RTUD only. The attached components must be designed to resist design loads in accordance with the applicable code. 3. Thread specification for threaded rod must be UNC Class 2A, in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.1. 4. No further increase in allowable load permitted.
Features
Larger spaces accommodated: Columns and beams accommodate designs with clear opening widths to 24', and clear opening heights to 18' per story. 100% bolted connections: Because no field welding is required, frames install faster. No need to have a welder, or welding inspector, on site. A standard socket or spud wrench is all that is typically needed to make the connection. However, a heavy-duty socket wrench power tool may be necessary if fully tensioned bolts are required. Pre-installed wood nailers: Eliminate the need to drill and bolt nailers in the field. Pre-drilled holes for utilities: 1116" diameter holes in the flanges and 3" holes in the column webs allow easy installation of electrical wiring and plumbing. Greater quality control: Frames are manufactured in a production environment with comprehensive quality-control measures. Field-bolted connections eliminate questions about the quality of field welds. Direct-tension-indicator washers included. Convenient to store, ship and handle: Disassembled frames are more compact, allowing for easier shipping and fewer deliveries. Expanded one-story options up to 24' wide. 2-Story member Depth and Connections (Beams)
Beam Section ID
F-C2011ADD 2011 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
Beam Top Nailer(s) (2) 2x6 (2) 2x6 (2) 2x6 (2) 2x6 4x6 4x6 4x6
Beam Bottom Nailer 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6
8 8 8 8
1 1 1
8 8 4 4
3 3
1. C18H and C21H columns require B12H, B16H or B19H beams. 2. H denotes beams with 1" diameter bolts, thicker and stiffened end plates.
23
SCB
Our new slide-clip connectors enable the structural building frame to deflect independently of the steel stud curtain-wall system.
SSB
SCB Bypass Framing Slide-Clip Connector SCW Head-of-Wall Slide-Clip Connector SSB Bypass Framing Slide-Clip Strut Connector
FCB
SCW
In addition to supporting the dead load of the curtain wall from the structural frame, the FCB bypass framing fixed-clip connector can be used for a variety of other curtain-wall, load-bearing and roof-framing applications.
FCB
For complete information visit www.strongtie.com to see our Cold-Formed Steel Connectors for Curtain-Wall Construction flier (form F-CFSCWC11) or call (800) 999-5099 to request a copy.
24
SCB
SCW
SSB
NOTES
25
NOTES
26
NOTES
27
Every day we work hard to earn your business, blending the talents of our people with the quality of our products and services to exceed your expectations. This is our pledge to you.
Home office 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Tel: 925/560-9000 Fax: 925/847-1603 Northwest uSa 5151 S. Airport Way Stockton, CA 95206 Tel: 209/234-7775 Fax: 209/234-3868 Southwest uSa 12246 Holly Street Riverside, CA 92509 Tel: 714/871-8373 Fax: 951/369-2889 Northeast uSa 2600 International Street Columbus, OH 43228 Tel: 614/876-8060 Fax: 614/876-0636 Southeast uSa 2221 Country Lane McKinney, TX 75069 Tel: 972/542-0326 Fax: 972/542-5379
Kent Specials Factory 22035 W. Valley Highway Kent, WA 98032 Toll Free: 877/564-2041 Eagan Warehouse & Specials Factory 3711 Kennebec Drive, Suite 700 Eagan, Minnesota 55122 Tel: 651/681-2061 Fax: 651/681-2046 Eastern Canada 5 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, ON L6T 5G5 Tel: 905/458-5538 Fax: 905/458-7274 Western Canada 11476 Kingston Street Maple Ridge, B.C. V2X 0Y5 Tel: 604/465-0296 Fax: 604/465-0297 Distribution Centers Enfield, CT; High Point, NC; Jacksonville, FL; Jessup, MD; Ontario, CA
INTErNaTIoNal FaCIlITIES Please visit our website for address and contact information for our European facilities.
This flier is effective until December 31, 2012, and reflects information available as of December 1, 2011. This information is updated periodically and should not be relied upon after December 31, 2012; contact Simpson Strong-Tie for current information and limited warranty or see www.strongtie.com.
2011 Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. P.O. Box 10789, Pleasanton, CA 94588
800-999-5099 www.strongtie.com